WO2019082974A1 - Film for forming protective coating, composite sheet for forming protective coating, and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip - Google Patents
Film for forming protective coating, composite sheet for forming protective coating, and method for manufacturing semiconductor chipInfo
- Publication number
- WO2019082974A1 WO2019082974A1 PCT/JP2018/039694 JP2018039694W WO2019082974A1 WO 2019082974 A1 WO2019082974 A1 WO 2019082974A1 JP 2018039694 W JP2018039694 W JP 2018039694W WO 2019082974 A1 WO2019082974 A1 WO 2019082974A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- protective film
- film
- forming
- meth
- sensitive adhesive
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
- B32B27/16—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin specially treated, e.g. irradiated
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B7/00—Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
- B32B7/02—Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09J—ADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
- C09J201/00—Adhesives based on unspecified macromolecular compounds
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09J—ADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
- C09J7/00—Adhesives in the form of films or foils
- C09J7/30—Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by the adhesive composition
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
- H01L23/28—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection
- H01L23/29—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the material, e.g. carbon
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
- H01L23/28—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection
- H01L23/31—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the arrangement or shape
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a protective film-forming film, a protective film-forming composite sheet, and a method of manufacturing a semiconductor chip.
- semiconductor devices have been manufactured to which a mounting method called a so-called face down method is applied.
- a mounting method called a so-called face down method
- a semiconductor chip having electrodes such as bumps on a circuit surface is used, and the electrodes are bonded to a substrate. Therefore, the back surface of the semiconductor chip opposite to the circuit surface may be exposed.
- a resin film containing an organic material is formed as a protective film on the back surface of the exposed semiconductor chip, and may be taken into a semiconductor device as a semiconductor chip with a protective film.
- the protective film is used to prevent the occurrence of cracks in the semiconductor chip after the dicing process or packaging.
- a composite sheet for forming a protective film comprising a protective film-forming film for forming a protective film on a support sheet.
- the film for protective film formation can form a protective film by hardening.
- the support sheet can be used to fix the semiconductor wafer when dividing the semiconductor wafer provided with the protective film-forming film or the protective film on the back surface into semiconductor chips.
- the support sheet can also be used as a dicing sheet, and the composite sheet for protective film formation can also be used as an integrated film of the protective film formation film and the dicing sheet.
- thermosetting film for forming a protective film As such a composite sheet for forming a protective film, for example, a sheet provided with a thermosetting film for forming a protective film, which forms a protective film by curing by heating, has mainly been used so far. However, since heat curing of a thermosetting protective film-forming film usually requires a long time of about several hours, shortening of the curing time is desired. On the other hand, it is considered to use a film for forming a protective film (curable by ultraviolet light) that can be cured by irradiation of ultraviolet light for forming a protective film.
- Patent Document 1 discloses an ultraviolet-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet. This UV-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is colored so that the maximum value of transmittance at a wavelength of 300 to 400 nm is 30% or more and the minimum value of transmittance at a wavelength of 400 nm to 750 nm is 50% or less There is.
- Patent Document 2 includes (A) a polymer component comprising an acrylic copolymer having no double bond, (B) a UV-curable component, (C) a dye and / or a pigment, (D) an inorganic filler, and (E) An ultraviolet-curable chip protective film having an ultraviolet-curable protective film-forming layer containing a photopolymerization initiator that absorbs light in a long wavelength region of 350 nm or more is disclosed. Such a UV curable chip protection film is cured in a short time mainly by UV irradiation, so that a protective film can be easily formed, which can contribute to improvement in production efficiency.
- the ultraviolet ray curable adhesive sheet when the transmittance at wavelength light of 300 to 400 nm is high, the ultraviolet ray curable adhesive sheet can be sufficiently cured by ultraviolet rays, but is included in the light of a fluorescent lamp during storage of the ultraviolet ray curable adhesive sheet. Since the curing proceeds even by ultraviolet light, the storage stability is lacking.
- the component (C) used in the example of Patent Document 2 is a black pigment.
- the transmittance of infrared light is low, and an infrared inspection can not be performed via the chip protection film.
- a grinding mark by back grinding processing applied to a semiconductor wafer remains on the back surface of the semiconductor chip. From the viewpoint of the appearance of the semiconductor chip, it is desirable that such grinding marks be covered with a protective film so that they can not be seen visually.
- the present invention is a composite sheet for forming a protective film, which has good storage stability, and can form a protective film which makes the appearance of the semiconductor chip good and enables infrared inspection through the protective film of the semiconductor chip. And providing a method of manufacturing the semiconductor chip.
- the present invention contains an ultraviolet ray curable component, the light transmittance of a wavelength 350 nm is 20% or less, the light transmittance of a wavelength 550 nm is 25% or less, and a light transmission of a wavelength 1600 nm
- the film for protective film formation whose rate is 25% or more.
- the present invention also provides a composite sheet for forming a protective film, which comprises a support sheet, and the film for forming a protective film on the support sheet.
- a step of sticking the film for forming a protective film or the film for forming a protective film in the composite sheet for forming a protective film on a semiconductor wafer, and forming the protective film after being attached to the semiconductor wafer Film is irradiated with ultraviolet light to form a protective film, and the semiconductor wafer is cut together with the protective film or the protective film-forming film to divide the semiconductor wafer and obtain a plurality of semiconductor chips. And providing a method of manufacturing a semiconductor chip.
- the film for protective film formation of the present invention has good storage stability, and can form a protective film which makes the appearance of the semiconductor chip good and enables infrared inspection through the protective film of the semiconductor chip. Further, according to the present invention, a composite sheet for forming a protective film provided with the film for forming a protective film, and a method for manufacturing the semiconductor chip are provided.
- the film for protective film formation contains an ultraviolet ray curable component, has a light transmittance of wavelength 350 nm of 20% or less, and a light transmittance of wavelength 550 nm of 25. %, And the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm is 25% or more.
- a composite sheet for forming a protective film can be configured by providing the film for forming a protective film on a support sheet.
- the film for protective film formation is cured by irradiation with ultraviolet light to be a protective film.
- This protective film is for protecting the back surface (surface opposite to the electrode formation surface) of the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor chip.
- the protective film-forming film is soft and can be easily attached to an object to be attached. Since the film for protective film formation is ultraviolet curable, the protective film can be formed by curing in a shorter time than a thermosetting film for protective film formation.
- the “protective film-forming film” means one before curing, and the “protective film” means one obtained by curing the protective film-forming film.
- the ultraviolet light can be irradiated, for example, by using a high pressure mercury lamp, a fusion H lamp, a xenon lamp, a black light or an LED lamp as an ultraviolet light source.
- the electron beam can irradiate what was generated by the electron beam accelerator or the like.
- “ultraviolet-curable” means the property of curing by irradiation with ultraviolet light
- “non-ultraviolet-curable” means the property of not curing even when irradiated with ultraviolet light.
- the protective film-forming film according to the present embodiment contains the ultraviolet curable component, the light transmittance at a wavelength of 350 nm is 20% or less, and the light transmittance at a wavelength of 550 nm is 25% or less And the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm is 25% or more.
- the light transmittance in the present specification is a value measured using an integrating sphere, and a spectrophotometer is used as a measuring instrument.
- the film for protective film formation which concerns on this embodiment contains an ultraviolet curable component.
- the light transmittance at a wavelength of 350 nm of the protective film-forming film is 20% or less, preferably 15% or less, more preferably 8% or less, and particularly preferably 5% or less.
- the light transmittance of 350 nm wavelength of the film for protective film formation is 20% or less, when storing the film for protective film formation, the curing reaction of the ultraviolet curable component is caused by the ultraviolet light contained in the light of the fluorescent lamp etc. It is possible to suppress progress.
- the light transmittance of wavelength 350 nm of the film for protective film formation is 0% or more.
- the film for protective film formation may absorb all light, or the film for protective film formation may reflect all light. obtain.
- the upper limit value and the lower limit value of the light transmittance at a wavelength of 350 nm of the protective film-forming film can be arbitrarily combined.
- the light transmittance at a wavelength of 350 nm of the film for protective film formation is 0% or more and 20% or less, preferably 0% or more and 15% or less, and more preferably 0% or more and 8% or less. It is particularly preferable that it is 0% or more and 5% or less.
- the light transmittance of the film for protective film formation at a wavelength of 550 nm is preferably 20% or less, more preferably 11% or less, and further preferably 8% or less Preferably, it is 5% or less.
- the lower limit of the light transmittance at a wavelength of 550 nm is not particularly limited, but it is naturally determined by setting the light transmittance at a wavelength of 350 nm to 20% or less.
- the light transmittance at a wavelength of 550 nm of the protective film-forming film is preferably 0% or more.
- the upper limit value and the lower limit value of the light transmittance at a wavelength of 550 nm of the protective film-forming film can be arbitrarily combined.
- the light transmittance at a wavelength of 550 nm of the protective film-forming film is preferably 0% or more and 20% or less, more preferably 0% or more and 11% or less, and 0% or more and 8% or less. Is more preferable, and 0% or more and 5% or less is particularly preferable.
- the protective film-forming film according to this embodiment preferably has a light transmittance of 25% or more, more preferably 40% or more, and particularly preferably 45% or more, at a wavelength of 1600 nm. Furthermore, it is preferable that it is 50% or more.
- a crack or the like may be generated due to a stress generated during processing.
- the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm is 25% or more, the transmittance of infrared rays becomes good, and the infrared rays from the protective film-forming film (or the protective film formed by the protective film-forming film) side You can do an infrared inspection to get.
- cracks and the like in the processed product such as a semiconductor chip can be found through the protective film-forming film (protective film), and the product yield can be improved.
- the upper limit of the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm is not particularly limited, but it is naturally determined by setting the light transmittance at a wavelength of 550 nm to 25% or less.
- the light transmittance of the film for forming a protective film at a wavelength of 1600 nm is preferably 90% or more.
- the upper limit value and the lower limit value of the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm of the protective film-forming film can be arbitrarily combined.
- the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm of the film for protective film formation is preferably 25% to 90%, more preferably 40% to 90%, and particularly 45% to 90%. And more preferably 50% or more and 90% or less.
- the film for protective film formation may be only one layer (single layer), or two or more layers, and in the case of multiple layers, these multiple layers may be the same or different from one another.
- the combination is not particularly limited.
- all layers may be the same, and all layers may be the same” It means that the layers may be different, and only some of the layers may be the same.
- a plurality of layers are different from each other means “at least one of the constituent material and thickness of each layer is mutually different. It means “different”.
- the thickness of the protective film-forming film is preferably 1 to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably 3 to 75 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 5 to 50 ⁇ m.
- the thickness of the film for protective film formation is more than the said lower limit, a protective film with higher protective ability can be formed.
- the thickness of the protective film-forming film is equal to or less than the upper limit value, excessive thickness can be suppressed.
- the thickness of the film for protective film formation means the thickness of the whole film for protective film formation, for example, the thickness of the film for protective film formation which consists of multiple layers is a film for protective film formation. Means the total thickness of all the layers that make up.
- the thickness of the film for protective film formation can be measured as follows.
- the distance between the front surface and the back surface of the film for protective film formation is measured using a contact-type thickness meter at any five points of the film for protective film formation. Let the average value of five measured points be the thickness of the film for protective film formation.
- the thicknesses of the films, layers, semiconductor wafers, substrates and the like described below are also measured by the above-described method.
- the curing conditions for curing the protective film-forming film to form a protective film are not particularly limited as long as the protective film has a curing degree sufficient to exhibit its function, and the type of protective film-forming film Depending on the situation, it may be selected appropriately.
- the illuminance of ultraviolet light at the time of curing of the protective film-forming film is preferably 4 to 280 mW / cm 2 .
- the light quantity of the ultraviolet light at the time of curing is preferably 3 to 1000 mJ / cm 2 .
- FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a protective film-forming film according to an embodiment of the present invention. Note that the drawings used in the following description may be enlarged for convenience, in order to make the features of the present invention intelligible. Not necessarily.
- the film 13 for protective film formation shown here is provided with the 1st peeling film 151 on one surface (it may be called a "1st surface” in this specification) 13a, and the said 1st surface 13a
- a second release film 152 is provided on the other surface (which may be referred to herein as the “second surface”) 13b of the opposite side.
- Such a protective film-forming film 13 is suitable, for example, for storage as a roll.
- the film 13 for protective film formation can be formed using the composition for protective film formation mentioned later.
- the protective film-forming film 13 is ultraviolet curable.
- Both the first release film 151 and the second release film 152 may be known ones.
- the light transmittance of 375 nm of the first release film 151 and the second release film 152 is not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention are obtained.
- the protective film-forming film 13 is UV-cured by the ultraviolet light contained in the light of a fluorescent lamp or the like. It has the effect that the curing reaction of the sex component hardly progresses.
- the first release film 151 and the second release film 152 may be identical to each other, or may be different from each other, for example, the release forces necessary for releasing from the protective film-forming film 13 may be different from each other. May be
- one of the first release film 151 and the second release film 152 is removed, and the back surface of the semiconductor wafer (not shown) is attached to the resulting exposed surface. And the other of the remaining of the 1st exfoliation film 151 and the 2nd exfoliation film 152 is removed, and the generated exposed side turns into the sticking side of a support sheet.
- the film for protective film formation can be formed using the composition for protective film formation containing the constituent material.
- the composition for protective film formation may be coated on the formation target surface of the film for protective film formation, and dried as needed, so that the film for protective film formation can be formed on the target site.
- the ratio of the content of components which do not vaporize at normal temperature in the composition for forming a protective film is usually the same as the ratio of the content of the components of the film for forming a protective film.
- “normal temperature” means a temperature which is not particularly cooled or heated, ie, a normal temperature, and includes, for example, a temperature of 15 to 25 ° C. and the like.
- the light transmittance of the protective film-forming film hardly changes either before or after curing. Therefore, if the light transmittance at a wavelength of 350 nm of the protective film-forming film before curing is 20% or less and the light transmittance of a wavelength of 550 nm is 25% or less, the wavelength of the protective film-forming film (protective film) after curing The light transmittance of 350 nm is 20% or less, and the light transmittance of wavelength 550 nm is 25% or less.
- Coating of the composition for forming a protective film may be performed by a known method, for example, an air knife coater, a blade coater, a bar coater, a gravure coater, a roll coater, a roll knife coater, a curtain coater, a die coater, a knife coater, Examples include methods using various coaters such as a screen coater, a Mayer bar coater, and a kiss coater.
- composition for protective film formation contains the solvent mentioned later, it is preferable to heat-dry.
- the composition for forming a protective film containing a solvent is preferably dried, for example, at 70 to 130 ° C. for 10 seconds to 5 minutes.
- the composition for forming a protective film contains an ultraviolet ray curable component (a).
- the ultraviolet ray curable component (a) is a component which is cured by irradiation of ultraviolet rays, and is also a component for imparting film forming property, flexibility and the like to the protective film forming film.
- the ultraviolet ray curable component (a) for example, a polymer (a1) having an ultraviolet ray curable group, a weight average molecular weight of 80000 to 2,000,000 and an ultraviolet ray curable group, a compound having a molecular weight of 100 to 80000 (a2) Can be mentioned.
- At least a part of the polymer (a1) may or may not be crosslinked by a crosslinking agent (f) described later.
- weight-average molecular weight means polystyrene equivalent value measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) unless otherwise noted.
- polymer having a UV-curable group and having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000 examples include an acrylic polymer (a11) having a functional group capable of reacting with a group possessed by another compound, An acrylic resin (a1-1) formed by polymerization of an ultraviolet-curable compound (a12) having a group that reacts with a group and an ultraviolet-curable group such as an ultraviolet-curable double bond can be mentioned.
- Examples of the functional group capable of reacting with a group possessed by another compound include, for example, a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group, and a substituted amino group (one or two hydrogen atoms of the amino group are substituted with a group other than a hydrogen atom Groups), epoxy groups and the like.
- the functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxy group.
- the functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group.
- Acrylic polymers having functional groups (a11) examples include those obtained by copolymerizing an acrylic monomer having the functional group and an acrylic monomer having no functional group. In addition to the monomers, monomers (non-acrylic monomers) other than acrylic monomers may be copolymerized.
- the acrylic polymer (a11) may be a random copolymer or a block copolymer.
- a hydroxyl-containing monomer a carboxy-group containing monomer, an amino-group containing monomer, a substituted amino-group containing monomer, an epoxy-group containing monomer etc. are mentioned, for example.
- hydroxyl group-containing monomer examples include hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) Hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylates such as 2-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate; non (meth) acrylics such as vinyl alcohol and allyl alcohol And unsaturated alcohols (unsaturated alcohols having no (meth) acryloyl skeleton) and the like.
- (meth) acrylic acid is a concept including both “acrylic acid” and “methacrylic acid”. The same applies to terms similar to (meth) acrylic acid.
- ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acids such as (meth) acrylic acid and crotonic acid; fumaric acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, And ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as citraconic acid (dicarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond); anhydrides of the above ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids; (meth) acrylic acid carboxyalkyl esters such as 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate and the like Can be mentioned.
- monocarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond such as (meth) acrylic acid and crotonic acid; fumaric acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, And ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as citraconic acid (dicarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond); anhydrides of the above ethylen
- the acrylic monomer having a functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer or a carboxy group-containing monomer, and more preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer.
- the acrylic monomer having the functional group constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are optionally It can be selected.
- acrylic monomer having no functional group examples include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate and n (meth) acrylate -Butyl, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate ( 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, n-octyl (meth) acrylate, n-nonyl (meth) acrylate, isononyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) Undecyl acrylate, dodec
- acrylic monomer having no functional group examples include, for example, methoxymethyl (meth) acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, ethoxymethyl (meth) acrylate, and ethoxyethyl (meth) acrylate.
- the acrylic monomer having no functional group constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. Can be selected.
- non-acrylic monomers examples include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; styrene and the like.
- the non-acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
- the ratio (content) of the amount of the structural unit derived from the acrylic monomer having the functional group to the total amount of the structural units constituting the same is 0.1 to 50 mass % Is preferable, 1 to 40% by mass is more preferable, and 3 to 30% by mass is particularly preferable.
- the acrylic resin (a1-1) obtained by the copolymerization of the acrylic polymer (a11) and the ultraviolet curable compound (a12) with the ratio being in such a range the ultraviolet curing is performed.
- the content of the nature group can be easily adjusted to the preferable range of the degree of curing of the protective film.
- the acrylic polymer (a11) constituting the acrylic resin (a1-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are optionally It can be selected.
- the content of the acrylic resin (a1-1) is 1 to 40% by mass based on the total mass of the composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film Is preferable, 2 to 30% by mass is more preferable, and 3 to 20% by mass is particularly preferable.
- the said ultraviolet curable compound (a12) is 1 type, or 2 or more types selected from the group which consists of an isocyanate group, an epoxy group, and a carboxy group as a group which can react with the functional group which the said acryl-type polymer (a11) has.
- the ultraviolet curable compound (a12) has an isocyanate group as the group, the isocyanate group easily reacts with the hydroxyl group of the acrylic polymer (a11) having a hydroxyl group as the functional group.
- the ultraviolet curable compound (a12) preferably has 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3 of the ultraviolet curable groups in one molecule.
- Examples of the ultraviolet curable compound (a12) include 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate, meta-isopropenyl- ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylbenzyl isocyanate, methacryloyl isocyanate, allyl isocyanate, and 1,1- (bisacryloyloxymethyl).
- the acryloyl monoisocyanate compound etc. which are obtained are mentioned.
- the ultraviolet curable compound (a12) is preferably 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate.
- the ultraviolet curable compound (a12) constituting the acrylic resin (a1-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are optionally It can be selected.
- the ratio of the content of the ultraviolet curable group derived from the ultraviolet curable compound (a12) to the content of the functional group derived from the acrylic polymer (a11) Is preferably 20 to 120 mol%, more preferably 35 to 100 mol%, and particularly preferably 50 to 100 mol%.
- the adhesive force of the protective film formed by hardening becomes larger because the ratio of the said content is such a range.
- the said ultraviolet curable compound (a12) is a monofunctional (it has one said group in 1 molecule) compound, although the upper limit of the ratio of the said content will be 100 mol%, In the case where the curable compound (a12) is a polyfunctional compound (having two or more of the groups in one molecule), the upper limit of the content ratio may exceed 100 mol%.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer (a1) is preferably 100,000 to 2,000,000, and more preferably 300,000 to 1,500,000.
- the polymer (a1) When the polymer (a1) is at least a part of which is crosslinked by the crosslinking agent (f), the polymer (a1) has been described as constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) And a monomer which does not correspond to any of the above-mentioned monomers and which has a group reactive with the crosslinking agent (f) may be polymerized and crosslinked in the group reactive with the crosslinking agent (f)
- the group derived from the ultraviolet ray curable compound (a12) and reactive to the functional group may be crosslinked.
- composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film and the polymer (a1) contained in the film for forming a protective film may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, Combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
- Compound (a2) having a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000, having an ultraviolet curable group examples include a UV-curable double bond-containing group, and a (meth) acryloyl group is preferred. And vinyl groups.
- the compound (a2) is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the above conditions, but a low molecular weight compound having an ultraviolet curable group, an epoxy resin having an ultraviolet curable group, and a phenol resin having an ultraviolet curable group Etc.
- a low molecular weight compound which has an ultraviolet curable group among the said compounds (a2) a polyfunctional monomer, an oligomer, etc. are mentioned, for example,
- the acrylate type compound which has a (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
- the acrylate compound examples include 2-hydroxy-3- (meth) acryloyloxypropyl methacrylate, polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, propoxylated ethoxylated bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate, and 2,2-bis [4 -((Meth) acryloxypolyethoxy) phenyl] propane, ethoxylated bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate, 2,2-bis [4-((meth) acryloxydiethoxy) phenyl] propane, 9,9-bis [4- (2- (Meth) acryloyloxyethoxy) phenyl] fluorene, 2,2-bis [4-((meth) acryloxypolypropoxy) phenyl] propane, tricyclodecanedimethanol di (meth) acrylate (tri) Cyclodecane dimethylol di (meth) a 1,10-decanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,6-he
- an epoxy resin which has an ultraviolet curable group among said compounds (a2), and a phenol resin which has an ultraviolet curable group it is described, for example, in paragraph 0043 of "JP-A-2013-194102" and the like. Can be used.
- Such a resin also corresponds to a resin constituting a thermosetting component (h) described later, but in the present invention, it is handled as the compound (a2).
- the molecular weight of the compound (a2) is preferably 100 to 30,000, and more preferably 300 to 10,000.
- composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the compound (a2) contained in the film for forming a protective film may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, a combination thereof And the ratio can be selected arbitrarily.
- composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film contain the compound (a2) as the ultraviolet ray curable component (a), a polymer (b) further having no ultraviolet ray curable group It is preferable to also contain.
- the polymer (b) may be at least a part of which is crosslinked by a crosslinking agent (f) described later, or may not be crosslinked.
- the polymer (b) which does not have an ultraviolet curable group
- acrylic polymer for example, acrylic polymer, phenoxy resin, urethane resin, polyester, rubber resin, acrylic urethane resin, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), butyral resin, and polyester urethane Resin etc.
- PVA polyvinyl alcohol
- the polymer (b) is preferably an acrylic polymer (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “acrylic polymer (b-1)”).
- the acrylic polymer (b-1) may be a known one, for example, may be a homopolymer of one acrylic monomer, or a copolymer of two or more acrylic monomers, It may also be a copolymer of one or more acrylic monomers and a monomer (non-acrylic monomer) other than one or more acrylic monomers.
- acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) examples include (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, (meth) acrylic acid ester having a cyclic skeleton, glycidyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester, Examples thereof include hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid esters and substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylic acid esters.
- substituted amino group is as described above.
- Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, n- (meth) acrylate Butyl, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylate ) 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, n-octyl (meth) acrylate, n-nonyl (meth) acrylate, isononyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, (meth
- Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid ester having a cyclic skeleton include (meth) acrylic acid cycloalkyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid isobornyl and (meth) acrylic acid dicyclopentanyl; (Meth) acrylic acid aralkyl esters such as benzyl (meth) acrylate; (Meth) acrylic acid cycloalkenyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid dicyclopentenyl ester; Examples include (meth) acrylic acid cycloalkenyloxyalkyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid dicyclopentenyl oxyethyl ester and the like.
- glycidyl group containing (meth) acrylic acid ester glycidyl (meth) acrylate etc. are mentioned, for example.
- the hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester include hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxy (meth) acrylate And propyl, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate and the like.
- substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester include N-methylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate and the like.
- non-acrylic monomers constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; and styrene.
- the reactive functional group in the polymer (b) is the crosslinking agent (f)
- the thing which reacted with is mentioned.
- the reactive functional group may be appropriately selected depending on the type of the crosslinking agent (f) and the like, and is not particularly limited.
- the crosslinking agent (f) is a polyisocyanate compound
- examples of the reactive functional group include a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group and the like, and among these, a hydroxyl group having high reactivity with the isocyanate group. Is preferred.
- the crosslinking agent (f) is an epoxy compound
- examples of the reactive functional group include a carboxy group, an amino group, an amido group and the like, among which a carboxy having a high reactivity with the epoxy group Groups are preferred.
- the reactive functional group is a group other than a carboxy group in terms of preventing corrosion of the circuit of the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor chip.
- a polymer (b) which does not have an ultraviolet curable group which has the said reactive functional group the thing obtained by polymerizing the monomer which has at least the said reactive functional group is mentioned, for example.
- the acrylic polymer (b-1) those having the reactive functional group as one or both of the acrylic monomer and the non-acrylic monomer mentioned as the monomer constituting the polymer It may be used.
- said polymer (b) which has a hydroxyl group as a reactive functional group what was obtained by polymerizing a hydroxyl-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester is mentioned, for example, In addition to this, the said acrylics mentioned above What is obtained by polymerizing a monomer in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted by the reactive functional group among the system monomer or the non-acrylic monomer is mentioned.
- the ratio (content) of the amount of the structural unit derived from the monomer having the reactive functional group to the total amount of the constituent units constituting the polymer is 1 to 25
- the content is preferably in the range of 2% by mass to 20% by mass.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer (b) having no UV-curable group is from 10000 to 2000000, from the viewpoint that the film forming property of the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) becomes better. Is preferable, and 100000 to 1.500000 is more preferable.
- composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film may contain only one type of polymer (b) having no ultraviolet curable group, or two or more types of polymers (b). When it is above, the combination and ratio of them can be selected arbitrarily.
- the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) includes one containing either one or both of the polymer (a1) and the compound (a2). And when the composition (IV-1) for protective film formation contains the said compound (a2), it is preferable to also contain the polymer (b) which does not have an ultraviolet curable group further, In this case, It is also preferable to contain (a1). In addition, the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) contains neither the compound (a2) but the polymer (a1) and the polymer (b) having no ultraviolet curable group. May be
- the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) contains the polymer (a1), the compound (a2) and the polymer (b) having no ultraviolet curable group
- the composition for forming a protective film ((1) In IV-1) the content of the compound (a2) is 10 to 400 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the polymer (a1) and the polymer (b) having no ultraviolet curable group. It is preferably part, and more preferably 30 to 350 parts by mass.
- the ratio of the total content of the ultraviolet ray curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no ultraviolet ray curable group to the total content of components other than the solvent is from 5 to 90 It is preferably mass%, more preferably 10 to 80 mass%, particularly preferably 15 to 70 mass%, and for example, 20 to 60 mass% and 25 to 50 mass%. It may be.
- the ratio of the said total content being such a range, the ultraviolet curability of the film for protective film formation becomes more favorable.
- the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) contains the ultraviolet ray curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no ultraviolet ray curable group
- the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and in the protective film-forming film the content of the polymer (b) is preferably 50 to 400 parts by mass, preferably 100 to 350 parts by mass, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the ultraviolet curable component (a). It is more preferably part, and particularly preferably 150 to 300 parts by mass.
- the ultraviolet curability of the film for protective film formation becomes more favorable because the said content of the said polymer (b) is such a range.
- the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) comprises, according to the purpose, a UV curable component (a), a photopolymerization initiator (c) other than a polymer (b) having no UV curable group, and a filling Materials (d), coupling agents (e), crosslinking agents (f), colorants (g), thermosetting components (h), curing accelerators (i), and general purpose additives (z)
- the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) containing the ultraviolet ray curable component (a) and the thermosetting component (h) the film for forming a protective film formed is heated by heating. The adhesion to the adherend is improved, and the strength of the protective film formed from the protective film-forming film is also improved.
- Photopolymerization initiator (c) examples include benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, methyl benzoin benzoate, and benzoin dimethyl ketal; acetophenone, Acetophenone compounds such as 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one and 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethan-1-one; bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) ) Acyl phosphine oxide compounds such as phenyl phosphine oxide and 2,4,6-trimethyl benzoyl diphenyl phosphine oxide; benzyl phenyl sulfide, and tetramethylthiuram monosulphie Sulfide compounds such as 1; ⁇ -ketol compounds such as
- composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film may contain only one type of photoinitiator, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. Can be selected.
- the content of the photopolymerization initiator (c) in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) is 100 parts by mass of the content of the ultraviolet curable compound (a) On the other hand, it is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.03 to 15 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass.
- the film for protective film formation contains a filler (d)
- the light transmittance of the film for protective film formation can be adjusted.
- the film for protective film formation contains a filler (d)
- adjustment of a thermal expansion coefficient of the protective film obtained by hardening the film for protective film formation becomes easy.
- the reliability of the package obtained using the composite sheet for protective film formation improves more by optimizing this thermal expansion coefficient with respect to the formation object of a protective film.
- the film for protective film formation contains a filler (d)
- the moisture absorption rate of a protective film can be reduced and heat dissipation can also be improved.
- a filler (d) what consists of heat conductive materials is mentioned, for example.
- the filler (d) may be either an organic filler or an inorganic filler, but is preferably an inorganic filler.
- Preferred inorganic fillers include, for example, powders such as silica, alumina, talc, calcium carbonate, titanium white, iron oxide, silicon carbide, and boron nitride; beads obtained by spheroidizing these inorganic fillers; and surface modification of these inorganic fillers Articles; single crystal fibers of these inorganic fillers; and glass fibers.
- the inorganic filler is preferably silica or alumina.
- the average particle size of the filler (d) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01 to 20 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.1 to 15 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 10 ⁇ m. And 3 to 10 ⁇ m are more preferable.
- average particle size means the value of particle size (D 50 ) at an integrated value of 50% in the particle size distribution curve determined by the laser diffraction scattering method, unless otherwise specified. .
- composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film and the filler (d) contained in the film for forming a protective film may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, a combination thereof And the ratio can be selected arbitrarily.
- the content of the filler (d) in the film is preferably 10 to 85% by mass, more preferably 20 to 80% by mass, and particularly preferably 30 to 75% by mass, for example, It may be 40 to 70% by mass, and 45 to 65% by mass.
- Coupleling agent (e) By using a coupling agent (e) having a functional group capable of reacting with an inorganic compound or an organic compound, the adhesion and adhesiveness of the protective film-forming film to the adherend can be improved. Further, by using the coupling agent (e), the protective film obtained by curing the protective film-forming film is improved in water resistance without impairing the heat resistance.
- the coupling agent (e) is preferably a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with a functional group possessed by the ultraviolet ray curable component (a), the polymer (b) having no ultraviolet ray curable group, etc., and a silane cup It is more preferable that it is a ring agent.
- silane coupling agent examples include 3-glycidyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxymethyldiethoxysilane, 2- (3,4-Epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (2-aminoethylamino) propyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (2-amino) Ethylamino) propylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3- (phenylamino) propyltrimethoxysilane, 3-anilinopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyl Trimethoxysi
- composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film and the coupling agent (e) contained in the film for forming a protective film may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, Combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
- the content of the coupling agent (e) in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film is the ultraviolet curable component (a) and the ultraviolet curing
- the amount is preferably 0.03 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the polymer (b) having no functional group. Particularly preferred is 1 to 5 parts by mass.
- the content of the coupling agent (e) is at least the lower limit value, the dispersibility of the filler (d) in the resin is improved, and the adhesion of the film for protective film formation to the adherend is improved.
- the effect of using the coupling agent (e) can be obtained more remarkably. Moreover, generation
- the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) may contain a crosslinking agent (f).
- a crosslinking agent (f) By crosslinking the above-mentioned ultraviolet ray curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no ultraviolet ray curable group using the crosslinking agent (f), the initial adhesion and cohesion of the protective film-forming film can be obtained. It can be adjusted.
- crosslinking agent (f) examples include organic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, organic polyvalent imine compounds, metal chelate type crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having a metal chelate structure), and aziridine type crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having an aziridinyl group) Etc.
- organic polyvalent isocyanate compound for example, an aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, an aliphatic polyvalent isocyanate compound and an alicyclic polyvalent isocyanate compound (hereinafter, these compounds are collectively referred to as “aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound etc.” Abbreviated in some cases); trimers such as the above-mentioned aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, isocyanurates and adducts; terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymers obtained by reacting the above-mentioned aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds and the like with a polyol compound Etc.
- aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound etc Abbreviated in some cases
- trimers such as the above-mentioned aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, isocyanurates and adducts
- terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymers obtained by reacting the above-mentioned aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds and the like with a polyol compound Et
- the “adduct” includes the above-mentioned aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, aliphatic polyvalent isocyanate compound or alicyclic polyvalent isocyanate compound, and low contents such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, trimethylolpropane or castor oil It means a reactant with a molecule active hydrogen-containing compound.
- the adduct include xylylene diisocyanate adduct of trimethylolpropane as described later, and the like.
- terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer means a prepolymer having a urethane bond and having an isocyanate group at the terminal of the molecule.
- organic polyvalent isocyanate compound for example, 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate; 2,6-tolylene diisocyanate; 1,3-xylylene diisocyanate; 1,4-xylene diisocyanate; diphenylmethane-4 Diphenylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; 3-methyldiphenylmethane diisocyanate; hexamethylene diisocyanate; isophorone diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; trimethylol Any one of tolylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate and xylylene diisocyanate in the hydroxyl groups of all or part of a polyol such as propane Or two or more compounds are added; and lysine diisocyanate.
- a polyol such as propane Or two
- organic polyhydric imine compound examples include N, N′-diphenylmethane-4,4′-bis (1-aziridinecarboxamide), trimethylolpropane-tri- ⁇ -aziridinyl propionate, and tetramethylolmethane.
- an organic polyvalent isocyanate compound as the crosslinking agent (f)
- the crosslinking agent (f) has an isocyanate group and the ultraviolet ray curable component (a) or the polymer (b) not having an ultraviolet ray curable group has a hydroxyl group
- the crosslinking agent (f) and the ultraviolet ray curable component (a) Or a reaction with the polymer (b) having no ultraviolet curable group a crosslinked structure can be easily introduced into the protective film-forming film.
- composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the crosslinking agent (f) contained in the film for forming a protective film may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, a combination thereof And the ratio can be selected arbitrarily.
- the content of the crosslinking agent (f) in the composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film is a polymer having no ultraviolet ray curable component (a) and no ultraviolet ray curable group ( 0.01 to 20 parts by mass is preferable, and 0.1 to 10 parts by mass is more preferable, and 0.5 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total content of b) Is particularly preferred.
- the content of the crosslinking agent (f) is equal to or more than the lower limit value, the effect of using the crosslinking agent (f) can be more remarkably obtained. Moreover, the excess use of a crosslinking agent (f) is suppressed because the said content of a crosslinking agent (f) is below the said upper limit.
- Colorant (g) As a coloring agent (g), well-known things, such as an inorganic type pigment, an organic type pigment, and an organic type dye, are mentioned, for example.
- organic pigments and organic dyes examples include aminium dyes, cyanine dyes, merocyanine dyes, croconium dyes, squalium dyes, azulenium dyes, polymethine dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, pyrilium dyes, and phthalocyanines.
- the inorganic pigment examples include carbon black, cobalt dyes, iron dyes, chromium dyes, titanium dyes, vanadium dyes, zirconium dyes, molybdenum dyes, ruthenium dyes, platinum dyes, ITO ( Indium tin oxide) dyes, ATO (antimony tin oxide) dyes and the like can be mentioned.
- the composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film and the colorant (g) contained in the film for forming a protective film may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, a combination thereof
- the ratio of the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film is 20% or less at 20 nm wavelength light transmittance, 25% or less at 550 nm wavelength light transmittance, and 1600 nm wavelength light transmittance Is adjusted to be 25% or more.
- the colorant (g) preferably contains at least a blue pigment, and more preferably contains a blue pigment, a yellow pigment, and a red pigment.
- the blue dye for example, a phthalocyanine dye is preferable
- the yellow dye for example, an isoindolinone dye is preferable
- the red dye for example, an anthraquinone dye is preferable.
- the content of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the coloring agent (g) of the protective film-forming film is the light beam of 350 nm wavelength of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film
- the transmittance is adjusted to be 20% or less, the light transmittance at a wavelength of 550 nm is 25% or less, and the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm is 25% or more.
- composition for protective film formation (IV-1) and film for protective film formation such that the light transmittance at a wavelength of 350 nm of the film for protective film formation is 20% or less
- the content of the blue dye in the above is 25 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the coloring agent (g).
- the ratio of the content of the colorant (g) to the total content of all the components other than the solvent is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.4 to 7.5% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.8 to 5% by mass.
- the light transmittance of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film at a wavelength of 350 nm is 20% or less, and the wavelength of 550 nm
- the light transmittance of the light source is adjusted to 25% or less, and the light transmittance of the wavelength 1600 nm is 25% or more.
- the excess use of a coloring agent (g) is suppressed because the said content of a coloring agent (g) is below the said upper limit.
- the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film may contain a thermosetting component (h).
- the composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film and the thermosetting component (h) contained in the film for forming a protective film may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, The combination and ratio of can be selected arbitrarily.
- thermosetting component (h) an epoxy-type thermosetting resin, a thermosetting polyimide, polyurethane, unsaturated polyester, a silicone resin etc. are mentioned, for example, An epoxy-type thermosetting resin is preferable.
- the epoxy-based thermosetting resin comprises an epoxy resin (h1) and a thermosetting agent (h2).
- the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the epoxy thermosetting resin contained in the film for forming a protective film may be only one type, or two or more types, in the case of two or more types, Combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
- Epoxy resin (h1) As an epoxy resin (h1), a well-known thing is mentioned, for example, a polyfunctional epoxy resin, a biphenyl compound, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether and its hydrogenated substance, an ortho cresol novolak epoxy resin, a dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin, Examples thereof include bifunctional or higher epoxy compounds such as biphenyl type epoxy resin, bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, and phenylene skeleton type epoxy resin.
- an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group may be used as the epoxy resin (h1).
- An epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group has higher compatibility with an acrylic resin than an epoxy resin having no unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Therefore, the reliability of the package obtained using the composite sheet for protective film formation improves by using the epoxy resin which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- an epoxy resin which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group the compound formed by converting a part of epoxy group of polyfunctional epoxy resin into the group which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group is mentioned, for example.
- a compound can be obtained, for example, by addition reaction of (meth) acrylic acid or a derivative thereof to an epoxy group.
- an epoxy resin which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group the compound etc. which the group which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group directly couple
- the unsaturated hydrocarbon group is a polymerizable unsaturated group, and specific examples thereof include ethenyl group (also referred to as vinyl group), 2-propenyl group (also referred to as allyl group) and (meth) acryloyl group And (meth) acrylamide groups etc. are mentioned, and an acryloyl group is preferable.
- the number average molecular weight of the epoxy resin (h1) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 300 to 30000, and is 400 to 10000, from the viewpoint of the curability of the film for protective film formation and the strength and heat resistance of the protective film. And more preferably 500 to 3,000.
- the epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin (h1) is preferably 100 to 1000 g / eq, and more preferably 150 to 800 g / eq.
- epoxy resin (h1) one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination, and when two or more types are used in combination, the combination and ratio thereof can be optionally selected.
- Heat curing agent (h2) functions as a curing agent for the epoxy resin (h1).
- a thermosetting agent (h2) the compound which has 2 or more of functional groups which can react with an epoxy group in 1 molecule is mentioned, for example.
- the functional group include a phenolic hydroxyl group, an alcoholic hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxy group, and a group in which an acid group is anhydrated, and the phenolic hydroxyl group, an amino group or an acid group is anastabilized. It is preferably a hydroxyl group, more preferably a phenolic hydroxyl group or an amino group.
- thermosetting agents (h2) as a phenol-based curing agent having a phenolic hydroxyl group, for example, polyfunctional phenol resin, biphenol, novolak-type phenol resin, dicyclopentadiene-based phenol resin, aralkyl phenol resin and the like can be mentioned. .
- thermosetting agents (h2) examples of amine-based curing agents having an amino group include dicyandiamide.
- the thermosetting agent (h2) may have an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- the thermosetting agent (h2) having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group for example, a compound obtained by substituting a part of hydroxyl groups of a phenol resin with a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, and an aromatic ring of a phenol resin, The compound etc. which a group which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group directly couple
- bonds are mentioned.
- the unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the thermosetting agent (h2) is the same as the unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the above-mentioned epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- the heat-curing agent (h2) preferably has a high softening point or glass transition temperature, from the viewpoint that the removability of the protective film from the support sheet is improved. .
- thermosetting agents (h2) for example, the number average molecular weight of resin components such as polyfunctional phenol resin, novolak type phenol resin, dicyclopentadiene type phenol resin, aralkyl phenol resin and the like is preferably 300 to 30,000, It is more preferably 400 to 10,000, and particularly preferably 500 to 3,000.
- the molecular weight of the non-resin component such as biphenol and dicyandiamide is not particularly limited, but is preferably 60 to 500, for example.
- thermosetting agent (h2) may be used individually by 1 type, may use 2 or more types together, and when using 2 or more types together, those combination and ratio can be selected arbitrarily.
- the content of the thermosetting agent (h2) in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film is the content of the epoxy resin (h1) 100
- the amount is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to the parts by mass.
- thermosetting component (h) when used, the content of the thermosetting component (h) (for example, epoxy resin (h1) and heat) in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film
- the total content of the curing agent (h2) is preferably 1 to 500 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer (b) having no ultraviolet curable group.
- the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film may contain a curing accelerator (i).
- a hardening accelerator (i) is a component for adjusting the hardening speed of the film for protective film formation.
- Preferred curing accelerators (i) include, for example, tertiary amines such as triethylenediamine, benzyldimethylamine, triethanolamine, dimethylaminoethanol, and tris (dimethylaminomethyl) phenol; 2-methylimidazole, 2-phenyl Imidazoles such as imidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole, and 2-phenyl-4-methyl-5-hydroxymethylimidazole; tributyl phosphine, diphenyl phosphine, tri Organic phosphines such as phenyl phosphine; tetraphenyl phosphonium tetraphenyl borate; and tetraphenyl boron salts such as triphenyl phosphine tetraphenyl borate.
- tertiary amines such as triethylenediamine, benzyldimethylamine
- the curing accelerator (i) one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination, and when two or more types are used in combination, the combination and ratio thereof can be optionally selected.
- the content of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the content of the curing accelerator (i) of the protective film-forming film are not particularly limited, and it depends on the components used in combination. It may be selected as appropriate.
- the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film may contain a general-purpose additive (z).
- the general-purpose additive (z) may be a known one, can be selected arbitrarily according to the purpose, and is not particularly limited. Preferred examples thereof include a plasticizer, an antistatic agent, an antioxidant, a gettering agent, etc. Can be mentioned.
- composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film and the general-purpose additive (z) contained in the film for forming a protective film may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, Combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
- the content of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the content of the general-purpose additive (z) of the protective film-forming film are not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose. do it.
- the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) preferably further contains a solvent.
- the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) containing a solvent has good handleability.
- the solvent is not particularly limited, but preferred examples thereof include hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, isobutyl alcohol (2-methylpropan-1-ol), and 1-butanol Alcohols; esters such as ethyl acetate; ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; and amides (compounds having an amide bond) such as dimethylformamide and N-methylpyrrolidone.
- the solvent contained in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
- composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film is methyl ethyl ketone, toluene, ethyl acetate or the like in that the components contained in composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film can be mixed more uniformly. Is preferred.
- composition for forming a protective film such as the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) can be obtained by blending the respective components for constituting the composition. There is no particular limitation on the order of addition of each component at the time of blending, and two or more components may be added simultaneously.
- a solvent it may be used by mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting this compounding component in advance, or by previously diluting any compounding component other than the solvent A solvent may be used by mixing with these compounding ingredients without storage.
- the method of mixing each component at the time of compounding is not particularly limited, and a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade, etc .; a method of mixing using a mixer; a method of adding ultrasonic waves and mixing, etc. It may be selected as appropriate.
- the temperature and time of addition and mixing of the respective components are not particularly limited as long as the respective blended components do not deteriorate, and may be appropriately adjusted, but the temperature is preferably 15 to 30 ° C.
- the protective film-forming film can be produced by coating the protective film-forming composition on a release film (preferably the release-treated surface thereof) and drying it as required. .
- the manufacturing method at this time is as described above.
- the film for protective film formation is normally stored in the state in which the peeling film was bonded together by the both surfaces.
- a release film (preferably a release-treated surface) is preferably formed on the exposed surface (surface opposite to the side provided with the release film) of the protective film-forming film formed on the release film as described above. You just need to paste
- the protective film-forming film can be formed on a support sheet to form a protective film-forming composite sheet.
- the composite sheet for protective film formation is stuck on the back surface (surface on the opposite side to the electrode formation surface) of the semiconductor wafer by the protective film formation film. Thereafter, from this state, the target semiconductor chip and semiconductor device can be manufactured by the manufacturing method described later.
- the protective film-forming film may be provided first on the back surface of the semiconductor wafer, not on the support sheet.
- a protective film-forming film is attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer, and a supporting sheet is attached to the exposed surface of the protective film-forming film (the surface opposite to the side attached to the semiconductor wafer)
- the film for protective film formation in the pasted state is irradiated with ultraviolet light and cured to form a protective film, and then the exposed surface of this protective film (the side opposite to the side pasted on the semiconductor wafer)
- the support sheet is bonded to form a composite sheet for forming a protective film. Thereafter, from this state, the target semiconductor chip and semiconductor device can be manufactured by the manufacturing method described later.
- the composite sheet for forming a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a support sheet, and the film for forming a protective film is provided on the support sheet.
- the thickness of the semiconductor wafer to be used for the composite sheet for protective film formation of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 30 to 1000 ⁇ m from the viewpoint of easier division into semiconductor chips described later. More preferably, it is 100 to 400 ⁇ m.
- the configuration of the protective film-forming composite sheet will be described in detail.
- the support sheet may be formed of a single layer (single layer), or may be formed of two or more layers.
- the plurality of layers may be identical to or different from each other, and the combination of the plurality of layers is not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
- a substrate is provided, and an adhesive layer is directly laminated on the substrate and laminated (a substrate and an adhesive layer are laminated in direct contact in this order)
- FIG. 2 is sectional drawing which shows typically the composite sheet for protective film formation which concerns on one Embodiment of this invention.
- the same components as those shown in the already described drawings are denoted by the same reference numerals as in the already explained drawings, and the detailed description thereof will be omitted.
- the composite sheet 1A for protective film formation shown here is provided with the base material 11, the adhesive layer 12 is provided on the base material 11, and the protective film formation film 13 is provided on the adhesive layer 12.
- the support sheet 10 is a laminate of the base 11 and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, and the composite sheet 1A for protective film formation is, in other words, one surface of the support sheet 10 (in the present specification, "first surface” And a protective film-forming film 13 is laminated on the substrate 10a).
- the protective film-forming composite sheet 1A further includes a peeling film 15 on the protective film-forming film 13.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is laminated on one surface (sometimes referred to as a “first surface” in the present specification) 11a of the substrate 11.
- the film 13 for protective film formation is laminated on the entire surface of one surface (sometimes referred to as “first surface” in the present specification) 12 a, and a part of the first surface 13 a of the film 13 for protective film formation That is, the jig adhesive layer 16 is laminated in a region near the peripheral portion, and the surface of the first surface 13 a of the protective film-forming film 13 on which the jig adhesive layer 16 is not laminated, and the jig A release film 15 is laminated on the surface 16 a (upper surface and side surface) of the adhesive layer 16.
- the protective film-forming film 13 has an ultraviolet ray curable component, and the light transmittance of 350 nm wavelength is 20% or less, and the light transmittance of 550 nm wavelength is 25% or less And the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm is 25% or more.
- the jig adhesive layer 16 may have, for example, a single layer structure containing an adhesive component, or a plurality of layers in which layers containing the adhesive component are laminated on both sides of a sheet to be a core material. It may be of a structure.
- the composite sheet 1A for protective film formation shown in FIG. 2 has the back surface of a semiconductor wafer (not shown) attached to the first surface 13a of the protective film formation film 13 with the release film 15 removed.
- the upper surface of the surface 16 a of the tool adhesive layer 16 is used by being attached to a jig such as a ring frame.
- FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a composite sheet for protective film formation according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- the composite sheet 1B for protective film formation shown here is the same as the composite sheet 1A for protective film formation shown in FIG. 2 except that the jig adhesive layer 16 is not provided. That is, in the protective film-forming composite sheet 1B, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is laminated on the first surface 11a of the substrate 11, and the protective film-forming film 13 is laminated on the entire first surface 12a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 The release film 15 is laminated on the entire surface of the first surface 13 a of the protective film-forming film 13.
- the protective film-forming film 13 has an ultraviolet ray curable component, and the light transmittance of 350 nm wavelength is 20% or less, and the light transmittance of 550 nm wavelength is 25% or less And the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm is 25% or more.
- the composite sheet 1B for protective film formation shown in FIG. 3 is a semiconductor wafer (not shown) on the central region of the first surface 13a of the protective film formation film 13 with the release film 15 removed. And the area in the vicinity of the peripheral portion is used by being attached to a jig such as a ring frame.
- FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a composite sheet for protective film formation according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- the composite sheet 1C for protective film formation shown here is the same as the composite sheet 1A for protective film formation shown in FIG. 2 except that the adhesive layer 12 is not provided. That is, in the composite sheet 1C for protective film formation, the support sheet 10 consists only of the base material 11.
- the protective film-forming film 13 is laminated on the first surface 11 a of the substrate 11 (the first surface 10 a of the support sheet 10), and a part of the first surface 13 a of the protective film-forming film 13, that is, the peripheral portion
- the jig adhesive layer 16 is laminated in the vicinity area, and the area where the jig adhesive layer 16 is not laminated in the first surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13, and the jig adhesive layer A release film 15 is laminated on the sixteen surfaces 16a (upper and side surfaces).
- the protective film-forming film 13 has a UV-curable component and has a light transmittance of 20% or less at a wavelength of 350 nm and a light beam at a wavelength of 550 nm.
- the transmittance is 25% or less, and the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm is 25% or more.
- the composite sheet 1C for protective film formation shown in FIG. 4 is on the first surface 13a of the film 13 for protective film formation with the release film 15 removed.
- the back surface of the semiconductor wafer (not shown) is attached, and the upper surface of the surface 16a of the adhesive layer 16 for jig is used by being adhered to a jig such as a ring frame.
- FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a composite sheet for protective film formation according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- the composite sheet for protective film formation 1D shown here is the same as the composite sheet for protective film formation 1C shown in FIG. 4 except that the jig adhesive layer 16 is not provided. That is, in the protective film-forming composite sheet 1D, the protective film-forming film 13 is laminated on the first surface 11a of the substrate 11, and the release film 15 is laminated on the entire first surface 13a of the protective film-forming film 13. It is done.
- the protective film-forming film 13 has a UV-curable component and has a light transmittance of 20% or less at a wavelength of 350 nm and a light beam at a wavelength of 550 nm.
- the transmittance is 25% or less, and the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm is 25% or more.
- the composite sheet 1D for protective film formation shown in FIG. 5 is the same as the composite sheet 1B for protective film formation shown in FIG. 3 with the release film 15 removed, on the first surface 13a of the film 13 for protective film formation.
- the back surface of a semiconductor wafer (not shown) is attached to a partial region on the center side, and the region in the vicinity of the peripheral portion is attached to a jig such as a ring frame and used.
- FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a composite sheet for protective film formation according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- the composite sheet 1E for protective film formation shown here is the same as the composite sheet 1B for protective film formation shown in FIG. 3 except that the shape of the film for protective film formation is different. That is, the composite sheet 1E for protective film formation is provided with the base material 11, the adhesive layer 12 is provided on the base material 11, and the protective film formation film 23 is provided on the adhesive layer 12.
- the support sheet 10 is a laminate of the base 11 and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, and in other words, the protective film-forming film 23 is laminated on the first surface 10 a of the support sheet 10. Have the following configuration. Further, the protective film-forming composite sheet 1E further includes a peeling film 15 on the protective film-forming film 23.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is laminated on the first surface 11a of the substrate 11, and a protective film is formed on a part of the first surface 12a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, ie, the central region.
- Film 23 is laminated.
- the release film 15 is formed on the region of the first surface 12 a of the adhesive layer 12 where the protective film-forming film 23 is not laminated and the surface 23 a (upper surface and side surface) of the protective film-forming film 23. It is stacked.
- the protective film-forming film 23 When the protective film-forming composite sheet 1E is viewed from above from above and planarly viewed, the protective film-forming film 23 has a smaller surface area than the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, and has, for example, a circular shape.
- the protective film-forming film 13 has a UV curable component, and the light transmittance of a wavelength 350 nm is 20% or less, and the light beam of a wavelength 550 nm The transmittance is 25% or less, and the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm is 25% or more.
- the composite sheet 1E for protective film formation shown in FIG. 6 has the back surface of a semiconductor wafer (not shown) attached to the surface 23a of the protective film formation film 23 in a state where the release film 15 is removed.
- stacked among 12 1st surface 12a is stuck on jigs, such as a ring frame, and is used.
- the composite sheet 1E for protective film formation shown in FIG. 6 in the area
- tool may be laminated
- the composite sheet 1E for protective film formation provided with such an adhesive layer for jigs has a ring frame for the surface of the adhesive layer for jigs. It is stuck on a jig etc. and used.
- the composite sheet for protective film formation may be provided with the adhesive layer for jigs, regardless of the form of the support sheet and the film for protective film formation.
- the adhesive layer for jigs regardless of the form of the support sheet and the film for protective film formation.
- FIGS. 2 and 4 as a composite sheet for protective film formation provided with a jig adhesive layer, one provided with a jig adhesive layer on a protective film formation film Is preferred.
- the composite sheet for protective film formation which concerns on one Embodiment of this invention is not limited to what is shown in FIGS. 2-6, A part of what is shown in FIGS. 2-6 in the range which does not impair the effect of this invention
- the configuration of the above may be changed or deleted, or another configuration may be added to those described above.
- an intermediate layer may be provided between the substrate 11 and the protective film formation film 13.
- the intermediate layer can be selected arbitrarily according to the purpose.
- middle layer may be provided between the base material 11 and the adhesive layer 12.
- the support sheet may be formed by laminating the base material, the intermediate layer and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in this order in the thickness direction.
- the intermediate layer is the same as the intermediate layer which may be provided in the composite sheet for protective film formation shown in FIGS. 4 and 5.
- the layer other than the intermediate layer may be provided at an arbitrary place.
- a clearance may be partially generated between the release film and the layer in direct contact with the release film.
- the size and shape of each layer can be arbitrarily adjusted according to the purpose.
- a layer such as an adhesive layer which is in direct contact with the protective film-forming film of the support sheet be non-UV curable.
- the support sheet may be transparent or opaque, and may be colored according to the purpose. Among them, in the present invention in which the protective film-forming film has ultraviolet curability, it is preferable that the support sheet transmits ultraviolet light.
- the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 350 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more.
- the upper limit of the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 350 nm is not particularly limited.
- the light transmittance may be 95% or less.
- the lower limit value and the upper limit value of the light transmittance of the support sheet at a wavelength of 350 nm can be arbitrarily combined.
- the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 350 nm of the support sheet is preferably 30% to 95%, more preferably 50% to 95%, and particularly preferably 70% to 95%. preferable.
- the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 532 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more.
- the transmittance of light is in such a range, the protective film-forming film or the protective film is irradiated with a laser beam through the support sheet, and printing can be performed more clearly.
- the upper limit of the transmittance of light of wavelength 532 nm is not particularly limited.
- the light transmittance may be 95% or less.
- the lower limit value and the upper limit value of the transmittance of light of wavelength 532 nm of the support sheet can be arbitrarily combined.
- the transmittance of light of wavelength 532 nm of the support sheet is preferably 30% or more and 95% or less, more preferably 50% or more and 95% or less, and particularly preferably 70% or more and 95% or less preferable.
- the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1064 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more.
- the transmittance of light is in such a range, the protective film-forming film or the protective film is irradiated with a laser beam through the support sheet, and printing can be performed more clearly.
- the upper limit value of the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 1064 nm is not particularly limited.
- the light transmittance may be 95% or less.
- the lower limit value and the upper limit value of the light transmittance for the wavelength 1064 nm of the support sheet can be arbitrarily combined.
- the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 1064 nm of the support sheet is preferably 30% or more and 95% or less, more preferably 50% or more and 95% or less, and particularly preferably 70% or more and 95% or less preferable.
- the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 1342 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more.
- the semiconductor wafer is irradiated with laser light through the support sheet and the protective film-forming film or protective film, and the modified layer is formed on the semiconductor wafer. It can be easily formed.
- the upper limit of the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 1342 nm is not particularly limited.
- the light transmittance may be 95% or less.
- the lower limit value and the upper limit value of the light transmittance of the wavelength 1342 nm of the support sheet can be arbitrarily combined.
- the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1342 nm of the support sheet is preferably 30% to 95%, more preferably 50% to 95%, and particularly preferably 70% to 95%. preferable.
- each layer constituting the support sheet will be described in more detail.
- the base material is in the form of a sheet or a film, and examples of the constituent material thereof include various resins.
- the resin include polyethylenes such as low density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE), and high density polyethylene (HDPE); polyethylenes such as polypropylene, polybutene, polybutadiene, polymethylpentene, and norbornene resin Ethylene-vinyl copolymers such as ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ethylene- (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene- (meth) acrylic acid ester copolymer, and ethylene-norbornene copolymer Copolymers obtained using ethylene as a monomer); vinyl chloride resins such as polyvinyl chloride and vinyl chloride copolymers (resins obtained using vinyl chloride as a monomer); polystyrene; polycycloolefins; Polyethylene terephthalate, PO Polyesters such as ethylene
- polymer alloys such as a mixture of the said polyester and other resin
- the polymer alloy of the polyester and the other resin is preferably one in which the amount of the resin other than the polyester is relatively small.
- the resin for example, a crosslinked resin obtained by crosslinking one or more of the above-described resins exemplified so far; modification of an ionomer using one or more of the above-described resins exemplified so far Resin is also mentioned.
- the resin constituting the substrate may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
- the base material may consist of one layer (a single layer), or may consist of a plurality of layers of two or more layers, and in the case of a plurality of layers, these plural layers may be the same or different from each other, and these plural
- the combination of layers is not particularly limited.
- the thickness of the substrate is preferably 50 to 300 ⁇ m, and more preferably 60 to 100 ⁇ m.
- the thickness of the substrate means the thickness of the entire substrate, for example, the thickness of the substrate comprising a plurality of layers means the total thickness of all the layers constituting the substrate means.
- the substrate is preferably a substrate having high thickness accuracy, that is, a substrate in which the thickness variation is suppressed regardless of the part.
- a substrate having high thickness accuracy for example, polyethylene, polyolefins other than polyethylene, polyethylene terephthalate, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, etc. Can be mentioned.
- the base contains, in addition to the main constituent materials such as the resin, known additives such as a filler, a colorant, an antistatic agent, an antioxidant, an organic lubricant, a catalyst, and a softener (plasticizer). May be
- the optical properties of the substrate are preferably such as to satisfy the optical properties of the support sheet described above.
- the substrate may be transparent or opaque, or may be colored according to the purpose, or other layers may be deposited.
- the film for protective film formation has ultraviolet curability, as a base material, what permeate
- the substrate is roughened by sand blasting, solvent treatment, etc., corona discharge treatment, electron beam irradiation treatment, plasma treatment, etc., in order to improve the adhesion to other layers such as the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer provided thereon.
- the surface may be subjected to oxidation treatment such as ozone and ultraviolet irradiation treatment, flame treatment, chromic acid treatment, and hot air treatment.
- the surface of the substrate may be subjected to primer treatment.
- the base material prevents adhesion of the base material to another sheet and adhesion of the base material to the suction table when the antistatic coating layer and the composite sheet for protective film formation are stacked and stored. It may have a layer or the like.
- the substrate can be produced by a known method.
- the base material containing resin can be manufactured by shape
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is in the form of a sheet or a film, and contains a pressure-sensitive adhesive.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive include acrylic resins, urethane resins, rubber resins, silicone resins, epoxy resins, epoxy resins, polyvinyl ethers, and adhesive resins such as polycarbonates and ester resins. Acrylic resins are exemplified. preferable.
- the term "adhesive resin” is a concept including both an adhesive resin and an adhesive resin, and for example, the resin itself is not limited to one having adhesiveness. It also includes a resin that exhibits tackiness when used in combination with other components such as additives, and a resin that exhibits adhesion due to the presence of a trigger such as heat or water.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be formed of one layer (single layer) or may be formed of two or more layers, and in the case of two or more layers, these layers may be the same or different from one another.
- the combination of multiple layers is not particularly limited.
- the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably 1 to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably 1 to 60 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 1 to 30 ⁇ m.
- the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer means the thickness of the entire pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and for example, the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer composed of a plurality of layers means the total of all layers constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Means the thickness of.
- the optical properties of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer preferably satisfy the optical properties of the support sheet described above.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be transparent or opaque, or may be colored according to the purpose.
- the film for protective film formation has ultraviolet curability, that to which an adhesive layer permeate
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be formed using an energy ray-curable adhesive other than ultraviolet light, or may be formed using a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed using an energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive other than ultraviolet light can easily adjust physical properties before and after curing.
- energy beam means an electromagnetic wave or charged particle beam having energy quantum, and examples thereof include radiation and electron beam.
- Energy ray curable means a property of curing by irradiation with energy rays
- non-energy ray curable means a property of not curing even by irradiation of energy rays.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be formed using a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a pressure-sensitive adhesive.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be formed on a target site by coating the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition on the surface to be formed of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and drying it as necessary.
- the more specific formation method of an adhesive layer is demonstrated in detail later with the formation method of another layer.
- the ratio of the contents of the components which do not vaporize at normal temperature in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is usually the same as the ratio of the contents of the components of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
- the application of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be performed by a known method, for example, an air knife coater, a blade coater, a bar coater, a gravure coater, a roll coater, a roll knife coater, a curtain coater, a die coater, a knife coater, a screen coater And methods using various coaters such as Meyer bar coater and kiss coater.
- the drying conditions of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition are not particularly limited, but when the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition contains a solvent described later, it is preferable to heat and dry.
- the solvent-containing pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is preferably dried, for example, at 70 to 130 ° C. for 10 seconds to 5 minutes.
- a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing an energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive that is, an energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition
- an energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition for example, non-energy ray-curable tackiness
- Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) containing resin (I-1a) hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “adhesive resin (I-1a)” and an energy ray-curable compound
- non-energy Energy ray curable adhesive resin (I-2a) hereinafter referred to as “adhesive resin (I-2a)
- pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) containing the adhesive resin (I-2a) and an energy ray-curable compound, etc.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contains a non-energy ray-curable adhesive resin (I-1a) and an energy ray-curable compound.
- the adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably an acrylic resin.
- the acrylic resin the acrylic polymer which has a structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic-acid alkylester at least is mentioned, for example.
- the structural unit which the said acrylic resin has may be only 1 type, may be 2 or more types, and when it is 2 or more types, those combination and ratio can be selected arbitrarily.
- Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester include ones in which the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the alkyl group is linear or branched. Is preferred. More specifically, as (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid n-Butyl, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, n-octy
- the said acryl-type polymer has a structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic-acid alkylester whose carbon number of the said alkyl group is 4 or more from the point which the adhesive force of an adhesive layer improves.
- the carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 4 to 12, and more preferably 4 to 8, in order to further improve the adhesion of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
- the (meth) acrylic-acid alkyl ester whose carbon number of the said alkyl group is 4 or more is methacrylic acid alkyl ester.
- the acrylic polymer preferably further has a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer, in addition to the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester.
- a functional group-containing monomer for example, the functional group reacts with a crosslinking agent described later to be a crosslinking origin, or the functional group reacts with an unsaturated group in an unsaturated group-containing compound described later What makes it possible to introduce an unsaturated group into the side chain of an acrylic polymer by doing is mentioned.
- a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group, an epoxy group etc. are mentioned, for example. That is, as a functional group containing monomer, a hydroxyl group containing monomer, a carboxy group containing monomer, an amino group containing monomer, an epoxy group containing monomer etc. are mentioned, for example.
- hydroxyl group-containing monomer examples include hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) Hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylates such as 2-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate; non (meth) acrylics such as vinyl alcohol and allyl alcohol And unsaturated alcohols (unsaturated alcohols having no (meth) acryloyl skeleton) and the like.
- ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acids such as (meth) acrylic acid and crotonic acid; fumaric acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, And ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as citraconic acid (dicarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond); anhydrides of the above ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids; (meth) acrylic acid carboxyalkyl esters such as 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate and the like Can be mentioned.
- monocarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond such as (meth) acrylic acid and crotonic acid; fumaric acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, And ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as citraconic acid (dicarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond); anhydrides of the above ethylen
- the functional group-containing monomer is preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer and a carboxy group-containing monomer, and more preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer.
- the functional group-containing monomer constituting the acrylic polymer may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
- the content of the structural unit derived from the functional group-containing monomer is preferably 1 to 35% by mass, and more preferably 2 to 32% by mass, with respect to the total amount of the structural units. And 3 to 30% by mass is particularly preferable.
- the acrylic polymer may further have a structural unit derived from another monomer in addition to the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester and the structural unit derived from the functional group-containing monomer.
- the other monomer is not particularly limited as long as it is copolymerizable with (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester and the like. Examples of the other monomers include styrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, vinyl toluene, vinyl formate, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, and acrylamide.
- the other monomer constituting the acrylic polymer may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
- the acrylic polymer can be used as the above-mentioned non-energy ray curable tackifying resin (I-1a).
- those obtained by reacting the unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group (ultraviolet polymerizable group) with the functional group in the acrylic polymer are the above-mentioned energy ray curable adhesive resin It can be used as (I-2a).
- the adhesive resin (I-1a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are optionally It can be selected.
- the content of the adhesive resin (I-1a) relative to the total content of the components other than the solvent is preferably 5 to 99% by mass, and 10 to 95% by mass Is more preferable, and 15 to 90% by mass is particularly preferable.
- Examples of the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) include monomers or oligomers which have an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group and can be cured by irradiation of energy rays.
- the energy ray-curable compounds as a monomer, for example, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, 1,4 Polyvalent (meth) acrylates such as -butylene glycol di (meth) acrylate and 1,6-hexanediol (meth) acrylate; urethane (meth) acrylate; polyester (meth) acrylate; polyether (meth) acrylate; Epoxy (meth) acrylate and the like can be mentioned.
- trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate pentaerythritol (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hex
- examples of the oligomers include oligomers formed by polymerization of the monomers exemplified above.
- the energy ray-curable compound is preferably a urethane (meth) acrylate or a urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer in that the molecular weight is relatively large and the storage elastic modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is hardly reduced.
- the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected. .
- the content of the energy ray-curable compound is 1 to 95% by mass with respect to the total content of components other than the solvent of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1). Is preferable, 5 to 90% by mass is more preferable, and 10 to 85% by mass is particularly preferable.
- crosslinking agent reacts with the functional group to crosslink the adhesive resin (I-1a).
- Crosslinking agents include, for example, tolylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, and isocyanate-based crosslinking agents such as adducts of these diisocyanates (crosslinking agents having an isocyanate group); epoxy-based crosslinking agents such as ethylene glycol glycidyl ether (Cross-linking agent having glycidyl group); Aziridine-based cross-linking agent such as hexa [1- (2-methyl) -aziridinyl] trifosphatriazine (cross-linking agent having aziridinyl group); Metal chelate-based cross-linking agent such as aluminum chelate ( Crosslinkers having a metal chelate structure); isocyanurate crosslinkers (crosslinkers having an isocyanuric acid skeleton) and the like
- the crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be optionally selected.
- the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the content of the adhesive resin (I-1a), The amount is more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by mass.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently proceeds curing reaction even when irradiated with energy rays of relatively low energy such as ultraviolet rays.
- photopolymerization initiator examples include benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, methyl benzoin benzoate, and benzoin dimethyl ketal; acetophenone, 2- Acetophenone compounds such as hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one and 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethan-1-one; bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) phenyl Acyl phosphine oxide compounds such as phosphine oxide and 2,4,6-trimethyl benzoyl diphenyl phosphine oxide; benzyl phenyl sulfide and tetramethyl thiuram monosulfide Sulfide compounds; ⁇ -ketol compounds such as 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone;
- the photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
- the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the content of the energy ray-curable compound, and 0
- the content is more preferably in the range of 03 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may contain other additives which do not correspond to any of the components described above, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
- the other additives include antistatic agent, antioxidant, softener (plasticizer), filler (filler), rust inhibitor, coloring agent (pigment, dye), sensitizer, tackifier
- known additives such as reaction retarders and crosslinking promoters (catalysts).
- the reaction retarder means, for example, an unintended cross-linking reaction in the adhesive composition (I-1) during storage by the action of a catalyst mixed in the adhesive composition (I-1). It is to control progress.
- the other additives contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
- the content of the other additive is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected depending on the type.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may contain a solvent.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contains a solvent, whereby the coating suitability to the surface to be coated is improved.
- the solvent is preferably an organic solvent
- examples of the organic solvent include ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and acetone; esters such as ethyl acetate (carboxylic acid esters); ethers such as tetrahydrofuran and dioxane; Aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; alcohols such as 1-propanol and 2-propanol.
- the solvent for example, one used in the production of the adhesive resin (I-1a) may be used as it is in the adhesive composition (I-1) without removing it from the adhesive resin (I-1a)
- the same or a different type of solvent as that used in the production of the adhesive resin (I-1a) may be separately added in the production of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
- the solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
- the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately adjusted.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) is, as described above, an energy ray-curable adhesive resin in which an unsaturated group is introduced into the side chain of the non-energy ray-curable adhesive resin (I-1a). (I-2a) is contained.
- the adhesive resin (I-2a) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) with an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy beam polymerizable unsaturated group.
- the unsaturated group-containing compound can be bonded to the adhesive resin (I-1a) by further reacting with the functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) in addition to the energy beam polymerizable unsaturated group It is a compound having a group.
- the energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group include (meth) acryloyl group, vinyl group (also referred to as ethenyl group), allyl group (also referred to as 2-propenyl group), etc., and (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
- Examples of the group capable of binding to a functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) include, for example, an isocyanate group and a glycidyl group capable of binding to a hydroxyl group or an amino group, and a hydroxy group and amino group capable of binding to a carboxy group or an epoxy group. Etc.
- Examples of the unsaturated group-containing compound include (meth) acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate, (meth) acryloyl isocyanate, and glycidyl (meth) acrylate.
- the adhesive resin (I-2a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are optionally It can be selected.
- the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass, and preferably 10 to 95% by mass, based on the total mass of components other than the solvent. And more preferably 10 to 90% by mass.
- Examples of the crosslinking agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same as the crosslinking agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
- the crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be optionally selected.
- the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a), The amount is more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by mass.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently proceeds a curing reaction even when irradiated with energy rays of relatively low energy such as ultraviolet rays.
- the photopolymerization initiator in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be the same as the photopolymerization initiator in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
- the photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
- the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a)
- the amount is more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may contain other additives which do not correspond to any of the components described above, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
- Examples of the other additives in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same as the other additives in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
- the other additives contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be optionally selected.
- the content of the other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
- the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be the same as the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
- the solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
- the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately adjusted.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) contains, as described above, the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) and an energy ray-curable compound.
- the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass, and preferably 10 to 95% by mass, based on the total mass of the components other than the solvent. And more preferably 15 to 90% by mass.
- Examples of the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include monomers and oligomers which have an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group and can be cured by irradiation of energy rays, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition The same as the energy ray-curable compound contained in the compound (I-1) can be mentioned.
- the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected. .
- the content of the energy ray-curable compound is 0.01 to 300 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a) Is more preferably 0.03 to 200 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 100 parts by mass.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently proceeds curing reaction even when irradiated with energy rays of relatively low energy such as ultraviolet rays.
- the photopolymerization initiator in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be the same as the photopolymerization initiator in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
- the photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
- the content of the photopolymerization initiator is 0.01 to 100 parts by mass relative to the total content of the adhesive resin (I-2a) and the energy ray-curable compound.
- the amount is preferably 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may contain other additives which do not correspond to any of the components described above, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
- Examples of the other additives include the same as the other additives in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
- the other additives contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be optionally selected.
- the content of the other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected depending on the type.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
- the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be the same as the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
- the solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
- the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately adjusted.
- Adhesive Composition Other than Adhesive Composition (I-1) to (I-3)>
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) have been mainly described, but those described as the components thereof are General pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions other than these three pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (herein referred to as "pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions other than pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3)") But it can be used as well.
- non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions in addition to the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions can also be mentioned.
- non-energy ray curable adhesive composition for example, non-energy rays such as acrylic resin, urethane resin, rubber resin, silicone resin, epoxy resin, polyvinyl ether, polycarbonate, and ester resin
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) containing a curable adhesive resin (I-1a) is mentioned, and one containing an acrylic resin is preferable.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) preferably contains one or more crosslinking agents, and the content thereof is the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition described above The same can be applied to the case of (I-1) and the like.
- Preferred examples of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include those containing the above-mentioned adhesive resin (I-1a) and a crosslinking agent.
- Adhesive resin (I-1a) examples of the adhesive resin (I-1a) in the adhesive composition (I-4) include the same ones as the adhesive resin (I-1a) in the adhesive composition (I-1).
- the adhesive resin (I-1a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are optionally It can be selected.
- the content of the adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass, and preferably 10 to 95% by mass, based on the total mass of the components other than the solvent. And more preferably 15 to 90% by mass.
- crosslinking agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) examples include the same as the crosslinking agents in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
- the crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be optionally selected.
- the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the content of the adhesive resin (I-1a), The amount is more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by mass.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may contain other additives which do not correspond to any of the components described above, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
- Examples of the other additives include the same as the other additives in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
- the other additives contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be optionally selected.
- the content of the other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected depending on the type.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
- the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be the same as the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
- the solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
- the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately adjusted.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably non-UV curable. This is because when the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is ultraviolet-curable, it may not be possible to simultaneously cure the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer when the film for protective film formation is cured by irradiation of ultraviolet light. When the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is cured simultaneously with the protective film-forming film, the cured protective film-forming film and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may stick to such an extent that they can not be peeled off at these interfaces. In that case, it becomes difficult to peel off the cured protective film-forming film, that is, the semiconductor chip (semiconductor chip with protective film) having the protective film on the back surface, from the supporting sheet provided with the adhesive layer after curing.
- Pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions other than pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) and pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) such as pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) It is obtained by blending the pressure-sensitive adhesive and, if necessary, each component for constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, such as components other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive. There is no particular limitation on the order of addition of each component at the time of blending, and two or more components may be added simultaneously.
- a solvent When a solvent is used, it may be used by mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting this compounding component in advance, or by previously diluting any compounding component other than the solvent A solvent may be used by mixing with these compounding ingredients without storage.
- the method of mixing each component at the time of compounding is not particularly limited, and a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade, etc .; a method of mixing using a mixer; and a method of adding and mixing ultrasonic waves, etc. It should just select from.
- the temperature and time of addition and mixing of the respective components are not particularly limited as long as the respective blended components do not deteriorate, and may be appropriately adjusted, but the temperature is preferably 15 to 30 ° C.
- the protective film-forming composite sheet can be produced by laminating the above-described respective layers so as to have a corresponding positional relationship.
- the method of forming each layer is as described above.
- the above-mentioned pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be coated on the substrate and dried as necessary.
- the composition for protective film formation is coated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to form a protective film. It is possible to form the forming film directly. Layers other than the protective film-forming film can be laminated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the same manner using the composition for forming this layer. As described above, in the case of forming a continuous two-layer laminated structure using any of the compositions, the composition is further coated on the layer formed of the composition to form a new layer.
- the layer to be laminated later is formed in advance using the composition on another release film, and the side of the formed layer in contact with the release film is It is preferable to form a continuous two-layered laminated structure by bonding the opposite exposed surface to the exposed surface of the remaining layer that has already been formed.
- the composition is preferably applied to the release-treated surface of the release film.
- the release film may be removed as necessary after the formation of the laminated structure.
- a composite sheet for protective film formation in which a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is laminated on a substrate and a protective film-forming film is laminated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (the support sheet is a laminate of the substrate and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer)
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is coated on a base material, and dried as needed to laminate the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on the base material separately.
- the protective film-forming film is formed on the release film by applying the composition for forming a protective film on the release film and drying it as necessary. Then, the exposed surface of the protective film-forming film is attached to the exposed surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer laminated on the substrate, and the protective film-forming film is laminated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to form a protective film.
- Composite sheet is obtained.
- the release film may be removed at any timing after formation of the intended laminated structure.
- any layers other than the base material constituting the composite sheet for forming a protective film can be formed in advance on the peelable film and laminated on the surface of the intended layer, as required.
- a layer adopting such a process may be appropriately selected to manufacture a composite sheet for forming a protective film.
- the composite sheet for protective film formation is normally stored in the state in which the peeling film was bonded together on the surface of the outermost layer (for example, film for protective film formation) on the opposite side to the support sheet. Therefore, a composition for forming a layer constituting the outermost layer, such as a composition for forming a protective film, is coated on the release film (preferably, the release-treated surface thereof), and dried as necessary. Then, the layer constituting the outermost layer is formed on the release film, and the remaining layers are laminated by any of the methods described above on the exposed surface of the layer opposite to the side in contact with the release film.
- the composite film for forming a protective film can also be obtained by leaving the release film in place without removing it.
- the film for forming a protective film and the composite sheet for forming a protective film can be used for manufacturing a semiconductor chip.
- a film for forming a protective film which does not constitute the composite sheet for forming a protective film, or a film for forming a protective film in the composite sheet for forming a protective film is used as a semiconductor wafer.
- a step of forming a protective film by irradiating the film for forming a protective film after being attached to the semiconductor wafer with ultraviolet rays hereinafter, referred to as a step of forming a protective film).
- a process for forming a plurality of semiconductor chips (hereinafter referred to as “division,” abbreviated as “protective film forming process”), and dividing the semiconductor wafer together with the protective film or a film for protective film formation And the like, which may be abbreviated as “process”.
- FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view for schematically describing one embodiment of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor chip in the case of using a protective film-forming film which does not constitute a protective film-forming composite sheet.
- FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view for schematically describing one embodiment of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor chip in the case of using a composite sheet for protective film formation in which a protective film-forming film is integrated with a support sheet in advance. It is.
- the protective film-forming film 13 is attached to the back surface (surface opposite to the electrode forming surface) 9b of the semiconductor wafer 9. .
- the case where the first release film 151 is removed from the protective film formation film 13 and the first surface 13a of the protective film formation film 13 is bonded to the back surface 9b of the semiconductor wafer 9 is shown. Further, in the semiconductor wafer 9, illustration of bumps and the like on the circuit surface is omitted here.
- the protective film-forming film 13 after being stuck to the semiconductor wafer 9 is irradiated with ultraviolet light, as shown in (b) of FIG.
- a protective film 13 ′ is formed on the semiconductor wafer 9. The irradiation of the ultraviolet light may be performed after removing the second release film 152 from the film 13 for forming a protective film.
- the support sheet 10 is attached to the surface (which may be referred to herein as the “second surface”) 13b ′ opposite to the “first surface” 13a ′. Do.
- the support sheet 10 is shown in FIG. 2 and the like, and is attached to the protective film 13 ′ by the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12.
- the semiconductor wafer 9 is divided by dicing or the like together with the protective film 13 ′ to divide the semiconductor wafer 9, and as shown in (d) of FIG.
- the semiconductor chip 9 ' is obtained.
- the protective film 13 ' is cut (divided) at a position along the periphery of the semiconductor chip 9'.
- the protective film 13 'after this cutting is indicated by reference numeral 130'.
- FIG. 7 after performing a protective film formation process, it shows about the case where the support sheet 10 is stuck on protective film 13 '.
- the protective film forming step may be performed after the support sheet 10 is attached to the protective film forming film 13.
- the protective film 13 ′ or the film after being cut is used.
- the floating of the semiconductor chip 9 'from the protective film 130' can be suppressed.
- the dividing step is performed after the protective film forming step.
- the dividing step is performed without the protective film forming step, and the protective film is performed after the dividing step. You may perform a formation process.
- the film 13 for forming a protective film in the composite sheet 1A for forming a protective film is attached to the back surface 9b of the semiconductor wafer 9.
- the protective film-forming composite sheet 1A is used after removing the release film 15.
- the protective film-forming film 13 after being stuck to the semiconductor wafer 9 is irradiated with ultraviolet light, as shown in FIG. A protective film 13 ′ is formed on the semiconductor wafer 9. At this time, ultraviolet rays are applied to the protective film-forming film 13 through the support sheet 10.
- the composite sheet for protective film formation after the film 13 for protective film formation becomes protective film 13 'is shown with code
- the semiconductor wafer 9 is divided together with the protective film 13 ′ by dicing or the like in the dividing step of the manufacturing method (2), thereby dividing the semiconductor wafer 9 As shown in c), a plurality of semiconductor chips 9 'are obtained.
- the protective film 13 ' is cut (divided) at a position along the peripheral portion of the semiconductor chip 9' to form a protective film 130 '.
- the target semiconductor chip 9 ' is obtained as a semiconductor chip with a protective film.
- the protective film 13 ′ or the film after being cut is used.
- the floating of the semiconductor chip 9 'from the protective film 130' can be suppressed.
- the dividing step is performed after the protective film forming step, but in the manufacturing method of the semiconductor chip according to the present embodiment, the dividing step is performed without the protective film forming step, and the protective film is performed after the dividing step. You may perform a formation process.
- the method of manufacturing a semiconductor chip has been described using the film 13 for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 1, the support sheet 10 shown in FIG. 2, and the composite sheet 1A for forming a protective film shown in FIG.
- the manufacturing method of the semiconductor chip of the present invention is not limited to these.
- composite sheets 1B to 1E for protective film formation shown in FIGS. 3 to 6 a composite sheet for protective film formation further including the intermediate layer, etc.
- a semiconductor chip can be manufactured similarly even if it uses things other than composite sheet 1A for protective film formation shown.
- the semiconductor chip can be used similarly even when using a support sheet other than the support sheet 10 shown in FIG. Can be manufactured.
- the semiconductor chip is supported as it is with the protective film after division (ie, as a semiconductor chip with a protective film). Pull away from and pick up (not shown). Thereafter, the obtained semiconductor chip of the semiconductor chip with a protective film is flip-chip connected to the circuit surface of the substrate by a method similar to that of the conventional method to form a semiconductor package. Then, the target semiconductor device may be manufactured using this semiconductor package (not shown).
- the protective film-forming film contains an ultraviolet ray curable component, and the light transmittance at a wavelength of 350 nm is 0% or more and 15% or less, and the light transmittance at a wavelength of 550 nm is 0% or more and 20 %, And the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm is 50% or more and 90% or less.
- the protective film-forming film may further contain a colorant containing a blue-based pigment, a yellow-based pigment and a red-based pigment.
- the blue dye may be a phthalocyanine dye
- the yellow dye may be an isoindolinone dye
- the red dye may be an anthraquinone dye.
- the content of the colorant relative to the total mass of the protective film-forming film may be 0.4 to 7.5% by mass.
- the protective film-forming film may further contain an inorganic filler having an average particle size of 3 to 10 ⁇ m.
- the film for forming a protective film may further contain a polymer having no energy ray curable group.
- the total of the ultraviolet ray curable component and the polymer having no energy ray curable group may be 25 to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the protective film forming film.
- the content of the polymer having no energy ray curable group may be 150 to 300 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the content of the ultraviolet ray curable component.
- the protective film-forming film contains an ultraviolet-curable component, and the light transmittance at a wavelength of 350 nm is 0% to 5%, and the light transmittance at a wavelength of 550 nm is 0% to 5 %, And the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm is 50% or more and 90% or less.
- the protective film-forming film may further contain a colorant containing a blue-based pigment, a yellow-based pigment and a red-based pigment.
- the blue dye may be a phthalocyanine dye
- the yellow dye may be an isoindolinone dye
- the red dye may be an anthraquinone dye.
- the content of the colorant relative to the total mass of the protective film-forming film may be 0.4 to 7.5% by mass.
- the protective film-forming film may further contain an inorganic filler having an average particle size of 3 to 10 ⁇ m.
- the film for forming a protective film may further contain a polymer having no energy ray curable group.
- the total of the ultraviolet ray curable component and the polymer having no energy ray curable group may be 25 to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the protective film forming film.
- the content of the polymer having no energy ray curable group may be 150 to 300 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the content of the ultraviolet ray curable component.
- (B) -1 an acrylic polymer (weight average molecular weight copolymerized with methyl acrylate (85 parts by mass) and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as “HEA”) (15 parts by mass) 300000, glass transition temperature 6 ° C.).
- HOA 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate
- [Coupling agent] (E) -1 3-methacryloxypropyl trimethoxysilane ("KBM-503" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., a silane coupling agent).
- Example 1 Manufacture of film for protective film formation> (Production of composition for forming a protective film (IV-1)) UV curable component (a2) -1, polymer (b) -1, photopolymerization initiator (c) -1, filler (d) -1, coupling agent (e) -1, and colorant (g)
- the solid content concentration is 50 mass% by dissolving or dispersing it in methyl ethyl ketone so that the content (solid content, mass part) thereof becomes the value shown in Table 1 and stirring at 23.degree.
- the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) was prepared.
- a first release sheet (made by Lintec: SP-PET 381130, thickness 38 ⁇ m) having a silicone release agent layer formed on one side of a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film, and a silicone release agent on one side of a PET film
- a second release sheet (manufactured by Lintec Corporation: SP-PET 381031, thickness 38 ⁇ m) having a layer formed was prepared.
- the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) described above is applied on the release surface of the first release sheet with a knife coater and then dried in an oven at 120 ° C. for 2 minutes to form a protective film-forming film Formed.
- the thickness of the obtained film for protective film formation was 25 micrometers.
- the release surface of the second release sheet is superimposed on the protective film-forming film, and both are attached to each other, and the first release sheet (release sheet 151 in FIG. 1) and the protective film-forming film (protective film in FIG. 1)
- the film for protective film formation which consists of the film 13 for formation (thickness: 25 micrometers) and the 2nd peeling sheet (peeling sheet 152 in FIG. 1) was obtained.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) obtained above was applied to the release-treated surface of a release film ("SP-PET 381031" manufactured by Lintec Corporation, 38 ⁇ m thick) whose release treatment was performed on one side of a polyethylene terephthalate film by silicone treatment. C.) and heat-dried at 120.degree. C. for 2 minutes to form a 10 .mu.m-thick non-energy ray curable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Then, a base material, an adhesive layer and a release film are laminated in this order in the thickness direction by laminating a polypropylene film (80 ⁇ m in thickness) as a substrate on the exposed surface of the adhesive layer. Support sheet was obtained.
- the protective film obtained above is formed on the release-treated surface of a release film (second release film, "SP-PET 382150" manufactured by Lintec Corporation, thickness 38 ⁇ m) in which one surface of a polyethylene terephthalate film is release-treated by silicone treatment.
- the composition for preparation (IV-1) was applied and dried at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes to produce a 25 ⁇ m-thick energy ray-curable protective film-forming film.
- the exfoliation process of the exfoliation film (the 1st exfoliation film, the lintec "SP-PET 38 1031", 38 micrometers in thickness) is carried out to the exposure side of the side which does not equip the 2nd exfoliation film of the film for protective film formation obtained
- a laminated film provided with a first peelable film on one surface of the protective film-forming film and a second peelable film on the other surface was obtained.
- the release film was removed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the support sheet obtained above. Moreover, the 1st peeling film was removed from the laminated film obtained above. And a base material and adhesion are obtained by sticking together the exposed surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer produced by removing the above-mentioned release film and the exposed surface of the film for protective film formation produced by removing the above-mentioned first release film.
- the composite sheet for protective film formation in which an agent layer, the film for protective film formation, and the 2nd exfoliation film are laminated in this thickness direction in this order was produced.
- the light transmittance of the above sample for measurement is measured using a spectrophotometer (manufactured by SHIMADZU, UV-VIS-NIR SPECTROPHOTOMETER UV-3600), and the wavelength 350 nm (ultraviolet light), 550 nm (visible light) and 1600 nm (red) The light transmittance (%) of the ambient light) was extracted. A built-in integrating sphere was used for the measurement. The results are shown in Table 1.
- the composite sheet for protective film formation obtained above was placed under 30 cm of a 27 watt fluorescent lamp (one) for 30 days and stored.
- the first release film of the composite sheet for protective film formation was removed, and the exposed surface of the film for protective film formation thus produced was attached to the # 2000 polished surface of a 6-inch silicon wafer (thickness 300 ⁇ m).
- the second release film was removed from the protective film-forming film to expose the protective film-forming film.
- the peeling film was removed from the adhesive layer of the support sheet obtained above, and the adhesive layer was exposed.
- the exposed surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is attached to the exposed surface of the protective film-forming film and attached to the ring frame, whereby the substrate, the adhesive layer, the protective film-forming film, and the silicon wafer are in this order.
- stacked in these thickness direction was fixed to the ring frame, and was left still for 30 minutes.
- a film for protective film formation is provided via the substrate and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
- the film for protective film formation was hardened by irradiating an ultraviolet ray, it was made into a protective film, and the silicon wafer with a protective film was obtained.
- the silicon wafer is diced together with the protective film (dicing of the silicon wafer with protective film) into pieces, and a silicon chip with a protective film having a size of 3 mm ⁇ 3 mm (silicon with protective film) Several chips were obtained.
- the shear strength was similarly measured for the protective film formed by the composite sheet for protective film formation stored in a dark room. Relative to the shear strength of the protective film formed by the composite sheet for protective film formation stored in a dark room, the reduction rate of the shear strength of the protective film formed by the composite sheet for protective film formation stored for 30 days under fluorescent light When it was less than 20%, it was judged that the reduction rate of shear strength was low. The results are shown in Table 1.
- Example 2 ⁇ Production of composite sheet for forming protective film, and evaluation of protective film> [Example 2, Comparative Examples 1 and 2] A protective film-forming film and a protective film-forming composite were prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the amounts of the compounding components at the time of production of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) were as shown in Table 1. Sheets were produced and the protective films evaluated. The results are shown in Table 1.
- the present invention is applicable to the manufacture of semiconductor devices.
Landscapes
- Power Engineering (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
- Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
- Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Dicing (AREA)
- Mechanical Treatment Of Semiconductor (AREA)
- Laminated Bodies (AREA)
- Adhesive Tapes (AREA)
- Paints Or Removers (AREA)
Abstract
This film for forming a protective coating contains an ultraviolet-curable component, the light transmittance at a wavelength of 350 nm being 20% or less, the light transmittance at a wavelength of 550 nm being 25% or less, and the light transmittance at wavelength 1600 nm being 25% or greater.
Description
本発明は、保護膜形成用フィルム、保護膜形成用複合シート、及び半導体チップの製造方法に関する。
本願は、2017年10月27日に、日本に出願された特願2017-208438号に基づき優先権を主張し、その内容をここに援用する。 The present invention relates to a protective film-forming film, a protective film-forming composite sheet, and a method of manufacturing a semiconductor chip.
Priority is claimed on Japanese Patent Application No. 2017-208438, filed Oct. 27, 2017, the content of which is incorporated herein by reference.
本願は、2017年10月27日に、日本に出願された特願2017-208438号に基づき優先権を主張し、その内容をここに援用する。 The present invention relates to a protective film-forming film, a protective film-forming composite sheet, and a method of manufacturing a semiconductor chip.
Priority is claimed on Japanese Patent Application No. 2017-208438, filed Oct. 27, 2017, the content of which is incorporated herein by reference.
近年、いわゆるフェースダウン(face down)方式と呼ばれる実装法を適用した半導体装置の製造が行われている。フェースダウン方式においては、回路面上にバンプ等の電極を有する半導体チップが用いられ、前記電極が基板と接合される。このため、半導体チップの回路面とは反対側の裏面は剥き出しとなることがある。
In recent years, semiconductor devices have been manufactured to which a mounting method called a so-called face down method is applied. In the face-down method, a semiconductor chip having electrodes such as bumps on a circuit surface is used, and the electrodes are bonded to a substrate. Therefore, the back surface of the semiconductor chip opposite to the circuit surface may be exposed.
この剥き出しとなった半導体チップの裏面には、保護膜として、有機材料を含有する樹脂膜が形成され、保護膜付き半導体チップとして半導体装置に取り込まれることがある。
保護膜は、ダイシング工程やパッケージングの後に、半導体チップにおいてクラックが発生するのを防止するために利用される。 A resin film containing an organic material is formed as a protective film on the back surface of the exposed semiconductor chip, and may be taken into a semiconductor device as a semiconductor chip with a protective film.
The protective film is used to prevent the occurrence of cracks in the semiconductor chip after the dicing process or packaging.
保護膜は、ダイシング工程やパッケージングの後に、半導体チップにおいてクラックが発生するのを防止するために利用される。 A resin film containing an organic material is formed as a protective film on the back surface of the exposed semiconductor chip, and may be taken into a semiconductor device as a semiconductor chip with a protective film.
The protective film is used to prevent the occurrence of cracks in the semiconductor chip after the dicing process or packaging.
このような保護膜を形成するためには、例えば、支持シート上に保護膜を形成するための保護膜形成用フィルムを備えてなる保護膜形成用複合シートが使用される。保護膜形成用フィルムは、硬化によって保護膜を形成可能である。また、支持シートは、保護膜形成用フィルム又は保護膜を裏面に備えた半導体ウエハを、半導体チップへ分割するときに、半導体ウエハを固定するために使用できる。さらに支持シートは、ダイシングシートとしても利用可能であって、保護膜形成用複合シートは、保護膜形成用フィルムとダイシングシートとが一体化されたものとして使用することも可能である。
In order to form such a protective film, for example, a composite sheet for forming a protective film comprising a protective film-forming film for forming a protective film on a support sheet is used. The film for protective film formation can form a protective film by hardening. In addition, the support sheet can be used to fix the semiconductor wafer when dividing the semiconductor wafer provided with the protective film-forming film or the protective film on the back surface into semiconductor chips. Furthermore, the support sheet can also be used as a dicing sheet, and the composite sheet for protective film formation can also be used as an integrated film of the protective film formation film and the dicing sheet.
このような保護膜形成用複合シートとしては、例えば、加熱により硬化することで保護膜を形成する熱硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルムを備えたシートが、これまでに主に利用されている。しかし、熱硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルムの加熱硬化には、通常数時間程度と長時間を要するため、硬化時間の短縮が望まれている。これに対して、紫外線の照射により硬化可能な(紫外線硬化性の)保護膜形成用フィルムを保護膜の形成に用いることが検討されている。
As such a composite sheet for forming a protective film, for example, a sheet provided with a thermosetting film for forming a protective film, which forms a protective film by curing by heating, has mainly been used so far. However, since heat curing of a thermosetting protective film-forming film usually requires a long time of about several hours, shortening of the curing time is desired. On the other hand, it is considered to use a film for forming a protective film (curable by ultraviolet light) that can be cured by irradiation of ultraviolet light for forming a protective film.
特許文献1は、紫外線硬化型粘着シートを開示している。この紫外線硬化型粘着シートは、300~400nmの波長光における透過率の最大値が30%以上であり、400nm~750nmの波長光における透過率の最小値が50%以下になるように着色されている。
Patent Document 1 discloses an ultraviolet-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet. This UV-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is colored so that the maximum value of transmittance at a wavelength of 300 to 400 nm is 30% or more and the minimum value of transmittance at a wavelength of 400 nm to 750 nm is 50% or less There is.
特許文献2には、(A)二重結合を有さないアクリル系共重合体からなるポリマー成分、(B)紫外線硬化性成分、(C)染料および/または顔料、(D)無機フィラー、及び(E)350nm以上の長波長域の光を吸収する光重合開始剤を含有してなる紫外線硬化型保護膜形成層を有する紫外線硬化型チップ保護用フィルムが開示されている。このような紫外線硬化性のチップ保護用フィルムは、主として紫外線照射により短時間で硬化するため、簡便に保護膜を形成することができ、生産効率の向上に寄与し得る。
Patent Document 2 includes (A) a polymer component comprising an acrylic copolymer having no double bond, (B) a UV-curable component, (C) a dye and / or a pigment, (D) an inorganic filler, and (E) An ultraviolet-curable chip protective film having an ultraviolet-curable protective film-forming layer containing a photopolymerization initiator that absorbs light in a long wavelength region of 350 nm or more is disclosed. Such a UV curable chip protection film is cured in a short time mainly by UV irradiation, so that a protective film can be easily formed, which can contribute to improvement in production efficiency.
特許文献1のように、300~400nmの波長光における透過率が高いと、紫外線により紫外線硬化型粘着シートを十分に硬化できる一方、紫外線硬化型粘着シートの保存時において蛍光灯の光に含まれる紫外線によっても硬化が進行してしまうことから、貯蔵安定性に欠ける。
As in Patent Document 1, when the transmittance at wavelength light of 300 to 400 nm is high, the ultraviolet ray curable adhesive sheet can be sufficiently cured by ultraviolet rays, but is included in the light of a fluorescent lamp during storage of the ultraviolet ray curable adhesive sheet. Since the curing proceeds even by ultraviolet light, the storage stability is lacking.
特許文献2の実施例で使用している(C)成分は、黒色顔料である。黒色顔料を含有するチップ保護用フィルムでは、赤外光の透過率が低く、チップ保護用フィルムを介して赤外線検査を行うことができない。
The component (C) used in the example of Patent Document 2 is a black pigment. In the chip protection film containing a black pigment, the transmittance of infrared light is low, and an infrared inspection can not be performed via the chip protection film.
また、半導体チップの裏面には、通常、半導体ウエハに対して施されたバックグラインド加工による研削痕が残っている。半導体チップの外観の観点から、かかる研削痕は保護膜によって覆われることにより、目視では見えないことが望ましい。
In addition, on the back surface of the semiconductor chip, usually, a grinding mark by back grinding processing applied to a semiconductor wafer remains. From the viewpoint of the appearance of the semiconductor chip, it is desirable that such grinding marks be covered with a protective film so that they can not be seen visually.
よって本発明は、貯蔵安定性が良好であり、さらに半導体チップの外観を良好とし且つ半導体チップの保護膜を介した赤外線検査が可能である保護膜を形成することができる保護膜形成用複合シート、及び前記半導体チップの製造方法を提供することを課題とする。
Therefore, the present invention is a composite sheet for forming a protective film, which has good storage stability, and can form a protective film which makes the appearance of the semiconductor chip good and enables infrared inspection through the protective film of the semiconductor chip. And providing a method of manufacturing the semiconductor chip.
上記課題を解決するため、本発明は、紫外線硬化性成分を含有し、波長350nmの光線透過率が20%以下であり、波長550nmの光線透過率が25%以下であり、波長1600nmの光線透過率が25%以上である保護膜形成用フィルムを提供する。
In order to solve the above problems, the present invention contains an ultraviolet ray curable component, the light transmittance of a wavelength 350 nm is 20% or less, the light transmittance of a wavelength 550 nm is 25% or less, and a light transmission of a wavelength 1600 nm The film for protective film formation whose rate is 25% or more.
また、本発明は、支持シートを備え、前記支持シート上に、前記保護膜形成用フィルムを備えた、保護膜形成用複合シートを提供する。
The present invention also provides a composite sheet for forming a protective film, which comprises a support sheet, and the film for forming a protective film on the support sheet.
また、本発明は、前記保護膜形成用フィルム、又は前記保護膜形成用複合シート中の保護膜形成用フィルムを、半導体ウエハに貼付する工程と、前記半導体ウエハに貼付した後の前記保護膜形成用フィルムに紫外線を照射して、保護膜を形成する工程と、前記半導体ウエハを、前記保護膜又は保護膜形成用フィルムとともに切断することにより前記半導体ウエハを分割し、複数個の半導体チップを得る工程と、を有する、半導体チップの製造方法を提供する。
Further, according to the present invention, a step of sticking the film for forming a protective film or the film for forming a protective film in the composite sheet for forming a protective film on a semiconductor wafer, and forming the protective film after being attached to the semiconductor wafer Film is irradiated with ultraviolet light to form a protective film, and the semiconductor wafer is cut together with the protective film or the protective film-forming film to divide the semiconductor wafer and obtain a plurality of semiconductor chips. And providing a method of manufacturing a semiconductor chip.
本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムは、貯蔵安定性が良好であり、さらに半導体チップの外観を良好とし且つ半導体チップの保護膜を介した赤外線検査が可能である保護膜を形成することができる。また本発明によれば、前記保護膜形成用フィルムを備えた保護膜形成用複合シート、及び前記半導体チップの製造方法が提供される。
The film for protective film formation of the present invention has good storage stability, and can form a protective film which makes the appearance of the semiconductor chip good and enables infrared inspection through the protective film of the semiconductor chip. Further, according to the present invention, a composite sheet for forming a protective film provided with the film for forming a protective film, and a method for manufacturing the semiconductor chip are provided.
◇保護膜形成用フィルム
本発明の一実施形態に係る保護膜形成用フィルムは、紫外線硬化性成分を含有し、波長350nmの光線透過率が20%以下であり、波長550nmの光線透過率が25%以下であり、波長1600nmの光線透過率が25%以上である。 フ ィ ル ム Film for Protective Film Formation The film for protective film formation according to one embodiment of the present invention contains an ultraviolet ray curable component, has a light transmittance of wavelength 350 nm of 20% or less, and a light transmittance of wavelength 550 nm of 25. %, And the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm is 25% or more.
本発明の一実施形態に係る保護膜形成用フィルムは、紫外線硬化性成分を含有し、波長350nmの光線透過率が20%以下であり、波長550nmの光線透過率が25%以下であり、波長1600nmの光線透過率が25%以上である。 フ ィ ル ム Film for Protective Film Formation The film for protective film formation according to one embodiment of the present invention contains an ultraviolet ray curable component, has a light transmittance of wavelength 350 nm of 20% or less, and a light transmittance of wavelength 550 nm of 25. %, And the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm is 25% or more.
後述するように、前記保護膜形成用フィルムを支持シート上に設けることで、保護膜形成用複合シートを構成できる。
As described later, a composite sheet for forming a protective film can be configured by providing the film for forming a protective film on a support sheet.
前記保護膜形成用フィルムは、紫外線の照射によって硬化し、保護膜となる。この保護膜は、半導体ウエハ又は半導体チップの裏面(電極形成面とは反対側の面)を保護するためのものである。保護膜形成用フィルムは、軟質であり、貼付対象物に容易に貼付できる。
前記保護膜形成用フィルムは、紫外線硬化性であることにより、熱硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルムよりも、短時間での硬化によって保護膜を形成できる。 The film for protective film formation is cured by irradiation with ultraviolet light to be a protective film. This protective film is for protecting the back surface (surface opposite to the electrode formation surface) of the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor chip. The protective film-forming film is soft and can be easily attached to an object to be attached.
Since the film for protective film formation is ultraviolet curable, the protective film can be formed by curing in a shorter time than a thermosetting film for protective film formation.
前記保護膜形成用フィルムは、紫外線硬化性であることにより、熱硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルムよりも、短時間での硬化によって保護膜を形成できる。 The film for protective film formation is cured by irradiation with ultraviolet light to be a protective film. This protective film is for protecting the back surface (surface opposite to the electrode formation surface) of the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor chip. The protective film-forming film is soft and can be easily attached to an object to be attached.
Since the film for protective film formation is ultraviolet curable, the protective film can be formed by curing in a shorter time than a thermosetting film for protective film formation.
なお、本明細書において、「保護膜形成用フィルム」とは硬化前のものを意味し、「保護膜」とは、保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化させたものを意味する。
In the present specification, the “protective film-forming film” means one before curing, and the “protective film” means one obtained by curing the protective film-forming film.
紫外線は、例えば、紫外線源として高圧水銀ランプ、ヒュージョンHランプ、キセノンランプ、ブラックライト又はLEDランプ等を用いることで照射できる。電子線は、電子線加速器等によって発生させたものを照射できる。
本発明において、「紫外線硬化性」とは、紫外線を照射することにより硬化する性質を意味し、「非紫外線硬化性」とは、紫外線を照射しても硬化しない性質を意味する。 The ultraviolet light can be irradiated, for example, by using a high pressure mercury lamp, a fusion H lamp, a xenon lamp, a black light or an LED lamp as an ultraviolet light source. The electron beam can irradiate what was generated by the electron beam accelerator or the like.
In the present invention, "ultraviolet-curable" means the property of curing by irradiation with ultraviolet light, and "non-ultraviolet-curable" means the property of not curing even when irradiated with ultraviolet light.
本発明において、「紫外線硬化性」とは、紫外線を照射することにより硬化する性質を意味し、「非紫外線硬化性」とは、紫外線を照射しても硬化しない性質を意味する。 The ultraviolet light can be irradiated, for example, by using a high pressure mercury lamp, a fusion H lamp, a xenon lamp, a black light or an LED lamp as an ultraviolet light source. The electron beam can irradiate what was generated by the electron beam accelerator or the like.
In the present invention, "ultraviolet-curable" means the property of curing by irradiation with ultraviolet light, and "non-ultraviolet-curable" means the property of not curing even when irradiated with ultraviolet light.
上述のように、本実施形態に係る保護膜形成用フィルムは、紫外線硬化性成分を含有し、波長350nmの光線透過率が20%以下であり、波長550nmの光線透過率が25%以下であり、波長1600nmの光線透過率が25%以上である。なお、本明細書における光線透過率は、積分球を使用して測定した値とし、測定器具としては分光光度計を使用する。
As described above, the protective film-forming film according to the present embodiment contains the ultraviolet curable component, the light transmittance at a wavelength of 350 nm is 20% or less, and the light transmittance at a wavelength of 550 nm is 25% or less And the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm is 25% or more. The light transmittance in the present specification is a value measured using an integrating sphere, and a spectrophotometer is used as a measuring instrument.
本実施形態に係る保護膜形成用フィルムは、紫外線硬化性成分を含有する。保護膜形成用フィルムの波長350nmの光線透過率は、20%以下であり、15%以下であることが好ましく、8%以下であることがより好ましく、5%以下であることが特に好ましい。保護膜形成用フィルムの波長350nmの光線透過率が20%以下であると、保護膜形成用フィルムを保管する際に、蛍光灯等の光に含まれる紫外光により紫外線硬化性成分の硬化反応が進行することを抑制することができる。保護膜形成用フィルムの波長350nmの光線透過率は、0%以上であることが好ましい。なお、保護膜形成用フィルムの波長350nmの光線透過率が0%である場合は、保護膜形成用フィルムが光をすべて吸収するか、又は保護膜形成用フィルムが光をすべて反射することがあり得る。保護膜形成用フィルムの波長350nmの光線透過率の上限値及び下限値は、任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、保護膜形成用フィルムの波長350nmの光線透過率は、0%以上20%以下であり、0%以上15%以下であることが好ましく、0%以上8%以下であることがより好ましく、0%以上5%以下であることが特に好ましい。
The film for protective film formation which concerns on this embodiment contains an ultraviolet curable component. The light transmittance at a wavelength of 350 nm of the protective film-forming film is 20% or less, preferably 15% or less, more preferably 8% or less, and particularly preferably 5% or less. When the light transmittance of 350 nm wavelength of the film for protective film formation is 20% or less, when storing the film for protective film formation, the curing reaction of the ultraviolet curable component is caused by the ultraviolet light contained in the light of the fluorescent lamp etc. It is possible to suppress progress. It is preferable that the light transmittance of wavelength 350 nm of the film for protective film formation is 0% or more. In addition, when the light transmittance of wavelength 350 nm of the film for protective film formation is 0%, the film for protective film formation may absorb all light, or the film for protective film formation may reflect all light. obtain. The upper limit value and the lower limit value of the light transmittance at a wavelength of 350 nm of the protective film-forming film can be arbitrarily combined. For example, the light transmittance at a wavelength of 350 nm of the film for protective film formation is 0% or more and 20% or less, preferably 0% or more and 15% or less, and more preferably 0% or more and 8% or less. It is particularly preferable that it is 0% or more and 5% or less.
一方、例えば半導体チップの裏面には、通常、半導体ウエハに対して施されたバックグラインド加工による研削痕が残っている。波長550nmの光線透過率が上記のように25%以下であると、保護膜形成用フィルムは、可視光線を透過し難いものとなる。したがって、上記の研削痕は、保護膜形成用フィルム(保護膜)によって隠蔽され、目視によって殆ど見えなくなる。これにより、半導体チップ等の加工物の外観が優れたものとなる。
On the other hand, for example, on the back surface of a semiconductor chip, grinding marks by back grinding processing applied to a semiconductor wafer usually remain. When the light transmittance at a wavelength of 550 nm is 25% or less as described above, the protective film-forming film hardly transmits visible light. Therefore, the above-mentioned grinding marks are concealed by the protective film-forming film (protective film) and hardly visible visually. As a result, the appearance of a workpiece such as a semiconductor chip becomes excellent.
上記研削痕隠蔽性の観点から、保護膜形成用フィルムの波長550nmの光線透過率は、20%以下であることが好ましく、11%以下であることがより好ましく、8%以下であることがさらに好ましく、5%以下であることが特に好ましい。なお、波長550nmの光線透過率の下限は特に限定されないが、波長350nmの光線透過率を20%以下とすることにより、自ずと定まることとなる。具体的には、保護膜形成用フィルムの波長550nmの光線透過率は、0%以上であることが好ましい。保護膜形成用フィルムの波長550nmの光線透過率の上限値及び下限値は、任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、保護膜形成用フィルムの波長550nmの光線透過率は、0%以上20%以下であることが好ましく、0%以上11%以下であることがより好ましく、0%以上8%以下であることがさらに好ましく、0%以上5%以下であることが特に好ましい。
From the viewpoint of the above-mentioned grinding trace concealability, the light transmittance of the film for protective film formation at a wavelength of 550 nm is preferably 20% or less, more preferably 11% or less, and further preferably 8% or less Preferably, it is 5% or less. The lower limit of the light transmittance at a wavelength of 550 nm is not particularly limited, but it is naturally determined by setting the light transmittance at a wavelength of 350 nm to 20% or less. Specifically, the light transmittance at a wavelength of 550 nm of the protective film-forming film is preferably 0% or more. The upper limit value and the lower limit value of the light transmittance at a wavelength of 550 nm of the protective film-forming film can be arbitrarily combined. For example, the light transmittance at a wavelength of 550 nm of the protective film-forming film is preferably 0% or more and 20% or less, more preferably 0% or more and 11% or less, and 0% or more and 8% or less. Is more preferable, and 0% or more and 5% or less is particularly preferable.
また、本実施形態に係る保護膜形成用フィルムは、波長1600nmの光線透過率が25%以上であることが好ましく、40%以上であることがより好ましく、特に45%以上であることが好ましく、さらには50%以上であることが好ましい。半導体ウエハをダイシングして得られる半導体チップ等においては、加工時に生じた応力によってクラック等が発生していることがある。上記のように波長1600nmの光線透過率が25%以上であると、赤外線の透過性が良好になり、保護膜形成用フィルム(又は当該保護膜形成用フィルムによって形成された保護膜)側から赤外線を取得する赤外線検査を行うことができる。
これにより、保護膜形成用フィルム(保護膜)を介して半導体チップ等の加工物におけるクラック等を発見することができ、製品歩留まりを向上させることができる。 The protective film-forming film according to this embodiment preferably has a light transmittance of 25% or more, more preferably 40% or more, and particularly preferably 45% or more, at a wavelength of 1600 nm. Furthermore, it is preferable that it is 50% or more. In a semiconductor chip or the like obtained by dicing a semiconductor wafer, a crack or the like may be generated due to a stress generated during processing. As described above, when the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm is 25% or more, the transmittance of infrared rays becomes good, and the infrared rays from the protective film-forming film (or the protective film formed by the protective film-forming film) side You can do an infrared inspection to get.
Thus, cracks and the like in the processed product such as a semiconductor chip can be found through the protective film-forming film (protective film), and the product yield can be improved.
これにより、保護膜形成用フィルム(保護膜)を介して半導体チップ等の加工物におけるクラック等を発見することができ、製品歩留まりを向上させることができる。 The protective film-forming film according to this embodiment preferably has a light transmittance of 25% or more, more preferably 40% or more, and particularly preferably 45% or more, at a wavelength of 1600 nm. Furthermore, it is preferable that it is 50% or more. In a semiconductor chip or the like obtained by dicing a semiconductor wafer, a crack or the like may be generated due to a stress generated during processing. As described above, when the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm is 25% or more, the transmittance of infrared rays becomes good, and the infrared rays from the protective film-forming film (or the protective film formed by the protective film-forming film) side You can do an infrared inspection to get.
Thus, cracks and the like in the processed product such as a semiconductor chip can be found through the protective film-forming film (protective film), and the product yield can be improved.
なお、波長1600nmの光線透過率の上限は特に限定されないが、波長550nmの光線透過率を25%以下とすることにより、自ずと定まることとなる。具体的には、保護膜形成用フィルムの波長1600nmの光線透過率は、90%以上であることが好ましい。保護膜を形成した加工物(半導体チップ等)の使用時には、保護膜形成用フィルムの波長1600nmの光線透過率を90%以下とすることにより、外部からの赤外線の影響を受けやすい加工物の誤作動を防ぐことができる。保護膜形成用フィルムの波長1600nmの光線透過率の上限値及び下限値は、任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、保護膜形成用フィルムの波長1600nmの光線透過率は、25%以上90%以下であることが好ましく、40%以上90%以下であることがより好ましく、特に45%以上90%以下であることが好ましく、さらには50%以上90%以下であることが好ましい。
The upper limit of the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm is not particularly limited, but it is naturally determined by setting the light transmittance at a wavelength of 550 nm to 25% or less. Specifically, the light transmittance of the film for forming a protective film at a wavelength of 1600 nm is preferably 90% or more. When using a workpiece (such as a semiconductor chip) on which a protective film has been formed, by setting the light transmittance of the film for protective film formation at a wavelength of 1600 nm to 90% or less, false errors in workpieces susceptible to external infrared rays It can prevent operation. The upper limit value and the lower limit value of the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm of the protective film-forming film can be arbitrarily combined. For example, the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm of the film for protective film formation is preferably 25% to 90%, more preferably 40% to 90%, and particularly 45% to 90%. And more preferably 50% or more and 90% or less.
保護膜形成用フィルムは1層(単層)のみでもよいし、2層以上の複数層でもよく、複数層である場合、これら複数層は、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、これら複数層の組み合わせは特に限定されない。
なお、本明細書においては、保護膜形成用フィルムの場合に限らず、「複数層が互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい」とは、「すべての層が同一であってもよいし、すべての層が異なっていてもよく、一部の層のみが同一であってもよい」ことを意味し、さらに「複数層が互いに異なる」とは、「各層の構成材料及び厚さの少なくとも一方が互いに異なる」ことを意味する。 The film for protective film formation may be only one layer (single layer), or two or more layers, and in the case of multiple layers, these multiple layers may be the same or different from one another. The combination is not particularly limited.
In addition, in this specification, not only in the case of the film for protective film formation, "all layers may be the same, and all layers may be the same" It means that the layers may be different, and only some of the layers may be the same. Further, “a plurality of layers are different from each other” means “at least one of the constituent material and thickness of each layer is mutually different. It means "different".
なお、本明細書においては、保護膜形成用フィルムの場合に限らず、「複数層が互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい」とは、「すべての層が同一であってもよいし、すべての層が異なっていてもよく、一部の層のみが同一であってもよい」ことを意味し、さらに「複数層が互いに異なる」とは、「各層の構成材料及び厚さの少なくとも一方が互いに異なる」ことを意味する。 The film for protective film formation may be only one layer (single layer), or two or more layers, and in the case of multiple layers, these multiple layers may be the same or different from one another. The combination is not particularly limited.
In addition, in this specification, not only in the case of the film for protective film formation, "all layers may be the same, and all layers may be the same" It means that the layers may be different, and only some of the layers may be the same. Further, “a plurality of layers are different from each other” means “at least one of the constituent material and thickness of each layer is mutually different. It means "different".
保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さは、1~100μmであることが好ましく、3~75μmであることがより好ましく、5~50μmであることが特に好ましい。保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さが前記下限値以上であることで、保護能がより高い保護膜を形成できる。また、保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さが前記上限値以下であることで、過剰な厚さとなることが抑制される。
ここで、「保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さ」とは、保護膜形成用フィルム全体の厚さを意味し、例えば、複数層からなる保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さとは、保護膜形成用フィルムを構成するすべての層の合計の厚さを意味する。
また、「保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さ」は以下のように測定することができる。保護膜形成用フィルムの任意の5点について接触式厚み計を用いて保護膜形成用フィルムの表面と裏面との距離を測定する。測定された5点の平均値を保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さとする。
以降に説明されるフィルム、層、半導体ウエハ、及び基材等の厚さについても上述の方法によって測定される。 The thickness of the protective film-forming film is preferably 1 to 100 μm, more preferably 3 to 75 μm, and particularly preferably 5 to 50 μm. When the thickness of the film for protective film formation is more than the said lower limit, a protective film with higher protective ability can be formed. In addition, when the thickness of the protective film-forming film is equal to or less than the upper limit value, excessive thickness can be suppressed.
Here, "the thickness of the film for protective film formation" means the thickness of the whole film for protective film formation, for example, the thickness of the film for protective film formation which consists of multiple layers is a film for protective film formation. Means the total thickness of all the layers that make up.
Moreover, "the thickness of the film for protective film formation" can be measured as follows. The distance between the front surface and the back surface of the film for protective film formation is measured using a contact-type thickness meter at any five points of the film for protective film formation. Let the average value of five measured points be the thickness of the film for protective film formation.
The thicknesses of the films, layers, semiconductor wafers, substrates and the like described below are also measured by the above-described method.
ここで、「保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さ」とは、保護膜形成用フィルム全体の厚さを意味し、例えば、複数層からなる保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さとは、保護膜形成用フィルムを構成するすべての層の合計の厚さを意味する。
また、「保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さ」は以下のように測定することができる。保護膜形成用フィルムの任意の5点について接触式厚み計を用いて保護膜形成用フィルムの表面と裏面との距離を測定する。測定された5点の平均値を保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さとする。
以降に説明されるフィルム、層、半導体ウエハ、及び基材等の厚さについても上述の方法によって測定される。 The thickness of the protective film-forming film is preferably 1 to 100 μm, more preferably 3 to 75 μm, and particularly preferably 5 to 50 μm. When the thickness of the film for protective film formation is more than the said lower limit, a protective film with higher protective ability can be formed. In addition, when the thickness of the protective film-forming film is equal to or less than the upper limit value, excessive thickness can be suppressed.
Here, "the thickness of the film for protective film formation" means the thickness of the whole film for protective film formation, for example, the thickness of the film for protective film formation which consists of multiple layers is a film for protective film formation. Means the total thickness of all the layers that make up.
Moreover, "the thickness of the film for protective film formation" can be measured as follows. The distance between the front surface and the back surface of the film for protective film formation is measured using a contact-type thickness meter at any five points of the film for protective film formation. Let the average value of five measured points be the thickness of the film for protective film formation.
The thicknesses of the films, layers, semiconductor wafers, substrates and the like described below are also measured by the above-described method.
保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化させて保護膜を形成するときの硬化条件は、保護膜が十分にその機能を発揮する程度の硬化度となる限り特に限定されず、保護膜形成用フィルムの種類に応じて、適宜選択すればよい。
例えば、保護膜形成用フィルムの硬化時における、紫外線の照度は、4~280mW/cm2であることが好ましい。そして、前記硬化時における、紫外線の光量は、3~1000mJ/cm2であることが好ましい。 The curing conditions for curing the protective film-forming film to form a protective film are not particularly limited as long as the protective film has a curing degree sufficient to exhibit its function, and the type of protective film-forming film Depending on the situation, it may be selected appropriately.
For example, the illuminance of ultraviolet light at the time of curing of the protective film-forming film is preferably 4 to 280 mW / cm 2 . The light quantity of the ultraviolet light at the time of curing is preferably 3 to 1000 mJ / cm 2 .
例えば、保護膜形成用フィルムの硬化時における、紫外線の照度は、4~280mW/cm2であることが好ましい。そして、前記硬化時における、紫外線の光量は、3~1000mJ/cm2であることが好ましい。 The curing conditions for curing the protective film-forming film to form a protective film are not particularly limited as long as the protective film has a curing degree sufficient to exhibit its function, and the type of protective film-forming film Depending on the situation, it may be selected appropriately.
For example, the illuminance of ultraviolet light at the time of curing of the protective film-forming film is preferably 4 to 280 mW / cm 2 . The light quantity of the ultraviolet light at the time of curing is preferably 3 to 1000 mJ / cm 2 .
図1は、本発明の一実施形態に係る保護膜形成用フィルムを模式的に示す断面図である。なお、以下の説明で用いる図は、本発明の特徴を分かり易くするために、便宜上、要部となる部分を拡大して示している場合があり、各構成要素の寸法比率等が実際と同じであるとは限らない。
FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a protective film-forming film according to an embodiment of the present invention. Note that the drawings used in the following description may be enlarged for convenience, in order to make the features of the present invention intelligible. Not necessarily.
ここに示す保護膜形成用フィルム13は、その一方の表面(本明細書においては、「第1面」と称することがある)13a上に第1剥離フィルム151を備え、前記第1面13aとは反対側の他方の表面(本明細書においては、「第2面」と称することがある)13b上に第2剥離フィルム152を備えている。
このような保護膜形成用フィルム13は、例えば、ロール状として保管するのに好適である。 Thefilm 13 for protective film formation shown here is provided with the 1st peeling film 151 on one surface (it may be called a "1st surface" in this specification) 13a, and the said 1st surface 13a A second release film 152 is provided on the other surface (which may be referred to herein as the “second surface”) 13b of the opposite side.
Such a protective film-formingfilm 13 is suitable, for example, for storage as a roll.
このような保護膜形成用フィルム13は、例えば、ロール状として保管するのに好適である。 The
Such a protective film-forming
保護膜形成用フィルム13は、後述する保護膜形成用組成物を用いて形成できる。保護膜形成用フィルム13は、紫外線硬化性である。
The film 13 for protective film formation can be formed using the composition for protective film formation mentioned later. The protective film-forming film 13 is ultraviolet curable.
第1剥離フィルム151及び第2剥離フィルム152は、いずれも公知のものでよい。第1剥離フィルム151及び第2剥離フィルム152の375nmの光線透過率は、本発明の効果を有する限り、特に限定されない。本発明の実施態様においては、第1剥離フィルム151及び第2剥離フィルム152の375nmの光線透過率に依らず、保護膜形成用フィルム13は、蛍光灯等の光に含まれる紫外光により紫外線硬化性成分の硬化反応が進行し難い効果を有する。
第1剥離フィルム151及び第2剥離フィルム152は、互いに同じものであってもよいし、例えば、保護膜形成用フィルム13から剥離させるときに必要な剥離力が互いに異なるなど、互いに異なるものであってもよい。 Both thefirst release film 151 and the second release film 152 may be known ones. The light transmittance of 375 nm of the first release film 151 and the second release film 152 is not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention are obtained. In the embodiment of the present invention, regardless of the light transmittance of 375 nm of the first peeling film 151 and the second peeling film 152, the protective film-forming film 13 is UV-cured by the ultraviolet light contained in the light of a fluorescent lamp or the like. It has the effect that the curing reaction of the sex component hardly progresses.
Thefirst release film 151 and the second release film 152 may be identical to each other, or may be different from each other, for example, the release forces necessary for releasing from the protective film-forming film 13 may be different from each other. May be
第1剥離フィルム151及び第2剥離フィルム152は、互いに同じものであってもよいし、例えば、保護膜形成用フィルム13から剥離させるときに必要な剥離力が互いに異なるなど、互いに異なるものであってもよい。 Both the
The
図1に示す保護膜形成用フィルム13は、第1剥離フィルム151及び第2剥離フィルム152のいずれか一方が取り除かれ、生じた露出面に、半導体ウエハ(図示略)の裏面が貼付される。そして、第1剥離フィルム151及び第2剥離フィルム152の残りの他方が取り除かれ、生じた露出面が支持シートの貼付面となる。
In the protective film-forming film 13 shown in FIG. 1, one of the first release film 151 and the second release film 152 is removed, and the back surface of the semiconductor wafer (not shown) is attached to the resulting exposed surface. And the other of the remaining of the 1st exfoliation film 151 and the 2nd exfoliation film 152 is removed, and the generated exposed side turns into the sticking side of a support sheet.
<<保護膜形成用組成物>>
前記保護膜形成用フィルムは、その構成材料を含有する保護膜形成用組成物を用いて形成できる。例えば、保護膜形成用フィルムの形成対象面に保護膜形成用組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、目的とする部位に保護膜形成用フィルムを形成できる。
保護膜形成用組成物中の、常温で気化しない成分同士の含有量の比率は、通常、保護膜形成用フィルムの前記成分同士の含有量の比率と同じとなる。なお、本明細書において、「常温」とは、特に冷やしたり、熱したりしない温度、すなわち平常の温度を意味し、例えば、15~25℃の温度等が挙げられる。 << Composition for protective film formation >>
The film for protective film formation can be formed using the composition for protective film formation containing the constituent material. For example, the composition for protective film formation may be coated on the formation target surface of the film for protective film formation, and dried as needed, so that the film for protective film formation can be formed on the target site.
The ratio of the content of components which do not vaporize at normal temperature in the composition for forming a protective film is usually the same as the ratio of the content of the components of the film for forming a protective film. In the present specification, “normal temperature” means a temperature which is not particularly cooled or heated, ie, a normal temperature, and includes, for example, a temperature of 15 to 25 ° C. and the like.
前記保護膜形成用フィルムは、その構成材料を含有する保護膜形成用組成物を用いて形成できる。例えば、保護膜形成用フィルムの形成対象面に保護膜形成用組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、目的とする部位に保護膜形成用フィルムを形成できる。
保護膜形成用組成物中の、常温で気化しない成分同士の含有量の比率は、通常、保護膜形成用フィルムの前記成分同士の含有量の比率と同じとなる。なお、本明細書において、「常温」とは、特に冷やしたり、熱したりしない温度、すなわち平常の温度を意味し、例えば、15~25℃の温度等が挙げられる。 << Composition for protective film formation >>
The film for protective film formation can be formed using the composition for protective film formation containing the constituent material. For example, the composition for protective film formation may be coated on the formation target surface of the film for protective film formation, and dried as needed, so that the film for protective film formation can be formed on the target site.
The ratio of the content of components which do not vaporize at normal temperature in the composition for forming a protective film is usually the same as the ratio of the content of the components of the film for forming a protective film. In the present specification, “normal temperature” means a temperature which is not particularly cooled or heated, ie, a normal temperature, and includes, for example, a temperature of 15 to 25 ° C. and the like.
ここで、保護膜形成用フィルムの光線透過率は、硬化前であっても硬化後であっても殆ど変化しない。したがって、硬化前の保護膜形成用フィルムの波長350nmの光線透過率が20%以下、波長550nmの光線透過率が25%以下であれば、硬化後の保護膜形成用フィルム(保護膜)の波長350nmの光線透過率も20%以下、波長550nmの光線透過率も25%以下となる。
Here, the light transmittance of the protective film-forming film hardly changes either before or after curing. Therefore, if the light transmittance at a wavelength of 350 nm of the protective film-forming film before curing is 20% or less and the light transmittance of a wavelength of 550 nm is 25% or less, the wavelength of the protective film-forming film (protective film) after curing The light transmittance of 350 nm is 20% or less, and the light transmittance of wavelength 550 nm is 25% or less.
保護膜形成用組成物の塗工は、公知の方法で行えばよく、例えば、エアーナイフコーター、ブレードコーター、バーコーター、グラビアコーター、ロールコーター、ロールナイフコーター、カーテンコーター、ダイコーター、ナイフコーター、スクリーンコーター、マイヤーバーコーター、及びキスコーター等の各種コーターを用いる方法が挙げられる。
Coating of the composition for forming a protective film may be performed by a known method, for example, an air knife coater, a blade coater, a bar coater, a gravure coater, a roll coater, a roll knife coater, a curtain coater, a die coater, a knife coater, Examples include methods using various coaters such as a screen coater, a Mayer bar coater, and a kiss coater.
保護膜形成用組成物の乾燥条件は、特に限定されないが、保護膜形成用組成物は、後述する溶媒を含有している場合、加熱乾燥させることが好ましい。溶媒を含有する保護膜形成用組成物は、例えば、70~130℃で10秒間~5分間の条件で乾燥させることが好ましい。
Although the drying conditions of the composition for protective film formation are not specifically limited, When the composition for protective film formation contains the solvent mentioned later, it is preferable to heat-dry. The composition for forming a protective film containing a solvent is preferably dried, for example, at 70 to 130 ° C. for 10 seconds to 5 minutes.
<保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)>
[紫外線硬化性成分(a)]
保護膜形成用組成物としては、紫外線硬化性成分(a)を含む。紫外線硬化性成分(a)は、紫外線の照射によって硬化する成分であり、保護膜形成用フィルムに造膜性や、可撓性等を付与するための成分でもある。
紫外線硬化性成分(a)としては、例えば、紫外線硬化性基を有する、重量平均分子量が80000~2000000の重合体(a1)、及び紫外線硬化性基を有する、分子量が100~80000の化合物(a2)が挙げられる。前記重合体(a1)は、その少なくとも一部が、後述する架橋剤(f)によって架橋されたものであってもよいし、架橋されていないものであってもよい。
なお、本明細書において、重量平均分子量とは、特に断りのない限り、ゲル・パーミエーション・クロマトグラフィー(GPC)法により測定されるポリスチレン換算値を意味する。 <Composition for forming protective film (IV-1)>
[UV-curable component (a)]
The composition for forming a protective film contains an ultraviolet ray curable component (a). The ultraviolet ray curable component (a) is a component which is cured by irradiation of ultraviolet rays, and is also a component for imparting film forming property, flexibility and the like to the protective film forming film.
As the ultraviolet ray curable component (a), for example, a polymer (a1) having an ultraviolet ray curable group, a weight average molecular weight of 80000 to 2,000,000 and an ultraviolet ray curable group, a compound having a molecular weight of 100 to 80000 (a2) Can be mentioned. At least a part of the polymer (a1) may or may not be crosslinked by a crosslinking agent (f) described later.
In the present specification, weight-average molecular weight means polystyrene equivalent value measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) unless otherwise noted.
[紫外線硬化性成分(a)]
保護膜形成用組成物としては、紫外線硬化性成分(a)を含む。紫外線硬化性成分(a)は、紫外線の照射によって硬化する成分であり、保護膜形成用フィルムに造膜性や、可撓性等を付与するための成分でもある。
紫外線硬化性成分(a)としては、例えば、紫外線硬化性基を有する、重量平均分子量が80000~2000000の重合体(a1)、及び紫外線硬化性基を有する、分子量が100~80000の化合物(a2)が挙げられる。前記重合体(a1)は、その少なくとも一部が、後述する架橋剤(f)によって架橋されたものであってもよいし、架橋されていないものであってもよい。
なお、本明細書において、重量平均分子量とは、特に断りのない限り、ゲル・パーミエーション・クロマトグラフィー(GPC)法により測定されるポリスチレン換算値を意味する。 <Composition for forming protective film (IV-1)>
[UV-curable component (a)]
The composition for forming a protective film contains an ultraviolet ray curable component (a). The ultraviolet ray curable component (a) is a component which is cured by irradiation of ultraviolet rays, and is also a component for imparting film forming property, flexibility and the like to the protective film forming film.
As the ultraviolet ray curable component (a), for example, a polymer (a1) having an ultraviolet ray curable group, a weight average molecular weight of 80000 to 2,000,000 and an ultraviolet ray curable group, a compound having a molecular weight of 100 to 80000 (a2) Can be mentioned. At least a part of the polymer (a1) may or may not be crosslinked by a crosslinking agent (f) described later.
In the present specification, weight-average molecular weight means polystyrene equivalent value measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) unless otherwise noted.
(紫外線硬化性基を有する、重量平均分子量が80000~2000000の重合体(a1))
紫外線硬化性基を有する、重量平均分子量が80000~2000000の重合体(a1)としては、例えば、他の化合物が有する基と反応可能な官能基を有するアクリル系重合体(a11)と、前記官能基と反応する基、及び紫外線硬化性二重結合等の紫外線硬化性基を有する紫外線硬化性化合物(a12)と、が重合してなるアクリル系樹脂(a1-1)が挙げられる。 (Polymer having a UV-curable group and having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000 (a1))
Examples of the polymer (a1) having a UV-curable group and having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000 include an acrylic polymer (a11) having a functional group capable of reacting with a group possessed by another compound, An acrylic resin (a1-1) formed by polymerization of an ultraviolet-curable compound (a12) having a group that reacts with a group and an ultraviolet-curable group such as an ultraviolet-curable double bond can be mentioned.
紫外線硬化性基を有する、重量平均分子量が80000~2000000の重合体(a1)としては、例えば、他の化合物が有する基と反応可能な官能基を有するアクリル系重合体(a11)と、前記官能基と反応する基、及び紫外線硬化性二重結合等の紫外線硬化性基を有する紫外線硬化性化合物(a12)と、が重合してなるアクリル系樹脂(a1-1)が挙げられる。 (Polymer having a UV-curable group and having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000 (a1))
Examples of the polymer (a1) having a UV-curable group and having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000 include an acrylic polymer (a11) having a functional group capable of reacting with a group possessed by another compound, An acrylic resin (a1-1) formed by polymerization of an ultraviolet-curable compound (a12) having a group that reacts with a group and an ultraviolet-curable group such as an ultraviolet-curable double bond can be mentioned.
他の化合物が有する基と反応可能な前記官能基としては、例えば、水酸基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、置換アミノ基(アミノ基の1個又は2個の水素原子が水素原子以外の基で置換されてなる基)、エポキシ基等が挙げられる。ただし、半導体ウエハや半導体チップ等の回路の腐食を防止するという点では、前記官能基はカルボキシ基以外の基であることが好ましい。
これらの中でも、前記官能基は、水酸基であることが好ましい。 Examples of the functional group capable of reacting with a group possessed by another compound include, for example, a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group, and a substituted amino group (one or two hydrogen atoms of the amino group are substituted with a group other than a hydrogen atom Groups), epoxy groups and the like. However, in terms of preventing corrosion of circuits such as semiconductor wafers and semiconductor chips, the functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxy group.
Among these, the functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group.
これらの中でも、前記官能基は、水酸基であることが好ましい。 Examples of the functional group capable of reacting with a group possessed by another compound include, for example, a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group, and a substituted amino group (one or two hydrogen atoms of the amino group are substituted with a group other than a hydrogen atom Groups), epoxy groups and the like. However, in terms of preventing corrosion of circuits such as semiconductor wafers and semiconductor chips, the functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxy group.
Among these, the functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group.
・官能基を有するアクリル系重合体(a11)
前記官能基を有するアクリル系重合体(a11)としては、例えば、前記官能基を有するアクリル系モノマーと、前記官能基を有しないアクリル系モノマーと、が共重合してなるものが挙げられ、これらモノマー以外に、さらにアクリル系モノマー以外のモノマー(非アクリル系モノマー)が共重合したものであってもよい。
また、前記アクリル系重合体(a11)は、ランダム共重合体であってもよいし、ブロック共重合体であってもよい。 . Acrylic polymers having functional groups (a11)
Examples of the acrylic polymer (a11) having a functional group include those obtained by copolymerizing an acrylic monomer having the functional group and an acrylic monomer having no functional group. In addition to the monomers, monomers (non-acrylic monomers) other than acrylic monomers may be copolymerized.
The acrylic polymer (a11) may be a random copolymer or a block copolymer.
前記官能基を有するアクリル系重合体(a11)としては、例えば、前記官能基を有するアクリル系モノマーと、前記官能基を有しないアクリル系モノマーと、が共重合してなるものが挙げられ、これらモノマー以外に、さらにアクリル系モノマー以外のモノマー(非アクリル系モノマー)が共重合したものであってもよい。
また、前記アクリル系重合体(a11)は、ランダム共重合体であってもよいし、ブロック共重合体であってもよい。 . Acrylic polymers having functional groups (a11)
Examples of the acrylic polymer (a11) having a functional group include those obtained by copolymerizing an acrylic monomer having the functional group and an acrylic monomer having no functional group. In addition to the monomers, monomers (non-acrylic monomers) other than acrylic monomers may be copolymerized.
The acrylic polymer (a11) may be a random copolymer or a block copolymer.
前記官能基を有するアクリル系モノマーとしては、例えば、水酸基含有モノマー、カルボキシ基含有モノマー、アミノ基含有モノマー、置換アミノ基含有モノマー、エポキシ基含有モノマー等が挙げられる。
As an acryl-type monomer which has the said functional group, a hydroxyl-containing monomer, a carboxy-group containing monomer, an amino-group containing monomer, a substituted amino-group containing monomer, an epoxy-group containing monomer etc. are mentioned, for example.
前記水酸基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシメチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシブチル、及び(メタ)アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチル等の(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシアルキル;ビニルアルコール、及びアリルアルコール等の非(メタ)アクリル系不飽和アルコール((メタ)アクリロイル骨格を有しない不飽和アルコール)等が挙げられる。
Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer include hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) Hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylates such as 2-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate; non (meth) acrylics such as vinyl alcohol and allyl alcohol And unsaturated alcohols (unsaturated alcohols having no (meth) acryloyl skeleton) and the like.
なお、本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリル酸」とは、「アクリル酸」及び「メタクリル酸」の両方を包含する概念とする。(メタ)アクリル酸と類似の用語についても同様である。
In the present specification, “(meth) acrylic acid” is a concept including both “acrylic acid” and “methacrylic acid”. The same applies to terms similar to (meth) acrylic acid.
前記カルボキシ基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、及びクロトン酸等のエチレン性不飽和モノカルボン酸(エチレン性不飽和結合を有するモノカルボン酸);フマル酸、イタコン酸、マレイン酸、及びシトラコン酸等のエチレン性不飽和ジカルボン酸(エチレン性不飽和結合を有するジカルボン酸);前記エチレン性不飽和ジカルボン酸の無水物;2-カルボキシエチルメタクリレート等の(メタ)アクリル酸カルボキシアルキルエステル等が挙げられる。
As the carboxy group-containing monomer, for example, ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acids (monocarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond) such as (meth) acrylic acid and crotonic acid; fumaric acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, And ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as citraconic acid (dicarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond); anhydrides of the above ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids; (meth) acrylic acid carboxyalkyl esters such as 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate and the like Can be mentioned.
前記官能基を有するアクリル系モノマーは、水酸基含有モノマー、又はカルボキシ基含有モノマーが好ましく、水酸基含有モノマーがより好ましい。
The acrylic monomer having a functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer or a carboxy group-containing monomer, and more preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer.
前記アクリル系重合体(a11)を構成する、前記官能基を有するアクリル系モノマーは、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
The acrylic monomer having the functional group constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are optionally It can be selected.
前記官能基を有しないアクリル系モノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸sec-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸tert-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸デシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ウンデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ドデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ラウリルともいう)、(メタ)アクリル酸トリデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ミリスチルともいう)、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキサデシル((メタ)アクリル酸パルミチルともいう)、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプタデシル、及び(メタ)アクリル酸オクタデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ステアリルともいう)等の、アルキルエステルを構成するアルキル基が、炭素数が1~18の鎖状構造である(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル等が挙げられる。
Examples of the acrylic monomer having no functional group include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate and n (meth) acrylate -Butyl, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate ( 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, n-octyl (meth) acrylate, n-nonyl (meth) acrylate, isononyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) Undecyl acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate (lauryl (meth) acrylate) ), Tridecyl (meth) acrylate, tetradecyl (meth) acrylate (also referred to as myristyl (meth) acrylate), pentadecyl (meth) acrylate, hexadecyl (meth) acrylate (also referred to as palmityl (meth) acrylate), The alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester such as heptadecyl (meth) acrylate and octadecyl (meth) acrylate (also referred to as stearyl (meth) acrylate) has a chain structure having 1 to 18 carbon atoms (meth And acrylic acid alkyl esters and the like.
また、前記官能基を有しないアクリル系モノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸メトキシメチル、(メタ)アクリル酸メトキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エトキシメチル、及び(メタ)アクリル酸エトキシエチル等のアルコキシアルキル基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステル;(メタ)アクリル酸フェニル等の(メタ)アクリル酸アリールエステル等を含む、芳香族基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステル;非架橋性の(メタ)アクリルアミド及びその誘導体;(メタ)アクリル酸N,N-ジメチルアミノエチル、及び(メタ)アクリル酸N,N-ジメチルアミノプロピル等の非架橋性の3級アミノ基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステル等も挙げられる。
Further, examples of the acrylic monomer having no functional group include, for example, methoxymethyl (meth) acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, ethoxymethyl (meth) acrylate, and ethoxyethyl (meth) acrylate. Alkoxyalkyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester; (meth) acrylic acid aryl ester such as phenyl (meth) acrylate etc., (meth) acrylic acid ester having an aromatic group; non-crosslinkable (meth) acrylamide And derivatives thereof; (meth) acrylates having a non-crosslinkable tertiary amino group such as N, N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate and N, N-dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate It can be mentioned.
前記アクリル系重合体(a11)を構成する、前記官能基を有しないアクリル系モノマーは、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
The acrylic monomer having no functional group constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. Can be selected.
前記非アクリル系モノマーとしては、例えば、エチレン、及びノルボルネン等のオレフィン;酢酸ビニル;スチレン等が挙げられる。
前記アクリル系重合体(a11)を構成する前記非アクリル系モノマーは、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 Examples of the non-acrylic monomers include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; styrene and the like.
The non-acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
前記アクリル系重合体(a11)を構成する前記非アクリル系モノマーは、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 Examples of the non-acrylic monomers include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; styrene and the like.
The non-acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
前記アクリル系重合体(a11)において、これを構成する構成単位の全量に対する、前記官能基を有するアクリル系モノマーから誘導された構成単位の量の割合(含有量)は、0.1~50質量%であることが好ましく、1~40質量%であることがより好ましく、3~30質量%であることが特に好ましい。前記割合がこのような範囲であることで、前記アクリル系重合体(a11)と前記紫外線硬化性化合物(a12)との共重合によって得られた前記アクリル系樹脂(a1-1)において、紫外線硬化性基の含有量は、保護膜の硬化の程度を好ましい範囲に容易に調節可能となる。
In the acrylic polymer (a11), the ratio (content) of the amount of the structural unit derived from the acrylic monomer having the functional group to the total amount of the structural units constituting the same is 0.1 to 50 mass % Is preferable, 1 to 40% by mass is more preferable, and 3 to 30% by mass is particularly preferable. In the acrylic resin (a1-1) obtained by the copolymerization of the acrylic polymer (a11) and the ultraviolet curable compound (a12) with the ratio being in such a range, the ultraviolet curing is performed. The content of the nature group can be easily adjusted to the preferable range of the degree of curing of the protective film.
前記アクリル系樹脂(a1-1)を構成する前記アクリル系重合体(a11)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
The acrylic polymer (a11) constituting the acrylic resin (a1-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are optionally It can be selected.
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)において、アクリル系樹脂(a1-1)の含有量は、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)の総質量に対して1~40質量%であることが好ましく、2~30質量%であることがより好ましく、3~20質量%であることが特に好ましい。
In the composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film, the content of the acrylic resin (a1-1) is 1 to 40% by mass based on the total mass of the composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film Is preferable, 2 to 30% by mass is more preferable, and 3 to 20% by mass is particularly preferable.
・紫外線硬化性化合物(a12)
前記紫外線硬化性化合物(a12)は、前記アクリル系重合体(a11)が有する官能基と反応可能な基として、イソシアネート基、エポキシ基及びカルボキシ基からなる群より選択される1種又は2種以上を有するものが好ましく、前記基としてイソシアネート基を有するものがより好ましい。前記紫外線硬化性化合物(a12)は、例えば、前記基としてイソシアネート基を有する場合、このイソシアネート基が、前記官能基として水酸基を有するアクリル系重合体(a11)のこの水酸基と容易に反応する。 ・ UV-curable compound (a12)
The said ultraviolet curable compound (a12) is 1 type, or 2 or more types selected from the group which consists of an isocyanate group, an epoxy group, and a carboxy group as a group which can react with the functional group which the said acryl-type polymer (a11) has. Are preferred, and those having an isocyanate group as the group are more preferred. For example, when the ultraviolet curable compound (a12) has an isocyanate group as the group, the isocyanate group easily reacts with the hydroxyl group of the acrylic polymer (a11) having a hydroxyl group as the functional group.
前記紫外線硬化性化合物(a12)は、前記アクリル系重合体(a11)が有する官能基と反応可能な基として、イソシアネート基、エポキシ基及びカルボキシ基からなる群より選択される1種又は2種以上を有するものが好ましく、前記基としてイソシアネート基を有するものがより好ましい。前記紫外線硬化性化合物(a12)は、例えば、前記基としてイソシアネート基を有する場合、このイソシアネート基が、前記官能基として水酸基を有するアクリル系重合体(a11)のこの水酸基と容易に反応する。 ・ UV-curable compound (a12)
The said ultraviolet curable compound (a12) is 1 type, or 2 or more types selected from the group which consists of an isocyanate group, an epoxy group, and a carboxy group as a group which can react with the functional group which the said acryl-type polymer (a11) has. Are preferred, and those having an isocyanate group as the group are more preferred. For example, when the ultraviolet curable compound (a12) has an isocyanate group as the group, the isocyanate group easily reacts with the hydroxyl group of the acrylic polymer (a11) having a hydroxyl group as the functional group.
前記紫外線硬化性化合物(a12)は、1分子中に前記紫外線硬化性基を1~5個有することが好ましく、1~3個有することがより好ましい。
The ultraviolet curable compound (a12) preferably has 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3 of the ultraviolet curable groups in one molecule.
前記紫外線硬化性化合物(a12)としては、例えば、2-メタクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアネート、メタ-イソプロペニル-α,α-ジメチルベンジルイソシアネート、メタクリロイルイソシアネート、アリルイソシアネート、及び1,1-(ビスアクリロイルオキシメチル)エチルイソシアネート;ジイソシアネート化合物又はポリイソシアネート化合物と、ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートとの反応により得られるアクリロイルモノイソシアネート化合物;ジイソシアネート化合物又はポリイソシアネート化合物と、ポリオール化合物と、ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートとの反応により得られるアクリロイルモノイソシアネート化合物等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、前記紫外線硬化性化合物(a12)は、2-メタクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアネートであることが好ましい。
Examples of the ultraviolet curable compound (a12) include 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate, meta-isopropenyl-α, α-dimethylbenzyl isocyanate, methacryloyl isocyanate, allyl isocyanate, and 1,1- (bisacryloyloxymethyl). Ethyl isocyanate; Acryloyl monoisocyanate compound obtained by reaction of diisocyanate compound or polyisocyanate compound with hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate; reaction of diisocyanate compound or polyisocyanate compound with polyol compound and hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate The acryloyl monoisocyanate compound etc. which are obtained are mentioned. Among these, the ultraviolet curable compound (a12) is preferably 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate.
前記アクリル系樹脂(a1-1)を構成する前記紫外線硬化性化合物(a12)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
The ultraviolet curable compound (a12) constituting the acrylic resin (a1-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are optionally It can be selected.
前記アクリル系樹脂(a1-1)において、前記アクリル系重合体(a11)に由来する前記官能基の含有量に対する、前記紫外線硬化性化合物(a12)に由来する紫外線硬化性基の含有量の割合は、20~120モル%であることが好ましく、35~100モル%であることがより好ましく、50~100モル%であることが特に好ましい。前記含有量の割合がこのような範囲であることで、硬化により形成された保護膜の接着力がより大きくなる。なお、前記紫外線硬化性化合物(a12)が一官能(前記基を1分子中に1個有する)化合物である場合には、前記含有量の割合の上限値は100モル%となるが、前記紫外線硬化性化合物(a12)が多官能(前記基を1分子中に2個以上有する)化合物である場合には、前記含有量の割合の上限値は100モル%を超えることがある。
In the acrylic resin (a1-1), the ratio of the content of the ultraviolet curable group derived from the ultraviolet curable compound (a12) to the content of the functional group derived from the acrylic polymer (a11) Is preferably 20 to 120 mol%, more preferably 35 to 100 mol%, and particularly preferably 50 to 100 mol%. The adhesive force of the protective film formed by hardening becomes larger because the ratio of the said content is such a range. In addition, when the said ultraviolet curable compound (a12) is a monofunctional (it has one said group in 1 molecule) compound, although the upper limit of the ratio of the said content will be 100 mol%, In the case where the curable compound (a12) is a polyfunctional compound (having two or more of the groups in one molecule), the upper limit of the content ratio may exceed 100 mol%.
前記重合体(a1)の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、100000~2000000であることが好ましく、300000~1500000であることがより好ましい。
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer (a1) is preferably 100,000 to 2,000,000, and more preferably 300,000 to 1,500,000.
前記重合体(a1)が、その少なくとも一部が架橋剤(f)によって架橋されたものである場合、前記重合体(a1)は、前記アクリル系重合体(a11)を構成するものとして説明した、上述のモノマーのいずれにも該当せず、かつ架橋剤(f)と反応する基を有するモノマーが重合して、架橋剤(f)と反応する基において架橋されたものであってもよいし、前記紫外線硬化性化合物(a12)に由来する、前記官能基と反応する基において、架橋されたものであってもよい。
When the polymer (a1) is at least a part of which is crosslinked by the crosslinking agent (f), the polymer (a1) has been described as constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) And a monomer which does not correspond to any of the above-mentioned monomers and which has a group reactive with the crosslinking agent (f) may be polymerized and crosslinked in the group reactive with the crosslinking agent (f) The group derived from the ultraviolet ray curable compound (a12) and reactive to the functional group may be crosslinked.
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する前記重合体(a1)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
The composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film and the polymer (a1) contained in the film for forming a protective film may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, Combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
(紫外線硬化性基を有する、分子量が100~80000の化合物(a2))
紫外線硬化性基を有する、分子量が100~80000の化合物(a2)中の前記紫外線硬化性基としては、紫外線硬化性二重結合を含む基が挙げられ、好ましいものとしては、(メタ)アクリロイル基、及びビニル基等が挙げられる。 (Compound (a2) having a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000, having an ultraviolet curable group)
Examples of the UV-curable group in the compound (a2) having a UV-curable group and having a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000 include a UV-curable double bond-containing group, and a (meth) acryloyl group is preferred. And vinyl groups.
紫外線硬化性基を有する、分子量が100~80000の化合物(a2)中の前記紫外線硬化性基としては、紫外線硬化性二重結合を含む基が挙げられ、好ましいものとしては、(メタ)アクリロイル基、及びビニル基等が挙げられる。 (Compound (a2) having a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000, having an ultraviolet curable group)
Examples of the UV-curable group in the compound (a2) having a UV-curable group and having a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000 include a UV-curable double bond-containing group, and a (meth) acryloyl group is preferred. And vinyl groups.
前記化合物(a2)は、上記の条件を満たすものであれば、特に限定されないが、紫外線硬化性基を有する低分子量化合物、紫外線硬化性基を有するエポキシ樹脂、及び紫外線硬化性基を有するフェノール樹脂等が挙げられる。
The compound (a2) is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the above conditions, but a low molecular weight compound having an ultraviolet curable group, an epoxy resin having an ultraviolet curable group, and a phenol resin having an ultraviolet curable group Etc.
前記化合物(a2)のうち、紫外線硬化性基を有する低分子量化合物としては、例えば、多官能のモノマー又はオリゴマー等が挙げられ、(メタ)アクリロイル基を有するアクリレート系化合物が好ましい。
前記アクリレート系化合物としては、例えば、2-ヒドロキシ-3-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシプロピルメタクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、プロポキシ化エトキシ化ビスフェノールAジ(メタ)アクリレート、2,2-ビス[4-((メタ)アクリロキシポリエトキシ)フェニル]プロパン、エトキシ化ビスフェノールAジ(メタ)アクリレート、2,2-ビス[4-((メタ)アクリロキシジエトキシ)フェニル]プロパン、9,9-ビス[4-(2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエトキシ)フェニル]フルオレン、2,2-ビス[4-((メタ)アクリロキシポリプロポキシ)フェニル]プロパン、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジ(メタ)アクリレート(トリシクロデカンジメチロールジ(メタ)アクリレートともいう)、1,10-デカンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,9-ノナンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリテトラメチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、2,2-ビス[4-((メタ)アクリロキシエトキシ)フェニル]プロパン、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシ化ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、及び2-ヒドロキシ-1,3-ジ(メタ)アクリロキシプロパン等の2官能(メタ)アクリレート;
トリス(2-(メタ)アクリロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、ε-カプロラクトン変性トリス-(2-(メタ)アクリロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、エトキシ化グリセリントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシ化ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールポリ(メタ)アクリレート、及びジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート等の多官能(メタ)アクリレート;
ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー等の多官能(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー等が挙げられる。 As a low molecular weight compound which has an ultraviolet curable group among the said compounds (a2), a polyfunctional monomer, an oligomer, etc. are mentioned, for example, The acrylate type compound which has a (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
Examples of the acrylate compound include 2-hydroxy-3- (meth) acryloyloxypropyl methacrylate, polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, propoxylated ethoxylated bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate, and 2,2-bis [4 -((Meth) acryloxypolyethoxy) phenyl] propane, ethoxylated bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate, 2,2-bis [4-((meth) acryloxydiethoxy) phenyl] propane, 9,9-bis [4- (2- (Meth) acryloyloxyethoxy) phenyl] fluorene, 2,2-bis [4-((meth) acryloxypolypropoxy) phenyl] propane, tricyclodecanedimethanol di (meth) acrylate (tri) Cyclodecane dimethylol di (meth) a 1,10-decanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di (meth) acrylate, dipropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, Tripropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polytetramethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, diethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate 2,2-bis [4-((meth) acryloxyethoxy) phenyl] propane, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, ethoxylated polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, and 2-hydroxy-1,3-di (meth) acryloxy bifunctional (meth) acrylates such as propane;
Tris (2- (meth) acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate, ε-caprolactone modified tris- (2- (meth) acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate, ethoxylated glycerin tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, Trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetra (meth) acrylate, ethoxylated pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol poly (meth) acrylate, and dipentaerythritol hexa (hexa) Multifunctional (meth) acrylates such as (meth) acrylates;
Polyfunctional (meth) acrylate oligomers, such as a urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer, etc. are mentioned.
前記アクリレート系化合物としては、例えば、2-ヒドロキシ-3-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシプロピルメタクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、プロポキシ化エトキシ化ビスフェノールAジ(メタ)アクリレート、2,2-ビス[4-((メタ)アクリロキシポリエトキシ)フェニル]プロパン、エトキシ化ビスフェノールAジ(メタ)アクリレート、2,2-ビス[4-((メタ)アクリロキシジエトキシ)フェニル]プロパン、9,9-ビス[4-(2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエトキシ)フェニル]フルオレン、2,2-ビス[4-((メタ)アクリロキシポリプロポキシ)フェニル]プロパン、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジ(メタ)アクリレート(トリシクロデカンジメチロールジ(メタ)アクリレートともいう)、1,10-デカンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,9-ノナンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリテトラメチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、2,2-ビス[4-((メタ)アクリロキシエトキシ)フェニル]プロパン、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシ化ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、及び2-ヒドロキシ-1,3-ジ(メタ)アクリロキシプロパン等の2官能(メタ)アクリレート;
トリス(2-(メタ)アクリロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、ε-カプロラクトン変性トリス-(2-(メタ)アクリロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、エトキシ化グリセリントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシ化ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールポリ(メタ)アクリレート、及びジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート等の多官能(メタ)アクリレート;
ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー等の多官能(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー等が挙げられる。 As a low molecular weight compound which has an ultraviolet curable group among the said compounds (a2), a polyfunctional monomer, an oligomer, etc. are mentioned, for example, The acrylate type compound which has a (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
Examples of the acrylate compound include 2-hydroxy-3- (meth) acryloyloxypropyl methacrylate, polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, propoxylated ethoxylated bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate, and 2,2-bis [4 -((Meth) acryloxypolyethoxy) phenyl] propane, ethoxylated bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate, 2,2-bis [4-((meth) acryloxydiethoxy) phenyl] propane, 9,9-bis [4- (2- (Meth) acryloyloxyethoxy) phenyl] fluorene, 2,2-bis [4-((meth) acryloxypolypropoxy) phenyl] propane, tricyclodecanedimethanol di (meth) acrylate (tri) Cyclodecane dimethylol di (meth) a 1,10-decanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di (meth) acrylate, dipropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, Tripropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polytetramethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, diethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate 2,2-bis [4-((meth) acryloxyethoxy) phenyl] propane, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, ethoxylated polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, and 2-hydroxy-1,3-di (meth) acryloxy bifunctional (meth) acrylates such as propane;
Tris (2- (meth) acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate, ε-caprolactone modified tris- (2- (meth) acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate, ethoxylated glycerin tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, Trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetra (meth) acrylate, ethoxylated pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol poly (meth) acrylate, and dipentaerythritol hexa (hexa) Multifunctional (meth) acrylates such as (meth) acrylates;
Polyfunctional (meth) acrylate oligomers, such as a urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer, etc. are mentioned.
前記化合物(a2)のうち、紫外線硬化性基を有するエポキシ樹脂、及び紫外線硬化性基を有するフェノール樹脂としては、例えば、「特開2013-194102号公報」の段落0043等に記載されているものを用いることができる。このような樹脂は、後述する熱硬化性成分(h)を構成する樹脂にも該当するが、本発明においては前記化合物(a2)として取り扱う。
As an epoxy resin which has an ultraviolet curable group among said compounds (a2), and a phenol resin which has an ultraviolet curable group, it is described, for example, in paragraph 0043 of "JP-A-2013-194102" and the like. Can be used. Such a resin also corresponds to a resin constituting a thermosetting component (h) described later, but in the present invention, it is handled as the compound (a2).
前記化合物(a2)の分子量は、100~30000であることが好ましく、300~10000であることがより好ましい。
The molecular weight of the compound (a2) is preferably 100 to 30,000, and more preferably 300 to 10,000.
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する前記化合物(a2)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
The composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the compound (a2) contained in the film for forming a protective film may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, a combination thereof And the ratio can be selected arbitrarily.
[紫外線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)]
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムは、前記紫外線硬化性成分(a)として前記化合物(a2)を含有する場合、さらに紫外線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)も含有することが好ましい。
前記重合体(b)は、その少なくとも一部が後述する架橋剤(f)によって架橋されたものであってもよいし、架橋されていないものであってもよい。 [Polymer (b) having no UV-curable group]
When the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film contain the compound (a2) as the ultraviolet ray curable component (a), a polymer (b) further having no ultraviolet ray curable group It is preferable to also contain.
The polymer (b) may be at least a part of which is crosslinked by a crosslinking agent (f) described later, or may not be crosslinked.
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムは、前記紫外線硬化性成分(a)として前記化合物(a2)を含有する場合、さらに紫外線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)も含有することが好ましい。
前記重合体(b)は、その少なくとも一部が後述する架橋剤(f)によって架橋されたものであってもよいし、架橋されていないものであってもよい。 [Polymer (b) having no UV-curable group]
When the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film contain the compound (a2) as the ultraviolet ray curable component (a), a polymer (b) further having no ultraviolet ray curable group It is preferable to also contain.
The polymer (b) may be at least a part of which is crosslinked by a crosslinking agent (f) described later, or may not be crosslinked.
紫外線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)としては、例えば、アクリル系重合体、フェノキシ樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、ポリエステル、ゴム系樹脂、アクリルウレタン樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール(PVA)、ブチラール樹脂、及びポリエステルウレタン樹脂等が挙げられる。
これらの中でも、前記重合体(b)は、アクリル系重合体(以下、「アクリル系重合体(b-1)」と略記することがある)であることが好ましい。 As a polymer (b) which does not have an ultraviolet curable group, for example, acrylic polymer, phenoxy resin, urethane resin, polyester, rubber resin, acrylic urethane resin, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), butyral resin, and polyester urethane Resin etc. are mentioned.
Among these, the polymer (b) is preferably an acrylic polymer (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “acrylic polymer (b-1)”).
これらの中でも、前記重合体(b)は、アクリル系重合体(以下、「アクリル系重合体(b-1)」と略記することがある)であることが好ましい。 As a polymer (b) which does not have an ultraviolet curable group, for example, acrylic polymer, phenoxy resin, urethane resin, polyester, rubber resin, acrylic urethane resin, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), butyral resin, and polyester urethane Resin etc. are mentioned.
Among these, the polymer (b) is preferably an acrylic polymer (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “acrylic polymer (b-1)”).
アクリル系重合体(b-1)は、公知のものでよく、例えば、1種のアクリル系モノマーの単独重合体であってもよいし、2種以上のアクリル系モノマーの共重合体であってもよいし、1種又は2種以上のアクリル系モノマーと、1種又は2種以上のアクリル系モノマー以外のモノマー(非アクリル系モノマー)と、の共重合体であってもよい。
The acrylic polymer (b-1) may be a known one, for example, may be a homopolymer of one acrylic monomer, or a copolymer of two or more acrylic monomers, It may also be a copolymer of one or more acrylic monomers and a monomer (non-acrylic monomer) other than one or more acrylic monomers.
アクリル系重合体(b-1)を構成する前記アクリル系モノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル、環状骨格を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステル、グリシジル基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステル、水酸基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステル、及び置換アミノ基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステル等が挙げられる。ここで、「置換アミノ基」とは、先に説明したとおりである。
Examples of the acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) include (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, (meth) acrylic acid ester having a cyclic skeleton, glycidyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester, Examples thereof include hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid esters and substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylic acid esters. Here, the "substituted amino group" is as described above.
前記(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸sec-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸tert-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸デシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ウンデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ドデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ラウリルともいう)、(メタ)アクリル酸トリデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ミリスチルともいう)、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキサデシル((メタ)アクリル酸パルミチルともいう)、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプタデシル、及び(メタ)アクリル酸オクタデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ステアリルともいう)等の、アルキルエステルを構成するアルキル基が、炭素数が1~18の鎖状構造である(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル等が挙げられる。
Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, n- (meth) acrylate Butyl, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylate ) 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, n-octyl (meth) acrylate, n-nonyl (meth) acrylate, isononyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic Acid undecyl, dodecyl (meth) acrylate (lauryl (meth) acrylate) ), Tridecyl (meth) acrylate, tetradecyl (meth) acrylate (also referred to as myristyl (meth) acrylate), pentadecyl (meth) acrylate, hexadecyl (meth) acrylate (also referred to as palmityl (meth) acrylate), The alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester such as heptadecyl (meth) acrylate and octadecyl (meth) acrylate (also referred to as stearyl (meth) acrylate) has a chain structure having 1 to 18 carbon atoms (meth And acrylic acid alkyl esters and the like.
前記環状骨格を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステルとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸イソボルニル、及び(メタ)アクリル酸ジシクロペンタニル等の(メタ)アクリル酸シクロアルキルエステル;
(メタ)アクリル酸ベンジル等の(メタ)アクリル酸アラルキルエステル;
(メタ)アクリル酸ジシクロペンテニルエステル等の(メタ)アクリル酸シクロアルケニルエステル;
(メタ)アクリル酸ジシクロペンテニルオキシエチルエステル等の(メタ)アクリル酸シクロアルケニルオキシアルキルエステル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid ester having a cyclic skeleton include (meth) acrylic acid cycloalkyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid isobornyl and (meth) acrylic acid dicyclopentanyl;
(Meth) acrylic acid aralkyl esters such as benzyl (meth) acrylate;
(Meth) acrylic acid cycloalkenyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid dicyclopentenyl ester;
Examples include (meth) acrylic acid cycloalkenyloxyalkyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid dicyclopentenyl oxyethyl ester and the like.
(メタ)アクリル酸ベンジル等の(メタ)アクリル酸アラルキルエステル;
(メタ)アクリル酸ジシクロペンテニルエステル等の(メタ)アクリル酸シクロアルケニルエステル;
(メタ)アクリル酸ジシクロペンテニルオキシエチルエステル等の(メタ)アクリル酸シクロアルケニルオキシアルキルエステル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid ester having a cyclic skeleton include (meth) acrylic acid cycloalkyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid isobornyl and (meth) acrylic acid dicyclopentanyl;
(Meth) acrylic acid aralkyl esters such as benzyl (meth) acrylate;
(Meth) acrylic acid cycloalkenyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid dicyclopentenyl ester;
Examples include (meth) acrylic acid cycloalkenyloxyalkyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid dicyclopentenyl oxyethyl ester and the like.
前記グリシジル基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステルとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸グリシジル等が挙げられる。
前記水酸基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステルとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシメチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシブチル、及び(メタ)アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチル等が挙げられる。
前記置換アミノ基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステルとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸N-メチルアミノエチル等が挙げられる。 As said glycidyl group containing (meth) acrylic acid ester, glycidyl (meth) acrylate etc. are mentioned, for example.
Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester include hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxy (meth) acrylate And propyl, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate and the like.
Examples of the substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester include N-methylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate and the like.
前記水酸基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステルとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシメチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシブチル、及び(メタ)アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチル等が挙げられる。
前記置換アミノ基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステルとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸N-メチルアミノエチル等が挙げられる。 As said glycidyl group containing (meth) acrylic acid ester, glycidyl (meth) acrylate etc. are mentioned, for example.
Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester include hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxy (meth) acrylate And propyl, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate and the like.
Examples of the substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester include N-methylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate and the like.
アクリル系重合体(b-1)を構成する前記非アクリル系モノマーとしては、例えば、エチレン、ノルボルネン等のオレフィン;酢酸ビニル;及びスチレン等が挙げられる。
Examples of the non-acrylic monomers constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; and styrene.
少なくとも一部が架橋剤(f)によって架橋された、前記紫外線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)としては、例えば、前記重合体(b)中の反応性官能基が架橋剤(f)と反応したものが挙げられる。
前記反応性官能基は、架橋剤(f)の種類等に応じて適宜選択すればよく、特に限定されない。例えば、架橋剤(f)がポリイソシアネート化合物である場合には、前記反応性官能基としては、水酸基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基等が挙げられ、これらの中でも、イソシアネート基との反応性が高い水酸基が好ましい。また、架橋剤(f)がエポキシ系化合物である場合には、前記反応性官能基としては、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、アミド基等が挙げられ、これらの中でもエポキシ基との反応性が高いカルボキシ基が好ましい。ただし、半導体ウエハや半導体チップの回路の腐食を防止するという点では、前記反応性官能基はカルボキシ基以外の基であることが好ましい。 As the polymer (b) having no UV curable group and at least partially crosslinked by the crosslinking agent (f), for example, the reactive functional group in the polymer (b) is the crosslinking agent (f) The thing which reacted with is mentioned.
The reactive functional group may be appropriately selected depending on the type of the crosslinking agent (f) and the like, and is not particularly limited. For example, when the crosslinking agent (f) is a polyisocyanate compound, examples of the reactive functional group include a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group and the like, and among these, a hydroxyl group having high reactivity with the isocyanate group. Is preferred. When the crosslinking agent (f) is an epoxy compound, examples of the reactive functional group include a carboxy group, an amino group, an amido group and the like, among which a carboxy having a high reactivity with the epoxy group Groups are preferred. However, it is preferable that the reactive functional group is a group other than a carboxy group in terms of preventing corrosion of the circuit of the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor chip.
前記反応性官能基は、架橋剤(f)の種類等に応じて適宜選択すればよく、特に限定されない。例えば、架橋剤(f)がポリイソシアネート化合物である場合には、前記反応性官能基としては、水酸基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基等が挙げられ、これらの中でも、イソシアネート基との反応性が高い水酸基が好ましい。また、架橋剤(f)がエポキシ系化合物である場合には、前記反応性官能基としては、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、アミド基等が挙げられ、これらの中でもエポキシ基との反応性が高いカルボキシ基が好ましい。ただし、半導体ウエハや半導体チップの回路の腐食を防止するという点では、前記反応性官能基はカルボキシ基以外の基であることが好ましい。 As the polymer (b) having no UV curable group and at least partially crosslinked by the crosslinking agent (f), for example, the reactive functional group in the polymer (b) is the crosslinking agent (f) The thing which reacted with is mentioned.
The reactive functional group may be appropriately selected depending on the type of the crosslinking agent (f) and the like, and is not particularly limited. For example, when the crosslinking agent (f) is a polyisocyanate compound, examples of the reactive functional group include a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group and the like, and among these, a hydroxyl group having high reactivity with the isocyanate group. Is preferred. When the crosslinking agent (f) is an epoxy compound, examples of the reactive functional group include a carboxy group, an amino group, an amido group and the like, among which a carboxy having a high reactivity with the epoxy group Groups are preferred. However, it is preferable that the reactive functional group is a group other than a carboxy group in terms of preventing corrosion of the circuit of the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor chip.
前記反応性官能基を有する、紫外線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)としては、例えば、少なくとも前記反応性官能基を有するモノマーを重合させて得られたものが挙げられる。アクリル系重合体(b-1)の場合であれば、これを構成するモノマーとして挙げた、前記アクリル系モノマー及び非アクリル系モノマーのいずれか一方又は両方として、前記反応性官能基を有するものを用いればよい。反応性官能基として水酸基を有する前記重合体(b)としては、例えば、水酸基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステルを重合して得られたものが挙げられ、これ以外にも、先に挙げた前記アクリル系モノマー又は非アクリル系モノマーにおいて、1個又は2個以上の水素原子が前記反応性官能基で置換されてなるモノマーを重合して得られたものが挙げられる。
As a polymer (b) which does not have an ultraviolet curable group which has the said reactive functional group, the thing obtained by polymerizing the monomer which has at least the said reactive functional group is mentioned, for example. In the case of the acrylic polymer (b-1), those having the reactive functional group as one or both of the acrylic monomer and the non-acrylic monomer mentioned as the monomer constituting the polymer It may be used. As said polymer (b) which has a hydroxyl group as a reactive functional group, what was obtained by polymerizing a hydroxyl-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester is mentioned, for example, In addition to this, the said acrylics mentioned above What is obtained by polymerizing a monomer in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted by the reactive functional group among the system monomer or the non-acrylic monomer is mentioned.
反応性官能基を有する前記重合体(b)において、これを構成する構成単位の全量に対する、反応性官能基を有するモノマーから誘導された構成単位の量の割合(含有量)は、1~25質量%であることが好ましく、2~20質量%であることがより好ましい。前記割合がこのような範囲であることで、前記重合体(b)において、架橋の程度がより好ましい範囲となる。
In the polymer (b) having a reactive functional group, the ratio (content) of the amount of the structural unit derived from the monomer having the reactive functional group to the total amount of the constituent units constituting the polymer is 1 to 25 The content is preferably in the range of 2% by mass to 20% by mass. When the ratio is in such a range, in the polymer (b), the degree of crosslinking becomes a more preferable range.
紫外線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)の造膜性がより良好となる点から、10000~2000000であることが好ましく、100000~1500000であることがより好ましい。
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer (b) having no UV-curable group is from 10000 to 2000000, from the viewpoint that the film forming property of the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) becomes better. Is preferable, and 100000 to 1.500000 is more preferable.
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する、紫外線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
The composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film may contain only one type of polymer (b) having no ultraviolet curable group, or two or more types of polymers (b). When it is above, the combination and ratio of them can be selected arbitrarily.
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)としては、前記重合体(a1)及び前記化合物(a2)のいずれか一方又は両方を含有するものが挙げられる。そして、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)は、前記化合物(a2)を含有する場合、さらに紫外線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)も含有することが好ましく、この場合、さらに前記(a1)を含有することも好ましい。また、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)は、前記化合物(a2)を含有せず、前記重合体(a1)、及び紫外線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)をともに含有していてもよい。
The composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) includes one containing either one or both of the polymer (a1) and the compound (a2). And when the composition (IV-1) for protective film formation contains the said compound (a2), it is preferable to also contain the polymer (b) which does not have an ultraviolet curable group further, In this case, It is also preferable to contain (a1). In addition, the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) contains neither the compound (a2) but the polymer (a1) and the polymer (b) having no ultraviolet curable group. May be
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)が、前記重合体(a1)、前記化合物(a2)及び紫外線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)を含有する場合、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)において、前記化合物(a2)の含有量は、前記重合体(a1)及び紫外線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)の総含有量100質量部に対して、10~400質量部であることが好ましく、30~350質量部であることがより好ましい。
When the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) contains the polymer (a1), the compound (a2) and the polymer (b) having no ultraviolet curable group, the composition for forming a protective film ((1) In IV-1), the content of the compound (a2) is 10 to 400 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the polymer (a1) and the polymer (b) having no ultraviolet curable group. It is preferably part, and more preferably 30 to 350 parts by mass.
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)において、溶媒以外の成分の総含有量に対する、前記紫外線硬化性成分(a)及び紫外線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)の合計含有量の割合(すなわち、保護膜形成用フィルムの総質量に対する、保護膜形成用フィルムの前記紫外線硬化性成分(a)及び紫外線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)の合計含有量)は、5~90質量%であることが好ましく、10~80質量%であることがより好ましく、15~70質量%であることが特に好ましく、例えば、20~60質量%、及び25~50質量%のいずれかであってもよい。前記合計含有量の割合がこのような範囲であることで、保護膜形成用フィルムの紫外線硬化性がより良好となる。
In the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1), the ratio of the total content of the ultraviolet ray curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no ultraviolet ray curable group to the total content of components other than the solvent (That is, the total content of the ultraviolet ray curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no ultraviolet ray curable group in the film for protective film formation relative to the total mass of the film for protective film formation) is from 5 to 90 It is preferably mass%, more preferably 10 to 80 mass%, particularly preferably 15 to 70 mass%, and for example, 20 to 60 mass% and 25 to 50 mass%. It may be. By the ratio of the said total content being such a range, the ultraviolet curability of the film for protective film formation becomes more favorable.
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)が前記紫外線硬化性成分(a)及び紫外線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)を含有する場合、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、前記重合体(b)の含有量は、紫外線硬化性成分(a)の含有量100質量部に対して、50~400質量部であることが好ましく、100~350質量部であることがより好ましく、150~300質量部であることが特に好ましい。前記重合体(b)の前記含有量がこのような範囲であることで、保護膜形成用フィルムの紫外線硬化性がより良好となる。
When the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) contains the ultraviolet ray curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no ultraviolet ray curable group, the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and In the protective film-forming film, the content of the polymer (b) is preferably 50 to 400 parts by mass, preferably 100 to 350 parts by mass, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the ultraviolet curable component (a). It is more preferably part, and particularly preferably 150 to 300 parts by mass. The ultraviolet curability of the film for protective film formation becomes more favorable because the said content of the said polymer (b) is such a range.
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)は、目的に応じて、紫外線硬化性成分(a)、紫外線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)以外の、光重合開始剤(c)、充填材(d)、カップリング剤(e)、架橋剤(f)、着色剤(g)、熱硬化性成分(h)、硬化促進剤(i)、及び汎用添加剤(z)からなる群より選択される1種又は2種以上を含有していてもよい。
例えば、前記紫外線硬化性成分(a)及び熱硬化性成分(h)を含有する保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)を用いることにより、形成される保護膜形成用フィルムは、加熱によって被着体に対する接着力が向上し、この保護膜形成用フィルムから形成された保護膜の強度も向上する。 The composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) comprises, according to the purpose, a UV curable component (a), a photopolymerization initiator (c) other than a polymer (b) having no UV curable group, and a filling Materials (d), coupling agents (e), crosslinking agents (f), colorants (g), thermosetting components (h), curing accelerators (i), and general purpose additives (z) You may contain 1 type, or 2 or more types selected.
For example, by using the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) containing the ultraviolet ray curable component (a) and the thermosetting component (h), the film for forming a protective film formed is heated by heating. The adhesion to the adherend is improved, and the strength of the protective film formed from the protective film-forming film is also improved.
例えば、前記紫外線硬化性成分(a)及び熱硬化性成分(h)を含有する保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)を用いることにより、形成される保護膜形成用フィルムは、加熱によって被着体に対する接着力が向上し、この保護膜形成用フィルムから形成された保護膜の強度も向上する。 The composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) comprises, according to the purpose, a UV curable component (a), a photopolymerization initiator (c) other than a polymer (b) having no UV curable group, and a filling Materials (d), coupling agents (e), crosslinking agents (f), colorants (g), thermosetting components (h), curing accelerators (i), and general purpose additives (z) You may contain 1 type, or 2 or more types selected.
For example, by using the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) containing the ultraviolet ray curable component (a) and the thermosetting component (h), the film for forming a protective film formed is heated by heating. The adhesion to the adherend is improved, and the strength of the protective film formed from the protective film-forming film is also improved.
[光重合開始剤(c)]
光重合開始剤(c)としては、例えば、ベンゾイン、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインエチルエーテル、ベンゾインイソプロピルエーテル、ベンゾインイソブチルエーテル、ベンゾイン安息香酸、ベンゾイン安息香酸メチル、及びベンゾインジメチルケタール等のベンゾイン化合物;アセトフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニル-プロパン-1-オン、及び2,2-ジメトキシ-1,2-ジフェニルエタン-1-オン等のアセトフェノン化合物;ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)フェニルフォスフィンオキサイド、及び2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイルジフェニルフォスフィンオキサイド等のアシルフォスフィンオキサイド化合物;ベンジルフェニルスルフィド、及びテトラメチルチウラムモノスルフィド等のスルフィド化合物;1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン等のα-ケトール化合物;アゾビスイソブチロニトリル等のアゾ化合物;チタノセン等のチタノセン化合物;チオキサントン等のチオキサントン化合物;ベンゾフェノン、及び2-(ジメチルアミノ)-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)-2-ベンジル-1-ブタノン、エタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(O-アセチルオキシム)等のベンゾフェノン化合物;パーオキサイド化合物;ジアセチル等のジケトン化合物;ベンジル;ジベンジル;2,4-ジエチルチオキサントン;1,2-ジフェニルメタン;2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-[4-(1-メチルビニル)フェニル]プロパノン;及び2-クロロアントラキノン等が挙げられる。
また、光重合開始剤(c)としては、例えば、1-クロロアントラキノン等のキノン化合物;及びアミン等の光増感剤等を用いることもできる。 [Photoinitiator (c)]
Examples of the photopolymerization initiator (c) include benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, methyl benzoin benzoate, and benzoin dimethyl ketal; acetophenone, Acetophenone compounds such as 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one and 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethan-1-one; bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) ) Acyl phosphine oxide compounds such as phenyl phosphine oxide and 2,4,6-trimethyl benzoyl diphenyl phosphine oxide; benzyl phenyl sulfide, and tetramethylthiuram monosulphie Sulfide compounds such as 1; α-ketol compounds such as 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone; azo compounds such as azobis isobutyro nitrile; titanocene compounds such as titanocene; thioxanthone compounds such as thioxanthone; benzophenone, and 2- (dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -2-benzyl-1-butanone, ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (O Benzophenone compounds such as -acetyl oxime; peroxide compounds; diketone compounds such as diacetyl; benzyl; dibenzyl; 2,4-diethylthioxanthone; 1,2-diphenylmethane; 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1- [4- ( 1-methylvinyl) phenyl] propanone; and And 2-chloroanthraquinone and the like.
Further, as the photopolymerization initiator (c), for example, a quinone compound such as 1-chloroanthraquinone; a photosensitizer such as an amine or the like can be used.
光重合開始剤(c)としては、例えば、ベンゾイン、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインエチルエーテル、ベンゾインイソプロピルエーテル、ベンゾインイソブチルエーテル、ベンゾイン安息香酸、ベンゾイン安息香酸メチル、及びベンゾインジメチルケタール等のベンゾイン化合物;アセトフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニル-プロパン-1-オン、及び2,2-ジメトキシ-1,2-ジフェニルエタン-1-オン等のアセトフェノン化合物;ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)フェニルフォスフィンオキサイド、及び2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイルジフェニルフォスフィンオキサイド等のアシルフォスフィンオキサイド化合物;ベンジルフェニルスルフィド、及びテトラメチルチウラムモノスルフィド等のスルフィド化合物;1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン等のα-ケトール化合物;アゾビスイソブチロニトリル等のアゾ化合物;チタノセン等のチタノセン化合物;チオキサントン等のチオキサントン化合物;ベンゾフェノン、及び2-(ジメチルアミノ)-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)-2-ベンジル-1-ブタノン、エタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(O-アセチルオキシム)等のベンゾフェノン化合物;パーオキサイド化合物;ジアセチル等のジケトン化合物;ベンジル;ジベンジル;2,4-ジエチルチオキサントン;1,2-ジフェニルメタン;2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-[4-(1-メチルビニル)フェニル]プロパノン;及び2-クロロアントラキノン等が挙げられる。
また、光重合開始剤(c)としては、例えば、1-クロロアントラキノン等のキノン化合物;及びアミン等の光増感剤等を用いることもできる。 [Photoinitiator (c)]
Examples of the photopolymerization initiator (c) include benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, methyl benzoin benzoate, and benzoin dimethyl ketal; acetophenone, Acetophenone compounds such as 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one and 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethan-1-one; bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) ) Acyl phosphine oxide compounds such as phenyl phosphine oxide and 2,4,6-trimethyl benzoyl diphenyl phosphine oxide; benzyl phenyl sulfide, and tetramethylthiuram monosulphie Sulfide compounds such as 1; α-ketol compounds such as 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone; azo compounds such as azobis isobutyro nitrile; titanocene compounds such as titanocene; thioxanthone compounds such as thioxanthone; benzophenone, and 2- (dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -2-benzyl-1-butanone, ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (O Benzophenone compounds such as -acetyl oxime; peroxide compounds; diketone compounds such as diacetyl; benzyl; dibenzyl; 2,4-diethylthioxanthone; 1,2-diphenylmethane; 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1- [4- ( 1-methylvinyl) phenyl] propanone; and And 2-chloroanthraquinone and the like.
Further, as the photopolymerization initiator (c), for example, a quinone compound such as 1-chloroanthraquinone; a photosensitizer such as an amine or the like can be used.
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)が含有する光重合開始剤(c)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
The composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film may contain only one type of photoinitiator, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. Can be selected.
光重合開始剤(c)を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)において、光重合開始剤(c)の含有量は、紫外線硬化性化合物(a)の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~20質量部であることが好ましく、0.03~15質量部であることがより好ましく、0.05~10質量部であることが特に好ましい。
When the photopolymerization initiator (c) is used, the content of the photopolymerization initiator (c) in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) is 100 parts by mass of the content of the ultraviolet curable compound (a) On the other hand, it is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.03 to 15 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass.
[充填材(d)]
保護膜形成用フィルムが充填材(d)を含有することにより、保護膜形成用フィルムの光線透過率を調整することができる。また、保護膜形成用フィルムが充填材(d)を含有することにより、保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化して得られた保護膜は、熱膨張係数の調整が容易となる。そして、この熱膨張係数を保護膜の形成対象物に対して最適化することで、保護膜形成用複合シートを用いて得られたパッケージの信頼性がより向上する。また、保護膜形成用フィルムが充填材(d)を含有することにより、保護膜の吸湿率を低減したり、放熱性を向上させたりすることもできる。
充填材(d)としては、例えば、熱伝導性材料からなるものが挙げられる。 [Filler (d)]
When the film for protective film formation contains a filler (d), the light transmittance of the film for protective film formation can be adjusted. Moreover, when the film for protective film formation contains a filler (d), adjustment of a thermal expansion coefficient of the protective film obtained by hardening the film for protective film formation becomes easy. And the reliability of the package obtained using the composite sheet for protective film formation improves more by optimizing this thermal expansion coefficient with respect to the formation object of a protective film. Moreover, when the film for protective film formation contains a filler (d), the moisture absorption rate of a protective film can be reduced and heat dissipation can also be improved.
As a filler (d), what consists of heat conductive materials is mentioned, for example.
保護膜形成用フィルムが充填材(d)を含有することにより、保護膜形成用フィルムの光線透過率を調整することができる。また、保護膜形成用フィルムが充填材(d)を含有することにより、保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化して得られた保護膜は、熱膨張係数の調整が容易となる。そして、この熱膨張係数を保護膜の形成対象物に対して最適化することで、保護膜形成用複合シートを用いて得られたパッケージの信頼性がより向上する。また、保護膜形成用フィルムが充填材(d)を含有することにより、保護膜の吸湿率を低減したり、放熱性を向上させたりすることもできる。
充填材(d)としては、例えば、熱伝導性材料からなるものが挙げられる。 [Filler (d)]
When the film for protective film formation contains a filler (d), the light transmittance of the film for protective film formation can be adjusted. Moreover, when the film for protective film formation contains a filler (d), adjustment of a thermal expansion coefficient of the protective film obtained by hardening the film for protective film formation becomes easy. And the reliability of the package obtained using the composite sheet for protective film formation improves more by optimizing this thermal expansion coefficient with respect to the formation object of a protective film. Moreover, when the film for protective film formation contains a filler (d), the moisture absorption rate of a protective film can be reduced and heat dissipation can also be improved.
As a filler (d), what consists of heat conductive materials is mentioned, for example.
充填材(d)は、有機充填材及び無機充填材のいずれでもよいが、無機充填材であることが好ましい。
好ましい無機充填材としては、例えば、シリカ、アルミナ、タルク、炭酸カルシウム、チタンホワイト、ベンガラ、炭化ケイ素、及び窒化ホウ素等の粉末;これら無機充填材を球形化したビーズ;これら無機充填材の表面改質品;これら無機充填材の単結晶繊維;及びガラス繊維等が挙げられる。
これらの中でも、無機充填材は、シリカ又はアルミナであることが好ましい。 The filler (d) may be either an organic filler or an inorganic filler, but is preferably an inorganic filler.
Preferred inorganic fillers include, for example, powders such as silica, alumina, talc, calcium carbonate, titanium white, iron oxide, silicon carbide, and boron nitride; beads obtained by spheroidizing these inorganic fillers; and surface modification of these inorganic fillers Articles; single crystal fibers of these inorganic fillers; and glass fibers.
Among these, the inorganic filler is preferably silica or alumina.
好ましい無機充填材としては、例えば、シリカ、アルミナ、タルク、炭酸カルシウム、チタンホワイト、ベンガラ、炭化ケイ素、及び窒化ホウ素等の粉末;これら無機充填材を球形化したビーズ;これら無機充填材の表面改質品;これら無機充填材の単結晶繊維;及びガラス繊維等が挙げられる。
これらの中でも、無機充填材は、シリカ又はアルミナであることが好ましい。 The filler (d) may be either an organic filler or an inorganic filler, but is preferably an inorganic filler.
Preferred inorganic fillers include, for example, powders such as silica, alumina, talc, calcium carbonate, titanium white, iron oxide, silicon carbide, and boron nitride; beads obtained by spheroidizing these inorganic fillers; and surface modification of these inorganic fillers Articles; single crystal fibers of these inorganic fillers; and glass fibers.
Among these, the inorganic filler is preferably silica or alumina.
充填材(d)の平均粒子径は、特に限定されないが、0.01~20μmであることが好ましく、0.1~15μmであることがより好ましく、0.3~10μmであることが特に好ましく、3~10μmがさらに好ましい。充填材(d)の平均粒子径がこのような範囲であることで、保護膜の形成対象物に対する接着性を維持しつつ、保護膜の光の透過率の低下を抑制できる。
なお、本明細書において「平均粒子径」とは、特に断りのない限り、レーザー回折散乱法によって求められた粒度分布曲線における、積算値50%での粒子径(D50)の値を意味する。 The average particle size of the filler (d) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01 to 20 μm, more preferably 0.1 to 15 μm, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 10 μm. And 3 to 10 μm are more preferable. When the average particle diameter of the filler (d) is in such a range, it is possible to suppress the decrease in the light transmittance of the protective film while maintaining the adhesiveness to the object on which the protective film is to be formed.
In the present specification, “average particle size” means the value of particle size (D 50 ) at an integrated value of 50% in the particle size distribution curve determined by the laser diffraction scattering method, unless otherwise specified. .
なお、本明細書において「平均粒子径」とは、特に断りのない限り、レーザー回折散乱法によって求められた粒度分布曲線における、積算値50%での粒子径(D50)の値を意味する。 The average particle size of the filler (d) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01 to 20 μm, more preferably 0.1 to 15 μm, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 10 μm. And 3 to 10 μm are more preferable. When the average particle diameter of the filler (d) is in such a range, it is possible to suppress the decrease in the light transmittance of the protective film while maintaining the adhesiveness to the object on which the protective film is to be formed.
In the present specification, “average particle size” means the value of particle size (D 50 ) at an integrated value of 50% in the particle size distribution curve determined by the laser diffraction scattering method, unless otherwise specified. .
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する充填材(d)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
The composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film and the filler (d) contained in the film for forming a protective film may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, a combination thereof And the ratio can be selected arbitrarily.
充填材(d)を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)において、溶媒以外の全ての成分の総含有量に対する充填材(d)の含有量の割合(すなわち、保護膜形成用フィルムの充填材(d)の含有量)は、10~85質量%であることが好ましく、20~80質量%であることがより好ましく、30~75質量%であることが特に好ましく、例えば、40~70質量%、及び45~65質量%のいずれかであってもよい。充填材(d)の含有量がこのような範囲であることで、上記の熱膨張係数の調整がより容易となる。
When the filler (d) is used, in the composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film, the ratio of the content of the filler (d) to the total content of all the components other than the solvent (that is, for forming a protective film) The content of the filler (d) in the film is preferably 10 to 85% by mass, more preferably 20 to 80% by mass, and particularly preferably 30 to 75% by mass, for example, It may be 40 to 70% by mass, and 45 to 65% by mass. When the content of the filler (d) is in such a range, the adjustment of the thermal expansion coefficient becomes easier.
[カップリング剤(e)]
カップリング剤(e)として、無機化合物又は有機化合物と反応可能な官能基を有するものを用いることにより、保護膜形成用フィルムの被着体に対する接着性及び密着性を向上させることができる。また、カップリング剤(e)を用いることで、保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化して得られた保護膜は、耐熱性を損なうことなく、耐水性が向上する。 [Coupling agent (e)]
By using a coupling agent (e) having a functional group capable of reacting with an inorganic compound or an organic compound, the adhesion and adhesiveness of the protective film-forming film to the adherend can be improved. Further, by using the coupling agent (e), the protective film obtained by curing the protective film-forming film is improved in water resistance without impairing the heat resistance.
カップリング剤(e)として、無機化合物又は有機化合物と反応可能な官能基を有するものを用いることにより、保護膜形成用フィルムの被着体に対する接着性及び密着性を向上させることができる。また、カップリング剤(e)を用いることで、保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化して得られた保護膜は、耐熱性を損なうことなく、耐水性が向上する。 [Coupling agent (e)]
By using a coupling agent (e) having a functional group capable of reacting with an inorganic compound or an organic compound, the adhesion and adhesiveness of the protective film-forming film to the adherend can be improved. Further, by using the coupling agent (e), the protective film obtained by curing the protective film-forming film is improved in water resistance without impairing the heat resistance.
カップリング剤(e)は、紫外線硬化性成分(a)、紫外線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)等が有する官能基と反応可能な官能基を有する化合物であることが好ましく、シランカップリング剤であることがより好ましい。
好ましい前記シランカップリング剤としては、例えば、3-グリシジルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-グリシジルオキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、3-グリシジルオキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-グリシジルオキシメチルジエトキシシラン、2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロイルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-(2-アミノエチルアミノ)プロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-(2-アミノエチルアミノ)プロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、3-(フェニルアミノ)プロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アニリノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-ウレイドプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、ビス(3-トリエトキシシリルプロピル)テトラスルファン、メチルトリメトキシシラン、メチルトリエトキシシラン、ビニルトリメトキシシラン、ビニルトリアセトキシシラン、及びイミダゾールシラン等が挙げられる。 The coupling agent (e) is preferably a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with a functional group possessed by the ultraviolet ray curable component (a), the polymer (b) having no ultraviolet ray curable group, etc., and a silane cup It is more preferable that it is a ring agent.
Preferred examples of the silane coupling agent include 3-glycidyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxymethyldiethoxysilane, 2- (3,4-Epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (2-aminoethylamino) propyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (2-amino) Ethylamino) propylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3- (phenylamino) propyltrimethoxysilane, 3-anilinopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyl Trimethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, bis (3-triethoxysilylpropyl) tetrasulfane, methyltrimethoxysilane, methyltriethoxysilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriacetoxysilane, imidazolesilane, etc. It can be mentioned.
好ましい前記シランカップリング剤としては、例えば、3-グリシジルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-グリシジルオキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、3-グリシジルオキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-グリシジルオキシメチルジエトキシシラン、2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロイルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-(2-アミノエチルアミノ)プロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-(2-アミノエチルアミノ)プロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、3-(フェニルアミノ)プロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アニリノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-ウレイドプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、ビス(3-トリエトキシシリルプロピル)テトラスルファン、メチルトリメトキシシラン、メチルトリエトキシシラン、ビニルトリメトキシシラン、ビニルトリアセトキシシラン、及びイミダゾールシラン等が挙げられる。 The coupling agent (e) is preferably a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with a functional group possessed by the ultraviolet ray curable component (a), the polymer (b) having no ultraviolet ray curable group, etc., and a silane cup It is more preferable that it is a ring agent.
Preferred examples of the silane coupling agent include 3-glycidyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxymethyldiethoxysilane, 2- (3,4-Epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (2-aminoethylamino) propyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (2-amino) Ethylamino) propylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3- (phenylamino) propyltrimethoxysilane, 3-anilinopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyl Trimethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, bis (3-triethoxysilylpropyl) tetrasulfane, methyltrimethoxysilane, methyltriethoxysilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriacetoxysilane, imidazolesilane, etc. It can be mentioned.
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有するカップリング剤(e)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
The composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film and the coupling agent (e) contained in the film for forming a protective film may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, Combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
カップリング剤(e)を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、カップリング剤(e)の含有量は、紫外線硬化性成分(a)及び紫外線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)の総含有量100質量部に対して、0.03~20質量部であることが好ましく、0.05~10質量部であることがより好ましく、0.1~5質量部であることが特に好ましい。カップリング剤(e)の前記含有量が前記下限値以上であることで、充填材(d)の樹脂への分散性の向上や、保護膜形成用フィルムの被着体との接着性の向上など、カップリング剤(e)を用いたことによる効果がより顕著に得られる。また、カップリング剤(e)の前記含有量が前記上限値以下であることで、アウトガスの発生がより抑制される。
When the coupling agent (e) is used, the content of the coupling agent (e) in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film is the ultraviolet curable component (a) and the ultraviolet curing The amount is preferably 0.03 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the polymer (b) having no functional group. Particularly preferred is 1 to 5 parts by mass. When the content of the coupling agent (e) is at least the lower limit value, the dispersibility of the filler (d) in the resin is improved, and the adhesion of the film for protective film formation to the adherend is improved. The effect of using the coupling agent (e) can be obtained more remarkably. Moreover, generation | occurrence | production of an outgas is suppressed more because the said content of a coupling agent (e) is below the said upper limit.
[架橋剤(f)]
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)は、架橋剤(f)を含んでいてもよい。架橋剤(f)を用いて、上述の紫外線硬化性成分(a)や紫外線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)を架橋することにより、保護膜形成用フィルムの初期接着力及び凝集力を調節できる。 [Crosslinking agent (f)]
The composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) may contain a crosslinking agent (f). By crosslinking the above-mentioned ultraviolet ray curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no ultraviolet ray curable group using the crosslinking agent (f), the initial adhesion and cohesion of the protective film-forming film can be obtained. It can be adjusted.
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)は、架橋剤(f)を含んでいてもよい。架橋剤(f)を用いて、上述の紫外線硬化性成分(a)や紫外線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)を架橋することにより、保護膜形成用フィルムの初期接着力及び凝集力を調節できる。 [Crosslinking agent (f)]
The composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) may contain a crosslinking agent (f). By crosslinking the above-mentioned ultraviolet ray curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no ultraviolet ray curable group using the crosslinking agent (f), the initial adhesion and cohesion of the protective film-forming film can be obtained. It can be adjusted.
架橋剤(f)としては、例えば、有機多価イソシアネート化合物、有機多価イミン化合物、金属キレート系架橋剤(金属キレート構造を有する架橋剤)、及びアジリジン系架橋剤(アジリジニル基を有する架橋剤)等が挙げられる。
Examples of the crosslinking agent (f) include organic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, organic polyvalent imine compounds, metal chelate type crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having a metal chelate structure), and aziridine type crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having an aziridinyl group) Etc.
前記有機多価イソシアネート化合物としては、例えば、芳香族多価イソシアネート化合物、脂肪族多価イソシアネート化合物及び脂環族多価イソシアネート化合物(以下、これら化合物をまとめて「芳香族多価イソシアネート化合物等」と略記することがある);前記芳香族多価イソシアネート化合物等の三量体、イソシアヌレート体及びアダクト体;前記芳香族多価イソシアネート化合物等とポリオール化合物とを反応させて得られる末端イソシアネートウレタンプレポリマー等が挙げられる。前記「アダクト体」は、前記芳香族多価イソシアネート化合物、脂肪族多価イソシアネート化合物又は脂環族多価イソシアネート化合物と、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ネオペンチルグリコール、トリメチロールプロパン又はヒマシ油等の低分子活性水素含有化合物との反応物を意味する。前記アダクト体の例としては、後述するようなトリメチロールプロパンのキシリレンジイソシアネート付加物等が挙げられる。また、「末端イソシアネートウレタンプレポリマー」とは、ウレタン結合を有するとともに、分子の末端部にイソシアネート基を有するプレポリマーを意味する。
As the organic polyvalent isocyanate compound, for example, an aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, an aliphatic polyvalent isocyanate compound and an alicyclic polyvalent isocyanate compound (hereinafter, these compounds are collectively referred to as “aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound etc.” Abbreviated in some cases); trimers such as the above-mentioned aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, isocyanurates and adducts; terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymers obtained by reacting the above-mentioned aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds and the like with a polyol compound Etc. The “adduct” includes the above-mentioned aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, aliphatic polyvalent isocyanate compound or alicyclic polyvalent isocyanate compound, and low contents such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, trimethylolpropane or castor oil It means a reactant with a molecule active hydrogen-containing compound. Examples of the adduct include xylylene diisocyanate adduct of trimethylolpropane as described later, and the like. Also, "terminated isocyanate urethane prepolymer" means a prepolymer having a urethane bond and having an isocyanate group at the terminal of the molecule.
前記有機多価イソシアネート化合物として、より具体的には、例えば、2,4-トリレンジイソシアネート;2,6-トリレンジイソシアネート;1,3-キシリレンジイソシアネート;1,4-キシレンジイソシアネート;ジフェニルメタン-4,4’-ジイソシアネート;ジフェニルメタン-2,4’-ジイソシアネート;3-メチルジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート;ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート;イソホロンジイソシアネート;ジシクロヘキシルメタン-4,4’-ジイソシアネート;ジシクロヘキシルメタン-2,4’-ジイソシアネート;トリメチロールプロパン等のポリオールのすべて又は一部の水酸基に、トリレンジイソシアネート、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート及びキシリレンジイソシアネートのいずれか1種又は2種以上が付加した化合物;及びリジンジイソシアネート等が挙げられる。
More specifically, as the organic polyvalent isocyanate compound, for example, 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate; 2,6-tolylene diisocyanate; 1,3-xylylene diisocyanate; 1,4-xylene diisocyanate; diphenylmethane-4 Diphenylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; 3-methyldiphenylmethane diisocyanate; hexamethylene diisocyanate; isophorone diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; trimethylol Any one of tolylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate and xylylene diisocyanate in the hydroxyl groups of all or part of a polyol such as propane Or two or more compounds are added; and lysine diisocyanate.
前記有機多価イミン化合物としては、例えば、N,N’-ジフェニルメタン-4,4’-ビス(1-アジリジンカルボキシアミド)、トリメチロールプロパン-トリ-β-アジリジニルプロピオネート、テトラメチロールメタン-トリ-β-アジリジニルプロピオネート、及びN,N’-トルエン-2,4-ビス(1-アジリジンカルボキシアミド)トリエチレンメラミン等が挙げられる。
Examples of the organic polyhydric imine compound include N, N′-diphenylmethane-4,4′-bis (1-aziridinecarboxamide), trimethylolpropane-tri-β-aziridinyl propionate, and tetramethylolmethane. -Tri-β-aziridinyl propionate, N, N'-toluene-2,4-bis (1-aziridine carboxamide) triethylene melamine and the like.
架橋剤(f)として有機多価イソシアネート化合物を用いる場合、紫外線硬化性成分(a)又は紫外線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)としては、水酸基含有重合体を用いることが好ましい。架橋剤(f)がイソシアネート基を有し、紫外線硬化性成分(a)又は紫外線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)が水酸基を有する場合、架橋剤(f)と紫外線硬化性成分(a)又は紫外線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)との反応によって、保護膜形成用フィルムに架橋構造を簡便に導入できる。
When using an organic polyvalent isocyanate compound as the crosslinking agent (f), it is preferable to use a hydroxyl group-containing polymer as the ultraviolet ray curable component (a) or the polymer (b) having no ultraviolet ray curable group. When the crosslinking agent (f) has an isocyanate group and the ultraviolet ray curable component (a) or the polymer (b) not having an ultraviolet ray curable group has a hydroxyl group, the crosslinking agent (f) and the ultraviolet ray curable component (a) Or a reaction with the polymer (b) having no ultraviolet curable group, a crosslinked structure can be easily introduced into the protective film-forming film.
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する架橋剤(f)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
The composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the crosslinking agent (f) contained in the film for forming a protective film may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, a combination thereof And the ratio can be selected arbitrarily.
架橋剤(f)を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)において、架橋剤(f)の含有量は、紫外線硬化性成分(a)及び紫外線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)の総含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~20質量部であることが好ましく、0.1~10質量部であることがより好ましく、0.5~5質量部であることが特に好ましい。架橋剤(f)の前記含有量が前記下限値以上であることで、架橋剤(f)を用いたことによる効果がより顕著に得られる。また、架橋剤(f)の前記含有量が前記上限値以下であることで、架橋剤(f)の過剰使用が抑制される。
When the crosslinking agent (f) is used, the content of the crosslinking agent (f) in the composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film is a polymer having no ultraviolet ray curable component (a) and no ultraviolet ray curable group ( 0.01 to 20 parts by mass is preferable, and 0.1 to 10 parts by mass is more preferable, and 0.5 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total content of b) Is particularly preferred. When the content of the crosslinking agent (f) is equal to or more than the lower limit value, the effect of using the crosslinking agent (f) can be more remarkably obtained. Moreover, the excess use of a crosslinking agent (f) is suppressed because the said content of a crosslinking agent (f) is below the said upper limit.
[着色剤(g)]
着色剤(g)としては、例えば、無機系顔料、有機系顔料、及び有機系染料等、公知のものが挙げられる。 [Colorant (g)]
As a coloring agent (g), well-known things, such as an inorganic type pigment, an organic type pigment, and an organic type dye, are mentioned, for example.
着色剤(g)としては、例えば、無機系顔料、有機系顔料、及び有機系染料等、公知のものが挙げられる。 [Colorant (g)]
As a coloring agent (g), well-known things, such as an inorganic type pigment, an organic type pigment, and an organic type dye, are mentioned, for example.
前記有機系顔料及び有機系染料としては、例えば、アミニウム系色素、シアニン系色素、メロシアニン系色素、クロコニウム系色素、スクアリウム系色素、アズレニウム系色素、ポリメチン系色素、ナフトキノン系色素、ピリリウム系色素、フタロシアニン系色素、ナフタロシアニン系色素、ナフトラクタム系色素、アゾ系色素、縮合アゾ系色素、インジゴ系色素、ペリノン系色素、ペリレン系色素、ジオキサジン系色素、キナクリドン系色素、イソインドリノン系色素、キノフタロン系色素、ピロール系色素、チオインジゴ系色素、金属錯体系色素(金属錯塩染料)、ジチオール金属錯体系色素、インドールフェノール系色素、トリアリルメタン系色素、アントラキノン系色素、ナフトール系色素、アゾメチン系色素、ベンズイミダゾロン系色素、ピランスロン系色素及びスレン系色素等が挙げられる。
Examples of the organic pigments and organic dyes include aminium dyes, cyanine dyes, merocyanine dyes, croconium dyes, squalium dyes, azulenium dyes, polymethine dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, pyrilium dyes, and phthalocyanines. Dyes, naphthalocyanine dyes, naphtholactam dyes, azo dyes, condensed azo dyes, indigo dyes, perinone dyes, perylene dyes, dioxazine dyes, quinacridone dyes, isoindolinone dyes, quinophthalone dyes , Pyrrole dyes, thioindigo dyes, metal complex dyes (metal complex dyes), dithiol metal complex dyes, indolephenol dyes, triallylmethane dyes, anthraquinone dyes, naphthol dyes, azomethine dyes, benzimidazo The Systems dyes, pyranthrone pigments and threne dyes.
前記無機系顔料としては、例えば、カーボンブラック、コバルト系色素、鉄系色素、クロム系色素、チタン系色素、バナジウム系色素、ジルコニウム系色素、モリブデン系色素、ルテニウム系色素、白金系色素、ITO(インジウムスズオキサイド)系色素、及びATO(アンチモンスズオキサイド)系色素等が挙げられる。
Examples of the inorganic pigment include carbon black, cobalt dyes, iron dyes, chromium dyes, titanium dyes, vanadium dyes, zirconium dyes, molybdenum dyes, ruthenium dyes, platinum dyes, ITO ( Indium tin oxide) dyes, ATO (antimony tin oxide) dyes and the like can be mentioned.
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する着色剤(g)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムの波長350nmの光線透過率が20%以下、波長550nmの光線透過率が25%以下、波長1600nmの光線透過率が25%以上となるよう調整される。着色剤(g)は、少なくとも青色系色素を含有することが好ましく、青色系色素、黄色系色素、及び赤色系色素を含有することがより好ましい。ここで、青色系色素としては、例えばフタロシアニン系色素が好ましく、黄色系色素としては、例えばイソインドリノン系色素が好ましく、赤色系色素としては、例えばアントラキノン系色素が好ましい。
The composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film and the colorant (g) contained in the film for forming a protective film may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, a combination thereof The ratio of the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film is 20% or less at 20 nm wavelength light transmittance, 25% or less at 550 nm wavelength light transmittance, and 1600 nm wavelength light transmittance Is adjusted to be 25% or more. The colorant (g) preferably contains at least a blue pigment, and more preferably contains a blue pigment, a yellow pigment, and a red pigment. Here, as the blue dye, for example, a phthalocyanine dye is preferable, and as the yellow dye, for example, an isoindolinone dye is preferable, and as the red dye, for example, an anthraquinone dye is preferable.
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムの着色剤(g)の含有量は、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムの波長350nmの光線透過率が20%以下、波長550nmの光線透過率が25%以下、波長1600nmの光線透過率が25%以上となるよう調節される。
The content of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the coloring agent (g) of the protective film-forming film is the light beam of 350 nm wavelength of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film The transmittance is adjusted to be 20% or less, the light transmittance at a wavelength of 550 nm is 25% or less, and the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm is 25% or more.
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムの波長350nmの光線透過率が20%以下となるように、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムにおける青色系色素の含有量を、着色剤(g)の総含有量100質量部に対して、25~50質量部とすることが好ましい。
Composition for protective film formation (IV-1) and film for protective film formation such that the light transmittance at a wavelength of 350 nm of the film for protective film formation is 20% or less Preferably, the content of the blue dye in the above is 25 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the coloring agent (g).
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)において、溶媒以外の全ての成分の総含有量に対する着色剤(g)の含有量の割合(すなわち、保護膜形成用フィルムの着色剤(g)の含有量)は、0.1~10質量%であることが好ましく、0.4~7.5質量%であることがより好ましく、0.8~5質量%であることが特に好ましい。着色剤(g)の前記含有量が前記下限値以上であることで、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムの波長350nmの光線透過率が20%以下、波長550nmの光線透過率が25%以下、波長1600nmの光線透過率が25%以上となるよう調整される。また、着色剤(g)の前記含有量が前記上限値以下であることで、着色剤(g)の過剰使用が抑制される。
In the composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film, the ratio of the content of the colorant (g) to the total content of all the components other than the solvent (that is, the content of the colorant (g) in the film for forming a protective film) The amount is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.4 to 7.5% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.8 to 5% by mass. When the content of the coloring agent (g) is at least the lower limit value, the light transmittance of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film at a wavelength of 350 nm is 20% or less, and the wavelength of 550 nm The light transmittance of the light source is adjusted to 25% or less, and the light transmittance of the wavelength 1600 nm is 25% or more. Moreover, the excess use of a coloring agent (g) is suppressed because the said content of a coloring agent (g) is below the said upper limit.
[熱硬化性成分(h)]
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムは、熱硬化性成分(h)を含んでいてもよい。保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する熱硬化性成分(h)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 [Thermosetting component (h)]
The composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film may contain a thermosetting component (h). The composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film and the thermosetting component (h) contained in the film for forming a protective film may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, The combination and ratio of can be selected arbitrarily.
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムは、熱硬化性成分(h)を含んでいてもよい。保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する熱硬化性成分(h)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 [Thermosetting component (h)]
The composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film may contain a thermosetting component (h). The composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film and the thermosetting component (h) contained in the film for forming a protective film may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, The combination and ratio of can be selected arbitrarily.
熱硬化性成分(h)としては、例えば、エポキシ系熱硬化性樹脂、熱硬化性ポリイミド、ポリウレタン、不飽和ポリエステル、及びシリコーン樹脂等が挙げられ、エポキシ系熱硬化性樹脂が好ましい。
As a thermosetting component (h), an epoxy-type thermosetting resin, a thermosetting polyimide, polyurethane, unsaturated polyester, a silicone resin etc. are mentioned, for example, An epoxy-type thermosetting resin is preferable.
(エポキシ系熱硬化性樹脂)
エポキシ系熱硬化性樹脂は、エポキシ樹脂(h1)及び熱硬化剤(h2)からなる。
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有するエポキシ系熱硬化性樹脂は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 (Epoxy-based thermosetting resin)
The epoxy-based thermosetting resin comprises an epoxy resin (h1) and a thermosetting agent (h2).
The composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the epoxy thermosetting resin contained in the film for forming a protective film may be only one type, or two or more types, in the case of two or more types, Combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
エポキシ系熱硬化性樹脂は、エポキシ樹脂(h1)及び熱硬化剤(h2)からなる。
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有するエポキシ系熱硬化性樹脂は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 (Epoxy-based thermosetting resin)
The epoxy-based thermosetting resin comprises an epoxy resin (h1) and a thermosetting agent (h2).
The composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the epoxy thermosetting resin contained in the film for forming a protective film may be only one type, or two or more types, in the case of two or more types, Combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
・エポキシ樹脂(h1)
エポキシ樹脂(h1)としては、公知のものが挙げられ、例えば、多官能系エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニル化合物、ビスフェノールAジグリシジルエーテル及びその水添物、オルソクレゾールノボラックエポキシ樹脂、ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、及びフェニレン骨格型エポキシ樹脂等の、2官能以上のエポキシ化合物が挙げられる。 ・ Epoxy resin (h1)
As an epoxy resin (h1), a well-known thing is mentioned, For example, a polyfunctional epoxy resin, a biphenyl compound, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether and its hydrogenated substance, an ortho cresol novolak epoxy resin, a dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin, Examples thereof include bifunctional or higher epoxy compounds such as biphenyl type epoxy resin, bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, and phenylene skeleton type epoxy resin.
エポキシ樹脂(h1)としては、公知のものが挙げられ、例えば、多官能系エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニル化合物、ビスフェノールAジグリシジルエーテル及びその水添物、オルソクレゾールノボラックエポキシ樹脂、ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、及びフェニレン骨格型エポキシ樹脂等の、2官能以上のエポキシ化合物が挙げられる。 ・ Epoxy resin (h1)
As an epoxy resin (h1), a well-known thing is mentioned, For example, a polyfunctional epoxy resin, a biphenyl compound, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether and its hydrogenated substance, an ortho cresol novolak epoxy resin, a dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin, Examples thereof include bifunctional or higher epoxy compounds such as biphenyl type epoxy resin, bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, and phenylene skeleton type epoxy resin.
エポキシ樹脂(h1)としては、不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂を用いてもよい。不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂は、不飽和炭化水素基を有しないエポキシ樹脂よりもアクリル系樹脂との相溶性が高い。そのため、不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂を用いることで、保護膜形成用複合シートを用いて得られたパッケージの信頼性が向上する。
As the epoxy resin (h1), an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group may be used. An epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group has higher compatibility with an acrylic resin than an epoxy resin having no unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Therefore, the reliability of the package obtained using the composite sheet for protective film formation improves by using the epoxy resin which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂としては、例えば、多官能系エポキシ樹脂のエポキシ基の一部が不飽和炭化水素基を有する基に変換されてなる化合物が挙げられる。このような化合物は、例えば、エポキシ基へ(メタ)アクリル酸又はその誘導体を付加反応させることにより得られる。
また、不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂としては、例えば、エポキシ樹脂を構成する芳香環等に、不飽和炭化水素基を有する基が直接結合した化合物等が挙げられる。
不飽和炭化水素基は、重合性を有する不飽和基であり、その具体的な例としては、エテニル基(ビニル基ともいう)、2-プロペニル基(アリル基ともいう)、(メタ)アクリロイル基、及び(メタ)アクリルアミド基等が挙げられ、アクリロイル基が好ましい。 As an epoxy resin which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, the compound formed by converting a part of epoxy group of polyfunctional epoxy resin into the group which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group is mentioned, for example. Such a compound can be obtained, for example, by addition reaction of (meth) acrylic acid or a derivative thereof to an epoxy group.
Moreover, as an epoxy resin which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, the compound etc. which the group which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group directly couple | bonded with the aromatic ring which comprises an epoxy resin, etc. are mentioned, for example.
The unsaturated hydrocarbon group is a polymerizable unsaturated group, and specific examples thereof include ethenyl group (also referred to as vinyl group), 2-propenyl group (also referred to as allyl group) and (meth) acryloyl group And (meth) acrylamide groups etc. are mentioned, and an acryloyl group is preferable.
また、不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂としては、例えば、エポキシ樹脂を構成する芳香環等に、不飽和炭化水素基を有する基が直接結合した化合物等が挙げられる。
不飽和炭化水素基は、重合性を有する不飽和基であり、その具体的な例としては、エテニル基(ビニル基ともいう)、2-プロペニル基(アリル基ともいう)、(メタ)アクリロイル基、及び(メタ)アクリルアミド基等が挙げられ、アクリロイル基が好ましい。 As an epoxy resin which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, the compound formed by converting a part of epoxy group of polyfunctional epoxy resin into the group which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group is mentioned, for example. Such a compound can be obtained, for example, by addition reaction of (meth) acrylic acid or a derivative thereof to an epoxy group.
Moreover, as an epoxy resin which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, the compound etc. which the group which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group directly couple | bonded with the aromatic ring which comprises an epoxy resin, etc. are mentioned, for example.
The unsaturated hydrocarbon group is a polymerizable unsaturated group, and specific examples thereof include ethenyl group (also referred to as vinyl group), 2-propenyl group (also referred to as allyl group) and (meth) acryloyl group And (meth) acrylamide groups etc. are mentioned, and an acryloyl group is preferable.
エポキシ樹脂(h1)の数平均分子量は、特に限定されないが、保護膜形成用フィルムの硬化性、並びに保護膜の強度及び耐熱性の点から、300~30000であることが好ましく、400~10000であることがより好ましく、500~3000であることが特に好ましい。
エポキシ樹脂(h1)のエポキシ当量は、100~1000g/eqであることが好ましく、150~800g/eqであることがより好ましい。 The number average molecular weight of the epoxy resin (h1) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 300 to 30000, and is 400 to 10000, from the viewpoint of the curability of the film for protective film formation and the strength and heat resistance of the protective film. And more preferably 500 to 3,000.
The epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin (h1) is preferably 100 to 1000 g / eq, and more preferably 150 to 800 g / eq.
エポキシ樹脂(h1)のエポキシ当量は、100~1000g/eqであることが好ましく、150~800g/eqであることがより好ましい。 The number average molecular weight of the epoxy resin (h1) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 300 to 30000, and is 400 to 10000, from the viewpoint of the curability of the film for protective film formation and the strength and heat resistance of the protective film. And more preferably 500 to 3,000.
The epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin (h1) is preferably 100 to 1000 g / eq, and more preferably 150 to 800 g / eq.
エポキシ樹脂(h1)は、1種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよく、2種以上を併用する場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
As the epoxy resin (h1), one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination, and when two or more types are used in combination, the combination and ratio thereof can be optionally selected.
・熱硬化剤(h2)
熱硬化剤(h2)は、エポキシ樹脂(h1)に対する硬化剤として機能する。
熱硬化剤(h2)としては、例えば、1分子中にエポキシ基と反応し得る官能基を2個以上有する化合物が挙げられる。前記官能基としては、例えば、フェノール性水酸基、アルコール性水酸基、アミノ基、カルボキシ基、及び酸基が無水物化された基等が挙げられ、フェノール性水酸基、アミノ基、又は酸基が無水物化された基であることが好ましく、フェノール性水酸基又はアミノ基であることがより好ましい。 ・ Heat curing agent (h2)
The heat curing agent (h2) functions as a curing agent for the epoxy resin (h1).
As a thermosetting agent (h2), the compound which has 2 or more of functional groups which can react with an epoxy group in 1 molecule is mentioned, for example. Examples of the functional group include a phenolic hydroxyl group, an alcoholic hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxy group, and a group in which an acid group is anhydrated, and the phenolic hydroxyl group, an amino group or an acid group is anastabilized. It is preferably a hydroxyl group, more preferably a phenolic hydroxyl group or an amino group.
熱硬化剤(h2)は、エポキシ樹脂(h1)に対する硬化剤として機能する。
熱硬化剤(h2)としては、例えば、1分子中にエポキシ基と反応し得る官能基を2個以上有する化合物が挙げられる。前記官能基としては、例えば、フェノール性水酸基、アルコール性水酸基、アミノ基、カルボキシ基、及び酸基が無水物化された基等が挙げられ、フェノール性水酸基、アミノ基、又は酸基が無水物化された基であることが好ましく、フェノール性水酸基又はアミノ基であることがより好ましい。 ・ Heat curing agent (h2)
The heat curing agent (h2) functions as a curing agent for the epoxy resin (h1).
As a thermosetting agent (h2), the compound which has 2 or more of functional groups which can react with an epoxy group in 1 molecule is mentioned, for example. Examples of the functional group include a phenolic hydroxyl group, an alcoholic hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxy group, and a group in which an acid group is anhydrated, and the phenolic hydroxyl group, an amino group or an acid group is anastabilized. It is preferably a hydroxyl group, more preferably a phenolic hydroxyl group or an amino group.
熱硬化剤(h2)のうち、フェノール性水酸基を有するフェノール系硬化剤としては、例えば、多官能フェノール樹脂、ビフェノール、ノボラック型フェノール樹脂、ジシクロペンタジエン系フェノール樹脂、及びアラルキルフェノール樹脂等が挙げられる。
熱硬化剤(h2)のうち、アミノ基を有するアミン系硬化剤としては、例えば、ジシアンジアミド等が挙げられる。 Among the thermosetting agents (h2), as a phenol-based curing agent having a phenolic hydroxyl group, for example, polyfunctional phenol resin, biphenol, novolak-type phenol resin, dicyclopentadiene-based phenol resin, aralkyl phenol resin and the like can be mentioned. .
Among the thermosetting agents (h2), examples of amine-based curing agents having an amino group include dicyandiamide.
熱硬化剤(h2)のうち、アミノ基を有するアミン系硬化剤としては、例えば、ジシアンジアミド等が挙げられる。 Among the thermosetting agents (h2), as a phenol-based curing agent having a phenolic hydroxyl group, for example, polyfunctional phenol resin, biphenol, novolak-type phenol resin, dicyclopentadiene-based phenol resin, aralkyl phenol resin and the like can be mentioned. .
Among the thermosetting agents (h2), examples of amine-based curing agents having an amino group include dicyandiamide.
熱硬化剤(h2)は、不飽和炭化水素基を有するものでもよい。
不飽和炭化水素基を有する熱硬化剤(h2)としては、例えば、フェノール樹脂の水酸基の一部が、不飽和炭化水素基を有する基で置換されてなる化合物、及びフェノール樹脂の芳香環に、不飽和炭化水素基を有する基が直接結合してなる化合物等が挙げられる。
熱硬化剤(h2)における前記不飽和炭化水素基は、上述の不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂における不飽和炭化水素基と同様のものである。 The thermosetting agent (h2) may have an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
As the thermosetting agent (h2) having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, for example, a compound obtained by substituting a part of hydroxyl groups of a phenol resin with a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, and an aromatic ring of a phenol resin, The compound etc. which a group which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group directly couple | bonds are mentioned.
The unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the thermosetting agent (h2) is the same as the unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the above-mentioned epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
不飽和炭化水素基を有する熱硬化剤(h2)としては、例えば、フェノール樹脂の水酸基の一部が、不飽和炭化水素基を有する基で置換されてなる化合物、及びフェノール樹脂の芳香環に、不飽和炭化水素基を有する基が直接結合してなる化合物等が挙げられる。
熱硬化剤(h2)における前記不飽和炭化水素基は、上述の不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂における不飽和炭化水素基と同様のものである。 The thermosetting agent (h2) may have an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
As the thermosetting agent (h2) having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, for example, a compound obtained by substituting a part of hydroxyl groups of a phenol resin with a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, and an aromatic ring of a phenol resin, The compound etc. which a group which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group directly couple | bonds are mentioned.
The unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the thermosetting agent (h2) is the same as the unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the above-mentioned epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
熱硬化剤(h2)としてフェノール系硬化剤を用いる場合には、保護膜の支持シートからの剥離性が向上する点から、熱硬化剤(h2)は軟化点又はガラス転移温度が高いものが好ましい。
When a phenol-based curing agent is used as the heat-curing agent (h2), the heat-curing agent (h2) preferably has a high softening point or glass transition temperature, from the viewpoint that the removability of the protective film from the support sheet is improved. .
熱硬化剤(h2)のうち、例えば、多官能フェノール樹脂、ノボラック型フェノール樹脂、ジシクロペンタジエン系フェノール樹脂、アラルキルフェノール樹脂等の樹脂成分の数平均分子量は、300~30000であることが好ましく、400~10000であることがより好ましく、500~3000であることが特に好ましい。
熱硬化剤(h2)のうち、例えば、ビフェノール、ジシアンジアミド等の非樹脂成分の分子量は、特に限定されないが、例えば、60~500であることが好ましい。 Among thermosetting agents (h2), for example, the number average molecular weight of resin components such as polyfunctional phenol resin, novolak type phenol resin, dicyclopentadiene type phenol resin, aralkyl phenol resin and the like is preferably 300 to 30,000, It is more preferably 400 to 10,000, and particularly preferably 500 to 3,000.
Among the thermosetting agents (h2), for example, the molecular weight of the non-resin component such as biphenol and dicyandiamide is not particularly limited, but is preferably 60 to 500, for example.
熱硬化剤(h2)のうち、例えば、ビフェノール、ジシアンジアミド等の非樹脂成分の分子量は、特に限定されないが、例えば、60~500であることが好ましい。 Among thermosetting agents (h2), for example, the number average molecular weight of resin components such as polyfunctional phenol resin, novolak type phenol resin, dicyclopentadiene type phenol resin, aralkyl phenol resin and the like is preferably 300 to 30,000, It is more preferably 400 to 10,000, and particularly preferably 500 to 3,000.
Among the thermosetting agents (h2), for example, the molecular weight of the non-resin component such as biphenol and dicyandiamide is not particularly limited, but is preferably 60 to 500, for example.
熱硬化剤(h2)は、1種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよく、2種以上を併用する場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
A thermosetting agent (h2) may be used individually by 1 type, may use 2 or more types together, and when using 2 or more types together, those combination and ratio can be selected arbitrarily.
熱硬化性成分(h)を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、熱硬化剤(h2)の含有量は、エポキシ樹脂(h1)の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~20質量部であることが好ましい。
When the thermosetting component (h) is used, the content of the thermosetting agent (h2) in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film is the content of the epoxy resin (h1) 100 The amount is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to the parts by mass.
熱硬化性成分(h)を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、熱硬化性成分(h)の含有量(例えば、エポキシ樹脂(h1)及び熱硬化剤(h2)の総含有量)は、紫外線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)の含有量100質量部に対して、1~500質量部であることが好ましい。
When the thermosetting component (h) is used, the content of the thermosetting component (h) (for example, epoxy resin (h1) and heat) in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film The total content of the curing agent (h2) is preferably 1 to 500 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer (b) having no ultraviolet curable group.
[硬化促進剤(i)]
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムは、硬化促進剤(i)を含んでいてもよい。硬化促進剤(i)は、保護膜形成用フィルムの硬化速度を調整するための成分である。
好ましい硬化促進剤(i)としては、例えば、トリエチレンジアミン、ベンジルジメチルアミン、トリエタノールアミン、ジメチルアミノエタノール、及びトリス(ジメチルアミノメチル)フェノール等の3級アミン類;2-メチルイミダゾール、2-フェニルイミダゾール、2-フェニル-4-メチルイミダゾール、2-フェニル-4,5-ジヒドロキシメチルイミダゾール、及び2-フェニル-4-メチル-5-ヒドロキシメチルイミダゾール等のイミダゾール類;トリブチルホスフィン、ジフェニルホスフィン、及びトリフェニルホスフィン等の有機ホスフィン類;テトラフェニルホスホニウムテトラフェニルボレート、及びトリフェニルホスフィンテトラフェニルボレート等のテトラフェニルボロン塩等が挙げられる。 [Hardening accelerator (i)]
The composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film may contain a curing accelerator (i). A hardening accelerator (i) is a component for adjusting the hardening speed of the film for protective film formation.
Preferred curing accelerators (i) include, for example, tertiary amines such as triethylenediamine, benzyldimethylamine, triethanolamine, dimethylaminoethanol, and tris (dimethylaminomethyl) phenol; 2-methylimidazole, 2-phenyl Imidazoles such as imidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole, and 2-phenyl-4-methyl-5-hydroxymethylimidazole; tributyl phosphine, diphenyl phosphine, tri Organic phosphines such as phenyl phosphine; tetraphenyl phosphonium tetraphenyl borate; and tetraphenyl boron salts such as triphenyl phosphine tetraphenyl borate.
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムは、硬化促進剤(i)を含んでいてもよい。硬化促進剤(i)は、保護膜形成用フィルムの硬化速度を調整するための成分である。
好ましい硬化促進剤(i)としては、例えば、トリエチレンジアミン、ベンジルジメチルアミン、トリエタノールアミン、ジメチルアミノエタノール、及びトリス(ジメチルアミノメチル)フェノール等の3級アミン類;2-メチルイミダゾール、2-フェニルイミダゾール、2-フェニル-4-メチルイミダゾール、2-フェニル-4,5-ジヒドロキシメチルイミダゾール、及び2-フェニル-4-メチル-5-ヒドロキシメチルイミダゾール等のイミダゾール類;トリブチルホスフィン、ジフェニルホスフィン、及びトリフェニルホスフィン等の有機ホスフィン類;テトラフェニルホスホニウムテトラフェニルボレート、及びトリフェニルホスフィンテトラフェニルボレート等のテトラフェニルボロン塩等が挙げられる。 [Hardening accelerator (i)]
The composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film may contain a curing accelerator (i). A hardening accelerator (i) is a component for adjusting the hardening speed of the film for protective film formation.
Preferred curing accelerators (i) include, for example, tertiary amines such as triethylenediamine, benzyldimethylamine, triethanolamine, dimethylaminoethanol, and tris (dimethylaminomethyl) phenol; 2-methylimidazole, 2-phenyl Imidazoles such as imidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole, and 2-phenyl-4-methyl-5-hydroxymethylimidazole; tributyl phosphine, diphenyl phosphine, tri Organic phosphines such as phenyl phosphine; tetraphenyl phosphonium tetraphenyl borate; and tetraphenyl boron salts such as triphenyl phosphine tetraphenyl borate.
硬化促進剤(i)は、1種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよく、2種以上を併用する場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
硬化促進剤(i)を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムの硬化促進剤(i)の含有量は、特に限定されず、併用する成分に応じて適宜選択すればよい。 As the curing accelerator (i), one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination, and when two or more types are used in combination, the combination and ratio thereof can be optionally selected.
When the curing accelerator (i) is used, the content of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the content of the curing accelerator (i) of the protective film-forming film are not particularly limited, and it depends on the components used in combination. It may be selected as appropriate.
硬化促進剤(i)を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムの硬化促進剤(i)の含有量は、特に限定されず、併用する成分に応じて適宜選択すればよい。 As the curing accelerator (i), one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination, and when two or more types are used in combination, the combination and ratio thereof can be optionally selected.
When the curing accelerator (i) is used, the content of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the content of the curing accelerator (i) of the protective film-forming film are not particularly limited, and it depends on the components used in combination. It may be selected as appropriate.
[汎用添加剤(z)]
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムは、汎用添加剤(z)を含んでいてもよい。汎用添加剤(z)は、公知のものでよく、目的に応じて任意に選択でき、特に限定されないが、好ましいものとしては、例えば、可塑剤、帯電防止剤、酸化防止剤、ゲッタリング剤等が挙げられる。 [General purpose additive (z)]
The composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film may contain a general-purpose additive (z). The general-purpose additive (z) may be a known one, can be selected arbitrarily according to the purpose, and is not particularly limited. Preferred examples thereof include a plasticizer, an antistatic agent, an antioxidant, a gettering agent, etc. Can be mentioned.
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムは、汎用添加剤(z)を含んでいてもよい。汎用添加剤(z)は、公知のものでよく、目的に応じて任意に選択でき、特に限定されないが、好ましいものとしては、例えば、可塑剤、帯電防止剤、酸化防止剤、ゲッタリング剤等が挙げられる。 [General purpose additive (z)]
The composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film may contain a general-purpose additive (z). The general-purpose additive (z) may be a known one, can be selected arbitrarily according to the purpose, and is not particularly limited. Preferred examples thereof include a plasticizer, an antistatic agent, an antioxidant, a gettering agent, etc. Can be mentioned.
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する汎用添加剤(z)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
汎用添加剤(z)を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムの汎用添加剤(z)の含有量は、特に限定されず、目的に応じて適宜選択すればよい。 The composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film and the general-purpose additive (z) contained in the film for forming a protective film may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, Combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
When the general-purpose additive (z) is used, the content of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the content of the general-purpose additive (z) of the protective film-forming film are not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose. do it.
汎用添加剤(z)を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムの汎用添加剤(z)の含有量は、特に限定されず、目的に応じて適宜選択すればよい。 The composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film and the general-purpose additive (z) contained in the film for forming a protective film may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, Combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
When the general-purpose additive (z) is used, the content of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the content of the general-purpose additive (z) of the protective film-forming film are not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose. do it.
[溶媒]
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)は、さらに溶媒を含有することが好ましい。溶媒を含有する保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)は、取り扱い性が良好となる。
前記溶媒は特に限定されないが、好ましいものとしては、例えば、トルエン、キシレン等の炭化水素;メタノール、エタノール、2-プロパノール、イソブチルアルコール(2-メチルプロパン-1-オール)、及び1-ブタノール等のアルコール;酢酸エチル等のエステル;アセトン、及びメチルエチルケトン等のケトン;テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル;ジメチルホルムアミド、及びN-メチルピロリドン等のアミド(アミド結合を有する化合物)等が挙げられる。
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)が含有する溶媒は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 [solvent]
The composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) preferably further contains a solvent. The composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) containing a solvent has good handleability.
The solvent is not particularly limited, but preferred examples thereof include hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, isobutyl alcohol (2-methylpropan-1-ol), and 1-butanol Alcohols; esters such as ethyl acetate; ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; and amides (compounds having an amide bond) such as dimethylformamide and N-methylpyrrolidone.
The solvent contained in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)は、さらに溶媒を含有することが好ましい。溶媒を含有する保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)は、取り扱い性が良好となる。
前記溶媒は特に限定されないが、好ましいものとしては、例えば、トルエン、キシレン等の炭化水素;メタノール、エタノール、2-プロパノール、イソブチルアルコール(2-メチルプロパン-1-オール)、及び1-ブタノール等のアルコール;酢酸エチル等のエステル;アセトン、及びメチルエチルケトン等のケトン;テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル;ジメチルホルムアミド、及びN-メチルピロリドン等のアミド(アミド結合を有する化合物)等が挙げられる。
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)が含有する溶媒は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 [solvent]
The composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) preferably further contains a solvent. The composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) containing a solvent has good handleability.
The solvent is not particularly limited, but preferred examples thereof include hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, isobutyl alcohol (2-methylpropan-1-ol), and 1-butanol Alcohols; esters such as ethyl acetate; ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; and amides (compounds having an amide bond) such as dimethylformamide and N-methylpyrrolidone.
The solvent contained in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)が含有する溶媒は、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)中の含有成分をより均一に混合できる点から、メチルエチルケトン、トルエン又は酢酸エチル等であることが好ましい。
The solvent contained in composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film is methyl ethyl ketone, toluene, ethyl acetate or the like in that the components contained in composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film can be mixed more uniformly. Is preferred.
<<保護膜形成用組成物の製造方法>>
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)等の保護膜形成用組成物は、これを構成するための各成分を配合することで得られる。
各成分の配合時における添加順序は特に限定されず、2種以上の成分を同時に添加してもよい。
溶媒を用いる場合には、溶媒を溶媒以外のいずれかの配合成分と混合してこの配合成分を予め希釈しておくことで用いてもよいし、溶媒以外のいずれかの配合成分を予め希釈しておくことなく、溶媒をこれら配合成分と混合することで用いてもよい。
配合時に各成分を混合する方法は特に限定されず、撹拌子又は撹拌翼等を回転させて混合する方法;ミキサーを用いて混合する方法;超音波を加えて混合する方法等、公知の方法から適宜選択すればよい。
各成分の添加及び混合時の温度並びに時間は、各配合成分が劣化しない限り特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよいが、温度は15~30℃であることが好ましい。 << Method of producing composition for forming protective film >>
The composition for forming a protective film such as the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) can be obtained by blending the respective components for constituting the composition.
There is no particular limitation on the order of addition of each component at the time of blending, and two or more components may be added simultaneously.
When a solvent is used, it may be used by mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting this compounding component in advance, or by previously diluting any compounding component other than the solvent A solvent may be used by mixing with these compounding ingredients without storage.
The method of mixing each component at the time of compounding is not particularly limited, and a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade, etc .; a method of mixing using a mixer; a method of adding ultrasonic waves and mixing, etc. It may be selected as appropriate.
The temperature and time of addition and mixing of the respective components are not particularly limited as long as the respective blended components do not deteriorate, and may be appropriately adjusted, but the temperature is preferably 15 to 30 ° C.
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)等の保護膜形成用組成物は、これを構成するための各成分を配合することで得られる。
各成分の配合時における添加順序は特に限定されず、2種以上の成分を同時に添加してもよい。
溶媒を用いる場合には、溶媒を溶媒以外のいずれかの配合成分と混合してこの配合成分を予め希釈しておくことで用いてもよいし、溶媒以外のいずれかの配合成分を予め希釈しておくことなく、溶媒をこれら配合成分と混合することで用いてもよい。
配合時に各成分を混合する方法は特に限定されず、撹拌子又は撹拌翼等を回転させて混合する方法;ミキサーを用いて混合する方法;超音波を加えて混合する方法等、公知の方法から適宜選択すればよい。
各成分の添加及び混合時の温度並びに時間は、各配合成分が劣化しない限り特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよいが、温度は15~30℃であることが好ましい。 << Method of producing composition for forming protective film >>
The composition for forming a protective film such as the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) can be obtained by blending the respective components for constituting the composition.
There is no particular limitation on the order of addition of each component at the time of blending, and two or more components may be added simultaneously.
When a solvent is used, it may be used by mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting this compounding component in advance, or by previously diluting any compounding component other than the solvent A solvent may be used by mixing with these compounding ingredients without storage.
The method of mixing each component at the time of compounding is not particularly limited, and a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade, etc .; a method of mixing using a mixer; a method of adding ultrasonic waves and mixing, etc. It may be selected as appropriate.
The temperature and time of addition and mixing of the respective components are not particularly limited as long as the respective blended components do not deteriorate, and may be appropriately adjusted, but the temperature is preferably 15 to 30 ° C.
◇保護膜形成用フィルムの製造方法
前記保護膜形成用フィルムは、剥離フィルム(好ましくはその剥離処理面)上に保護膜形成用組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで製造できる。このときの製造方法は、先に説明したとおりである。
なお、保護膜形成用フィルムは、例えば、図1に示すように、通常、その両面に剥離フィルムが貼り合わされた状態で保管される。そのためには、上記のように剥離フィルム上に形成した保護膜形成用フィルムの露出面(剥離フィルムを備えている側とは反対側の面)に、さらに剥離フィルム(好ましくはその剥離処理面)を貼り合わせればよい。 製造 Method of Producing Protective Film-Forming Film The protective film-forming film can be produced by coating the protective film-forming composition on a release film (preferably the release-treated surface thereof) and drying it as required. . The manufacturing method at this time is as described above.
In addition, for example, as shown in FIG. 1, the film for protective film formation is normally stored in the state in which the peeling film was bonded together by the both surfaces. To that end, a release film (preferably a release-treated surface) is preferably formed on the exposed surface (surface opposite to the side provided with the release film) of the protective film-forming film formed on the release film as described above. You just need to paste
前記保護膜形成用フィルムは、剥離フィルム(好ましくはその剥離処理面)上に保護膜形成用組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで製造できる。このときの製造方法は、先に説明したとおりである。
なお、保護膜形成用フィルムは、例えば、図1に示すように、通常、その両面に剥離フィルムが貼り合わされた状態で保管される。そのためには、上記のように剥離フィルム上に形成した保護膜形成用フィルムの露出面(剥離フィルムを備えている側とは反対側の面)に、さらに剥離フィルム(好ましくはその剥離処理面)を貼り合わせればよい。 製造 Method of Producing Protective Film-Forming Film The protective film-forming film can be produced by coating the protective film-forming composition on a release film (preferably the release-treated surface thereof) and drying it as required. . The manufacturing method at this time is as described above.
In addition, for example, as shown in FIG. 1, the film for protective film formation is normally stored in the state in which the peeling film was bonded together by the both surfaces. To that end, a release film (preferably a release-treated surface) is preferably formed on the exposed surface (surface opposite to the side provided with the release film) of the protective film-forming film formed on the release film as described above. You just need to paste
◇保護膜形成用フィルムの使用方法
前記保護膜形成用フィルムは、上述のように、支持シート上に設けることで、保護膜形成用複合シートを構成できる。保護膜形成用複合シートは、その保護膜形成用フィルムにより、半導体ウエハの裏面(電極形成面とは反対側の面)に貼付される。以降、この状態から、後述する製造方法により、目的とする半導体チップ及び半導体装置を製造できる。 使用 Method of Use of Protective Film-Forming Film As described above, the protective film-forming film can be formed on a support sheet to form a protective film-forming composite sheet. The composite sheet for protective film formation is stuck on the back surface (surface on the opposite side to the electrode formation surface) of the semiconductor wafer by the protective film formation film. Thereafter, from this state, the target semiconductor chip and semiconductor device can be manufactured by the manufacturing method described later.
前記保護膜形成用フィルムは、上述のように、支持シート上に設けることで、保護膜形成用複合シートを構成できる。保護膜形成用複合シートは、その保護膜形成用フィルムにより、半導体ウエハの裏面(電極形成面とは反対側の面)に貼付される。以降、この状態から、後述する製造方法により、目的とする半導体チップ及び半導体装置を製造できる。 使用 Method of Use of Protective Film-Forming Film As described above, the protective film-forming film can be formed on a support sheet to form a protective film-forming composite sheet. The composite sheet for protective film formation is stuck on the back surface (surface on the opposite side to the electrode formation surface) of the semiconductor wafer by the protective film formation film. Thereafter, from this state, the target semiconductor chip and semiconductor device can be manufactured by the manufacturing method described later.
一方、前記保護膜形成用フィルムは、支持シートではなく、半導体ウエハの裏面に先に設けてもよい。例えば、まず、保護膜形成用フィルムを半導体ウエハの裏面に貼付し、この保護膜形成用フィルムの露出面(半導体ウエハに貼付されている側とは反対側の面)に支持シートを貼り合わせるか、又はこの貼付した状態の保護膜形成用フィルムに紫外線を照射して、硬化させて保護膜としてから、この保護膜の露出面(半導体ウエハに貼付されている側とは反対側の面)に支持シートを貼り合わせて、保護膜形成用複合シートとする。以降、この状態から、後述する製造方法により、目的とする半導体チップ及び半導体装置を製造できる。
On the other hand, the protective film-forming film may be provided first on the back surface of the semiconductor wafer, not on the support sheet. For example, first, a protective film-forming film is attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer, and a supporting sheet is attached to the exposed surface of the protective film-forming film (the surface opposite to the side attached to the semiconductor wafer) The film for protective film formation in the pasted state is irradiated with ultraviolet light and cured to form a protective film, and then the exposed surface of this protective film (the side opposite to the side pasted on the semiconductor wafer) The support sheet is bonded to form a composite sheet for forming a protective film. Thereafter, from this state, the target semiconductor chip and semiconductor device can be manufactured by the manufacturing method described later.
◇保護膜形成用複合シート
本発明の一実施形態に係る保護膜形成用複合シートは、支持シートを備え、前記支持シート上に、前記保護膜形成用フィルムを備えたものである。 複合 Composite Sheet for Forming Protective Film The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a support sheet, and the film for forming a protective film is provided on the support sheet.
本発明の一実施形態に係る保護膜形成用複合シートは、支持シートを備え、前記支持シート上に、前記保護膜形成用フィルムを備えたものである。 複合 Composite Sheet for Forming Protective Film The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a support sheet, and the film for forming a protective film is provided on the support sheet.
本発明においては、保護膜形成用フィルムが硬化した後であっても、支持シート及び保護膜形成用フィルムの硬化物(換言すると、支持シート及び保護膜)の積層構造が維持されている限り、この積層構造体を「保護膜形成用複合シート」と称する。
In the present invention, even after the protective film-forming film is cured, as long as the laminated structure of the support sheet and the cured product of the protective film-forming film (in other words, the support sheet and the protective film) is maintained, This laminated structure is referred to as a "protective film-forming composite sheet".
本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートの使用対象である半導体ウエハの厚さは、特に限定されないが、後述する半導体チップへの分割がより容易となる点では、30~1000μmであることが好ましく、100~400μmであることがより好ましい。
以下、保護膜形成用複合シートの構成について、詳細に説明する。 The thickness of the semiconductor wafer to be used for the composite sheet for protective film formation of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 30 to 1000 μm from the viewpoint of easier division into semiconductor chips described later. More preferably, it is 100 to 400 μm.
Hereinafter, the configuration of the protective film-forming composite sheet will be described in detail.
以下、保護膜形成用複合シートの構成について、詳細に説明する。 The thickness of the semiconductor wafer to be used for the composite sheet for protective film formation of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 30 to 1000 μm from the viewpoint of easier division into semiconductor chips described later. More preferably, it is 100 to 400 μm.
Hereinafter, the configuration of the protective film-forming composite sheet will be described in detail.
◎支持シート
前記支持シートは、1層(単層)からなるものでもよいし、2層以上の複数層からなるものでもよい。支持シートが複数層からなる場合、これら複数層は、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、これら複数層の組み合わせは、本発明の効果を損なわない限り、特に限定されない。 Support Sheet The support sheet may be formed of a single layer (single layer), or may be formed of two or more layers. When the support sheet comprises a plurality of layers, the plurality of layers may be identical to or different from each other, and the combination of the plurality of layers is not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
前記支持シートは、1層(単層)からなるものでもよいし、2層以上の複数層からなるものでもよい。支持シートが複数層からなる場合、これら複数層は、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、これら複数層の組み合わせは、本発明の効果を損なわない限り、特に限定されない。 Support Sheet The support sheet may be formed of a single layer (single layer), or may be formed of two or more layers. When the support sheet comprises a plurality of layers, the plurality of layers may be identical to or different from each other, and the combination of the plurality of layers is not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
好ましい支持シートとしては、例えば、基材を備え、前記基材上に粘着剤層が直接接触して積層されてなるもの(基材及び粘着剤層がこの順に直接接触して積層されてなるもの);基材、中間層及び粘着剤層がこの順に、これらの厚さ方向において直接接触して積層されてなるもの;基材のみからなるもの等が挙げられる。
本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートの例を、このような支持シートの種類ごとに、以下、図面を参照しながら説明する。 As a preferable support sheet, for example, a substrate is provided, and an adhesive layer is directly laminated on the substrate and laminated (a substrate and an adhesive layer are laminated in direct contact in this order) A substrate, an intermediate layer and a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer laminated in this order in direct contact with each other in the thickness direction; and those consisting only of a substrate.
Examples of the composite sheet for protective film formation of the present invention will be described below for each type of such a support sheet, with reference to the drawings.
本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートの例を、このような支持シートの種類ごとに、以下、図面を参照しながら説明する。 As a preferable support sheet, for example, a substrate is provided, and an adhesive layer is directly laminated on the substrate and laminated (a substrate and an adhesive layer are laminated in direct contact in this order) A substrate, an intermediate layer and a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer laminated in this order in direct contact with each other in the thickness direction; and those consisting only of a substrate.
Examples of the composite sheet for protective film formation of the present invention will be described below for each type of such a support sheet, with reference to the drawings.
図2は、本発明の一実施形態に係る保護膜形成用複合シートを模式的に示す断面図である。
なお、図2以降の図において、既に説明済みの図に示すものと同じ構成要素には、その説明済みの図の場合と同じ符号を付し、その詳細な説明は省略する。 FIG. 2: is sectional drawing which shows typically the composite sheet for protective film formation which concerns on one Embodiment of this invention.
In the drawings after FIG. 2, the same components as those shown in the already described drawings are denoted by the same reference numerals as in the already explained drawings, and the detailed description thereof will be omitted.
なお、図2以降の図において、既に説明済みの図に示すものと同じ構成要素には、その説明済みの図の場合と同じ符号を付し、その詳細な説明は省略する。 FIG. 2: is sectional drawing which shows typically the composite sheet for protective film formation which concerns on one Embodiment of this invention.
In the drawings after FIG. 2, the same components as those shown in the already described drawings are denoted by the same reference numerals as in the already explained drawings, and the detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ここに示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Aは、基材11を備え、基材11上に粘着剤層12を備え、粘着剤層12上に保護膜形成用フィルム13を備えている。支持シート10は、基材11及び粘着剤層12の積層体であり、保護膜形成用複合シート1Aは、換言すると、支持シート10の一方の表面(本明細書においては、「第1面」と称することがある)10a上に保護膜形成用フィルム13が積層された構成を有する。また、保護膜形成用複合シート1Aは、さらに保護膜形成用フィルム13上に剥離フィルム15を備えている。
The composite sheet 1A for protective film formation shown here is provided with the base material 11, the adhesive layer 12 is provided on the base material 11, and the protective film formation film 13 is provided on the adhesive layer 12. The support sheet 10 is a laminate of the base 11 and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, and the composite sheet 1A for protective film formation is, in other words, one surface of the support sheet 10 (in the present specification, "first surface" And a protective film-forming film 13 is laminated on the substrate 10a). In addition, the protective film-forming composite sheet 1A further includes a peeling film 15 on the protective film-forming film 13.
保護膜形成用複合シート1Aにおいては、基材11の一方の表面(本明細書においては、「第1面」と称することがある)11aに粘着剤層12が積層され、粘着剤層12の一方の表面(本明細書においては、「第1面」と称することがある)12aの全面に保護膜形成用フィルム13が積層され、保護膜形成用フィルム13の第1面13aの一部、すなわち、周縁部近傍の領域に治具用接着剤層16が積層され、保護膜形成用フィルム13の第1面13aのうち、治具用接着剤層16が積層されていない面と、治具用接着剤層16の表面16a(上面及び側面)に、剥離フィルム15が積層されている。
In the protective film-forming composite sheet 1A, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is laminated on one surface (sometimes referred to as a “first surface” in the present specification) 11a of the substrate 11. The film 13 for protective film formation is laminated on the entire surface of one surface (sometimes referred to as “first surface” in the present specification) 12 a, and a part of the first surface 13 a of the film 13 for protective film formation That is, the jig adhesive layer 16 is laminated in a region near the peripheral portion, and the surface of the first surface 13 a of the protective film-forming film 13 on which the jig adhesive layer 16 is not laminated, and the jig A release film 15 is laminated on the surface 16 a (upper surface and side surface) of the adhesive layer 16.
保護膜形成用複合シート1Aにおいて、保護膜形成用フィルム13は、紫外線硬化性成分を有し、波長350nmの光線透過率が20%以下であり、波長550nmの光線透過率が25%以下であり、波長1600nmの光線透過率が25%以上である。
In the protective film-forming composite sheet 1A, the protective film-forming film 13 has an ultraviolet ray curable component, and the light transmittance of 350 nm wavelength is 20% or less, and the light transmittance of 550 nm wavelength is 25% or less And the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm is 25% or more.
治具用接着剤層16は、例えば、接着剤成分を含有する単層構造のものであってもよいし、芯材となるシートの両面に接着剤成分を含有する層が積層された複数層構造のものであってもよい。
The jig adhesive layer 16 may have, for example, a single layer structure containing an adhesive component, or a plurality of layers in which layers containing the adhesive component are laminated on both sides of a sheet to be a core material. It may be of a structure.
図2に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Aは、剥離フィルム15が取り除かれた状態で、保護膜形成用フィルム13の第1面13aに半導体ウエハ(図示略)の裏面が貼付され、さらに、治具用接着剤層16の表面16aのうち上面が、リングフレーム等の治具に貼付されて、使用される。
The composite sheet 1A for protective film formation shown in FIG. 2 has the back surface of a semiconductor wafer (not shown) attached to the first surface 13a of the protective film formation film 13 with the release film 15 removed. The upper surface of the surface 16 a of the tool adhesive layer 16 is used by being attached to a jig such as a ring frame.
図3は、本発明の他の実施形態に係る保護膜形成用複合シートを模式的に示す断面図である。
ここに示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Bは、治具用接着剤層16を備えていない点以外は、図2に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Aと同じである。すなわち、保護膜形成用複合シート1Bにおいては、基材11の第1面11aに粘着剤層12が積層され、粘着剤層12の第1面12aの全面に保護膜形成用フィルム13が積層され、保護膜形成用フィルム13の第1面13aの全面に剥離フィルム15が積層されている。 FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a composite sheet for protective film formation according to another embodiment of the present invention.
Thecomposite sheet 1B for protective film formation shown here is the same as the composite sheet 1A for protective film formation shown in FIG. 2 except that the jig adhesive layer 16 is not provided. That is, in the protective film-forming composite sheet 1B, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is laminated on the first surface 11a of the substrate 11, and the protective film-forming film 13 is laminated on the entire first surface 12a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 The release film 15 is laminated on the entire surface of the first surface 13 a of the protective film-forming film 13.
ここに示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Bは、治具用接着剤層16を備えていない点以外は、図2に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Aと同じである。すなわち、保護膜形成用複合シート1Bにおいては、基材11の第1面11aに粘着剤層12が積層され、粘着剤層12の第1面12aの全面に保護膜形成用フィルム13が積層され、保護膜形成用フィルム13の第1面13aの全面に剥離フィルム15が積層されている。 FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a composite sheet for protective film formation according to another embodiment of the present invention.
The
保護膜形成用複合シート1Bにおいて、保護膜形成用フィルム13は、紫外線硬化性成分を有し、波長350nmの光線透過率が20%以下であり、波長550nmの光線透過率が25%以下であり、波長1600nmの光線透過率が25%以上である。
In the protective film-forming composite sheet 1B, the protective film-forming film 13 has an ultraviolet ray curable component, and the light transmittance of 350 nm wavelength is 20% or less, and the light transmittance of 550 nm wavelength is 25% or less And the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm is 25% or more.
図3に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Bは、剥離フィルム15が取り除かれた状態で、保護膜形成用フィルム13の第1面13aのうち、中央側の一部の領域に半導体ウエハ(図示略)の裏面が貼付され、さらに、周縁部近傍の領域が、リングフレーム等の治具に貼付されて、使用される。
The composite sheet 1B for protective film formation shown in FIG. 3 is a semiconductor wafer (not shown) on the central region of the first surface 13a of the protective film formation film 13 with the release film 15 removed. And the area in the vicinity of the peripheral portion is used by being attached to a jig such as a ring frame.
図4は、本発明のさらに他の実施形態に係る保護膜形成用複合シートを模式的に示す断面図である。
ここに示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Cは、粘着剤層12を備えていない点以外は、図2に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Aと同じである。すなわち、保護膜形成用複合シート1Cにおいては、支持シート10が基材11のみからなる。そして、基材11の第1面11a(支持シート10の第1面10a)に保護膜形成用フィルム13が積層され、保護膜形成用フィルム13の第1面13aの一部、すなわち、周縁部近傍の領域に治具用接着剤層16が積層され、保護膜形成用フィルム13の第1面13aのうち、治具用接着剤層16が積層されていない領域と、治具用接着剤層16の表面16a(上面及び側面)に、剥離フィルム15が積層されている。 FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a composite sheet for protective film formation according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
The composite sheet 1C for protective film formation shown here is the same as thecomposite sheet 1A for protective film formation shown in FIG. 2 except that the adhesive layer 12 is not provided. That is, in the composite sheet 1C for protective film formation, the support sheet 10 consists only of the base material 11. Then, the protective film-forming film 13 is laminated on the first surface 11 a of the substrate 11 (the first surface 10 a of the support sheet 10), and a part of the first surface 13 a of the protective film-forming film 13, that is, the peripheral portion The jig adhesive layer 16 is laminated in the vicinity area, and the area where the jig adhesive layer 16 is not laminated in the first surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13, and the jig adhesive layer A release film 15 is laminated on the sixteen surfaces 16a (upper and side surfaces).
ここに示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Cは、粘着剤層12を備えていない点以外は、図2に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Aと同じである。すなわち、保護膜形成用複合シート1Cにおいては、支持シート10が基材11のみからなる。そして、基材11の第1面11a(支持シート10の第1面10a)に保護膜形成用フィルム13が積層され、保護膜形成用フィルム13の第1面13aの一部、すなわち、周縁部近傍の領域に治具用接着剤層16が積層され、保護膜形成用フィルム13の第1面13aのうち、治具用接着剤層16が積層されていない領域と、治具用接着剤層16の表面16a(上面及び側面)に、剥離フィルム15が積層されている。 FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a composite sheet for protective film formation according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
The composite sheet 1C for protective film formation shown here is the same as the
保護膜形成用複合シート1Cにおいて、保護膜形成用フィルム13は、保護膜形成用フィルム13は、紫外線硬化性成分を有し、波長350nmの光線透過率が20%以下であり、波長550nmの光線透過率が25%以下であり、波長1600nmの光線透過率が25%以上である。
In the protective film-forming composite sheet 1C, the protective film-forming film 13 has a UV-curable component and has a light transmittance of 20% or less at a wavelength of 350 nm and a light beam at a wavelength of 550 nm. The transmittance is 25% or less, and the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm is 25% or more.
図4に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Cは、図2に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Aと同様に、剥離フィルム15が取り除かれた状態で、保護膜形成用フィルム13の第1面13aに半導体ウエハ(図示略)の裏面が貼付され、さらに、治具用接着剤層16の表面16aのうち上面が、リングフレーム等の治具に貼付されて、使用される。
Similar to the composite sheet 1A for protective film formation shown in FIG. 2, the composite sheet 1C for protective film formation shown in FIG. 4 is on the first surface 13a of the film 13 for protective film formation with the release film 15 removed. The back surface of the semiconductor wafer (not shown) is attached, and the upper surface of the surface 16a of the adhesive layer 16 for jig is used by being adhered to a jig such as a ring frame.
図5は、本発明のさらに他の実施形態に係る保護膜形成用複合シートを模式的に示す断面図である。
ここに示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Dは、治具用接着剤層16を備えていない点以外は、図4に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Cと同じである。すなわち、保護膜形成用複合シート1Dにおいては、基材11の第1面11aに保護膜形成用フィルム13が積層され、保護膜形成用フィルム13の第1面13aの全面に剥離フィルム15が積層されている。 FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a composite sheet for protective film formation according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
The composite sheet forprotective film formation 1D shown here is the same as the composite sheet for protective film formation 1C shown in FIG. 4 except that the jig adhesive layer 16 is not provided. That is, in the protective film-forming composite sheet 1D, the protective film-forming film 13 is laminated on the first surface 11a of the substrate 11, and the release film 15 is laminated on the entire first surface 13a of the protective film-forming film 13. It is done.
ここに示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Dは、治具用接着剤層16を備えていない点以外は、図4に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Cと同じである。すなわち、保護膜形成用複合シート1Dにおいては、基材11の第1面11aに保護膜形成用フィルム13が積層され、保護膜形成用フィルム13の第1面13aの全面に剥離フィルム15が積層されている。 FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a composite sheet for protective film formation according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
The composite sheet for
保護膜形成用複合シート1Dにおいて、保護膜形成用フィルム13は、保護膜形成用フィルム13は、紫外線硬化性成分を有し、波長350nmの光線透過率が20%以下であり、波長550nmの光線透過率が25%以下であり、波長1600nmの光線透過率が25%以上である。
In the protective film-forming composite sheet 1D, the protective film-forming film 13 has a UV-curable component and has a light transmittance of 20% or less at a wavelength of 350 nm and a light beam at a wavelength of 550 nm. The transmittance is 25% or less, and the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm is 25% or more.
図5に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Dは、図3に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Bと同様に、剥離フィルム15が取り除かれた状態で、保護膜形成用フィルム13の第1面13aのうち、中央側の一部の領域に半導体ウエハ(図示略)の裏面が貼付され、さらに、周縁部近傍の領域が、リングフレーム等の治具に貼付されて、使用される。
The composite sheet 1D for protective film formation shown in FIG. 5 is the same as the composite sheet 1B for protective film formation shown in FIG. 3 with the release film 15 removed, on the first surface 13a of the film 13 for protective film formation. Among them, the back surface of a semiconductor wafer (not shown) is attached to a partial region on the center side, and the region in the vicinity of the peripheral portion is attached to a jig such as a ring frame and used.
図6は、本発明のさらに他の実施形態に係る保護膜形成用複合シートを模式的に示す断面図である。
ここに示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Eは、保護膜形成用フィルムの形状が異なる点以外は、図3に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Bと同じものである。すなわち、保護膜形成用複合シート1Eは、基材11を備え、基材11上に粘着剤層12を備え、粘着剤層12上に保護膜形成用フィルム23を備えてなる。支持シート10は、基材11及び粘着剤層12の積層体であり、保護膜形成用複合シート1Eは、換言すると、支持シート10の第1面10a上に保護膜形成用フィルム23が積層された構成を有する。また、保護膜形成用複合シート1Eは、さらに保護膜形成用フィルム23上に剥離フィルム15を備えている。 FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a composite sheet for protective film formation according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
Thecomposite sheet 1E for protective film formation shown here is the same as the composite sheet 1B for protective film formation shown in FIG. 3 except that the shape of the film for protective film formation is different. That is, the composite sheet 1E for protective film formation is provided with the base material 11, the adhesive layer 12 is provided on the base material 11, and the protective film formation film 23 is provided on the adhesive layer 12. The support sheet 10 is a laminate of the base 11 and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, and in other words, the protective film-forming film 23 is laminated on the first surface 10 a of the support sheet 10. Have the following configuration. Further, the protective film-forming composite sheet 1E further includes a peeling film 15 on the protective film-forming film 23.
ここに示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Eは、保護膜形成用フィルムの形状が異なる点以外は、図3に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Bと同じものである。すなわち、保護膜形成用複合シート1Eは、基材11を備え、基材11上に粘着剤層12を備え、粘着剤層12上に保護膜形成用フィルム23を備えてなる。支持シート10は、基材11及び粘着剤層12の積層体であり、保護膜形成用複合シート1Eは、換言すると、支持シート10の第1面10a上に保護膜形成用フィルム23が積層された構成を有する。また、保護膜形成用複合シート1Eは、さらに保護膜形成用フィルム23上に剥離フィルム15を備えている。 FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a composite sheet for protective film formation according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
The
保護膜形成用複合シート1Eにおいては、基材11の第1面11aに粘着剤層12が積層され、粘着剤層12の第1面12aの一部、すなわち、中央側の領域に保護膜形成用フィルム23が積層されている。そして、粘着剤層12の第1面12aのうち、保護膜形成用フィルム23が積層されていない領域と、保護膜形成用フィルム23の表面23a(上面及び側面)の上に、剥離フィルム15が積層されている。
In the protective film-forming composite sheet 1E, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is laminated on the first surface 11a of the substrate 11, and a protective film is formed on a part of the first surface 12a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, ie, the central region. Film 23 is laminated. Then, the release film 15 is formed on the region of the first surface 12 a of the adhesive layer 12 where the protective film-forming film 23 is not laminated and the surface 23 a (upper surface and side surface) of the protective film-forming film 23. It is stacked.
保護膜形成用複合シート1Eを上方から見下ろして平面視したときに、保護膜形成用フィルム23は粘着剤層12よりも表面積が小さく、例えば、円形状等の形状を有する。
When the protective film-forming composite sheet 1E is viewed from above from above and planarly viewed, the protective film-forming film 23 has a smaller surface area than the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, and has, for example, a circular shape.
保護膜形成用複合シート1Eにおいて、保護膜形成用フィルム23は、保護膜形成用フィルム13は、紫外線硬化性成分を有し、波長350nmの光線透過率が20%以下であり、波長550nmの光線透過率が25%以下であり、波長1600nmの光線透過率が25%以上である。
In the protective film-forming composite sheet 1E, the protective film-forming film 13 has a UV curable component, and the light transmittance of a wavelength 350 nm is 20% or less, and the light beam of a wavelength 550 nm The transmittance is 25% or less, and the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm is 25% or more.
図6に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Eは、剥離フィルム15が取り除かれた状態で、保護膜形成用フィルム23の表面23aに半導体ウエハ(図示略)の裏面が貼付され、さらに、粘着剤層12の第1面12aのうち、保護膜形成用フィルム23が積層されていない領域が、リングフレーム等の治具に貼付されて、使用される。
The composite sheet 1E for protective film formation shown in FIG. 6 has the back surface of a semiconductor wafer (not shown) attached to the surface 23a of the protective film formation film 23 in a state where the release film 15 is removed. The area | region where the film 23 for protective film formation is not laminated | stacked among 12 1st surface 12a is stuck on jigs, such as a ring frame, and is used.
なお、図6に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Eにおいては、粘着剤層12の第1面12aのうち、保護膜形成用フィルム23が積層されていない領域に、図2及び図4に示すものと同様に治具用接着剤層が積層されていてもよい(図示略)。このような治具用接着剤層を備えた保護膜形成用複合シート1Eは、図2及び図4に示す保護膜形成用複合シートと同様に、治具用接着剤層の表面が、リングフレーム等の治具に貼付されて、使用される。
In addition, in the composite sheet 1E for protective film formation shown in FIG. 6, in the area | region where the film 23 for protective film formation is not laminated | stacked among the 1st surfaces 12a of the adhesive layer 12, what is shown in FIG. The adhesive layer for jig | tool may be laminated | stacked similarly to (not shown). Similar to the composite sheet for protective film formation shown in FIGS. 2 and 4, the composite sheet 1E for protective film formation provided with such an adhesive layer for jigs has a ring frame for the surface of the adhesive layer for jigs. It is stuck on a jig etc. and used.
このように、保護膜形成用複合シートは、支持シート及び保護膜形成用フィルムがどのような形態であっても、治具用接着剤層を備えたものであってもよい。ただし、通常は、図2及び図4に示すように、治具用接着剤層を備えた保護膜形成用複合シートとしては、保護膜形成用フィルム上に治具用接着剤層を備えたものが好ましい。
Thus, the composite sheet for protective film formation may be provided with the adhesive layer for jigs, regardless of the form of the support sheet and the film for protective film formation. However, generally, as shown in FIGS. 2 and 4, as a composite sheet for protective film formation provided with a jig adhesive layer, one provided with a jig adhesive layer on a protective film formation film Is preferred.
本発明の一実施形態に係る保護膜形成用複合シートは、図2~図6に示すものに限定されず、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、図2~図6に示すものの一部の構成が変更又は削除されたものや、これまでに説明したものにさらに他の構成が追加されたものであってもよい。
The composite sheet for protective film formation which concerns on one Embodiment of this invention is not limited to what is shown in FIGS. 2-6, A part of what is shown in FIGS. 2-6 in the range which does not impair the effect of this invention The configuration of the above may be changed or deleted, or another configuration may be added to those described above.
例えば、図4及び図5に示す保護膜形成用複合シートにおいては、基材11と保護膜形成用フィルム13との間に、中間層が設けられていてもよい。中間層としては、目的に応じて任意のものを選択できる。
また、図2、図3及び図6に示す保護膜形成用複合シートにおいては、基材11と粘着剤層12との間に中間層が設けられていてもよい。すなわち、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートにおいて、支持シートは、基材、中間層及び粘着剤層がこの順に、これらの厚さ方向において積層されてなるものであってもよい。ここで中間層とは、図4及び図5に示す保護膜形成用複合シートにおいて設けられていてもよい中間層と同じである。
また、図2~図6に示す保護膜形成用複合シートは、前記中間層以外の層が、任意の箇所に設けられていてもよい。
また、保護膜形成用複合シートにおいては、剥離フィルムと、この剥離フィルムと直接接触している層との間に、一部隙間が生じていてもよい。
また、保護膜形成用複合シートにおいては、各層の大きさや形状は、目的に応じて任意に調節できる。 For example, in the composite sheet for protective film formation shown in FIGS. 4 and 5, an intermediate layer may be provided between thesubstrate 11 and the protective film formation film 13. The intermediate layer can be selected arbitrarily according to the purpose.
Moreover, in the composite sheet for protective film formation shown in FIG.2, FIG3 and FIG.6, the intermediate | middle layer may be provided between thebase material 11 and the adhesive layer 12. As shown in FIG. That is, in the composite sheet for protective film formation of the present invention, the support sheet may be formed by laminating the base material, the intermediate layer and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in this order in the thickness direction. Here, the intermediate layer is the same as the intermediate layer which may be provided in the composite sheet for protective film formation shown in FIGS. 4 and 5.
In the composite sheet for protective film formation shown in FIGS. 2 to 6, the layer other than the intermediate layer may be provided at an arbitrary place.
Moreover, in the composite sheet for protective film formation, a clearance may be partially generated between the release film and the layer in direct contact with the release film.
Moreover, in the composite sheet for protective film formation, the size and shape of each layer can be arbitrarily adjusted according to the purpose.
また、図2、図3及び図6に示す保護膜形成用複合シートにおいては、基材11と粘着剤層12との間に中間層が設けられていてもよい。すなわち、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートにおいて、支持シートは、基材、中間層及び粘着剤層がこの順に、これらの厚さ方向において積層されてなるものであってもよい。ここで中間層とは、図4及び図5に示す保護膜形成用複合シートにおいて設けられていてもよい中間層と同じである。
また、図2~図6に示す保護膜形成用複合シートは、前記中間層以外の層が、任意の箇所に設けられていてもよい。
また、保護膜形成用複合シートにおいては、剥離フィルムと、この剥離フィルムと直接接触している層との間に、一部隙間が生じていてもよい。
また、保護膜形成用複合シートにおいては、各層の大きさや形状は、目的に応じて任意に調節できる。 For example, in the composite sheet for protective film formation shown in FIGS. 4 and 5, an intermediate layer may be provided between the
Moreover, in the composite sheet for protective film formation shown in FIG.2, FIG3 and FIG.6, the intermediate | middle layer may be provided between the
In the composite sheet for protective film formation shown in FIGS. 2 to 6, the layer other than the intermediate layer may be provided at an arbitrary place.
Moreover, in the composite sheet for protective film formation, a clearance may be partially generated between the release film and the layer in direct contact with the release film.
Moreover, in the composite sheet for protective film formation, the size and shape of each layer can be arbitrarily adjusted according to the purpose.
本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートにおいては、後述するように、粘着剤層等の、支持シートの保護膜形成用フィルムと直接接触している層が、非紫外線硬化性であることが好ましい。このような保護膜形成用複合シートは、保護膜付き半導体チップの、より容易なピックアップを可能とする。
In the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention, as described later, it is preferable that a layer such as an adhesive layer which is in direct contact with the protective film-forming film of the support sheet be non-UV curable. Such a composite sheet for protective film formation enables easier pickup of the semiconductor chip with a protective film.
支持シートは、透明であってもよいし、不透明であってもよく、目的に応じて着色されていてもよい。
なかでも、保護膜形成用フィルムが紫外線硬化性を有する本発明においては、支持シートは紫外線を透過させるものが好ましい。 The support sheet may be transparent or opaque, and may be colored according to the purpose.
Among them, in the present invention in which the protective film-forming film has ultraviolet curability, it is preferable that the support sheet transmits ultraviolet light.
なかでも、保護膜形成用フィルムが紫外線硬化性を有する本発明においては、支持シートは紫外線を透過させるものが好ましい。 The support sheet may be transparent or opaque, and may be colored according to the purpose.
Among them, in the present invention in which the protective film-forming film has ultraviolet curability, it is preferable that the support sheet transmits ultraviolet light.
例えば、支持シートにおいて、波長350nmの光の透過率は30%以上であることが好ましく、50%以上であることがより好ましく、70%以上であることが特に好ましい。前記光の透過率がこのような範囲であることで、支持シートを介して保護膜形成用フィルムに紫外線を照射しときに、保護膜形成用フィルムの硬化度がより向上する。
一方、支持シートにおいて、波長350nmの光の透過率の上限値は特に限定されない。例えば、前記光の透過率は95%以下であってもよい。
支持シートの波長350nmの光の透過率の下限値及び上限値は、任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、支持シートの波長350nmの光の透過率は、30%以上95%以下であることが好ましく、50%以上95%以下であることがより好ましく、70%以上95%以下であることが特に好ましい。 For example, in the support sheet, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 350 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more. When the light transmittance is in such a range, when the protective film-forming film is irradiated with ultraviolet light through the support sheet, the degree of curing of the protective film-forming film is further improved.
On the other hand, in the support sheet, the upper limit of the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 350 nm is not particularly limited. For example, the light transmittance may be 95% or less.
The lower limit value and the upper limit value of the light transmittance of the support sheet at a wavelength of 350 nm can be arbitrarily combined. For example, the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 350 nm of the support sheet is preferably 30% to 95%, more preferably 50% to 95%, and particularly preferably 70% to 95%. preferable.
一方、支持シートにおいて、波長350nmの光の透過率の上限値は特に限定されない。例えば、前記光の透過率は95%以下であってもよい。
支持シートの波長350nmの光の透過率の下限値及び上限値は、任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、支持シートの波長350nmの光の透過率は、30%以上95%以下であることが好ましく、50%以上95%以下であることがより好ましく、70%以上95%以下であることが特に好ましい。 For example, in the support sheet, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 350 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more. When the light transmittance is in such a range, when the protective film-forming film is irradiated with ultraviolet light through the support sheet, the degree of curing of the protective film-forming film is further improved.
On the other hand, in the support sheet, the upper limit of the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 350 nm is not particularly limited. For example, the light transmittance may be 95% or less.
The lower limit value and the upper limit value of the light transmittance of the support sheet at a wavelength of 350 nm can be arbitrarily combined. For example, the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 350 nm of the support sheet is preferably 30% to 95%, more preferably 50% to 95%, and particularly preferably 70% to 95%. preferable.
また、支持シートにおいて、波長532nmの光の透過率は30%以上であることが好ましく、50%以上であることがより好ましく、70%以上であることが特に好ましい。
前記光の透過率がこのような範囲であることで、支持シートを介して保護膜形成用フィルム又は保護膜にレーザー光を照射して、これらに印字したときに、より明瞭に印字できる。
一方、支持シートにおいて、波長532nmの光の透過率の上限値は特に限定されない。例えば、前記光の透過率は95%以下であってもよい。
支持シートの波長532nmの光の透過率の下限値及び上限値は、任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、支持シートの波長532nmの光の透過率は、30%以上95%以下であることが好ましく、50%以上95%以下であることがより好ましく、70%以上95%以下であることが特に好ましい。 In the support sheet, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 532 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more.
When the transmittance of light is in such a range, the protective film-forming film or the protective film is irradiated with a laser beam through the support sheet, and printing can be performed more clearly.
On the other hand, in the support sheet, the upper limit of the transmittance of light of wavelength 532 nm is not particularly limited. For example, the light transmittance may be 95% or less.
The lower limit value and the upper limit value of the transmittance of light of wavelength 532 nm of the support sheet can be arbitrarily combined. For example, the transmittance of light of wavelength 532 nm of the support sheet is preferably 30% or more and 95% or less, more preferably 50% or more and 95% or less, and particularly preferably 70% or more and 95% or less preferable.
前記光の透過率がこのような範囲であることで、支持シートを介して保護膜形成用フィルム又は保護膜にレーザー光を照射して、これらに印字したときに、より明瞭に印字できる。
一方、支持シートにおいて、波長532nmの光の透過率の上限値は特に限定されない。例えば、前記光の透過率は95%以下であってもよい。
支持シートの波長532nmの光の透過率の下限値及び上限値は、任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、支持シートの波長532nmの光の透過率は、30%以上95%以下であることが好ましく、50%以上95%以下であることがより好ましく、70%以上95%以下であることが特に好ましい。 In the support sheet, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 532 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more.
When the transmittance of light is in such a range, the protective film-forming film or the protective film is irradiated with a laser beam through the support sheet, and printing can be performed more clearly.
On the other hand, in the support sheet, the upper limit of the transmittance of light of wavelength 532 nm is not particularly limited. For example, the light transmittance may be 95% or less.
The lower limit value and the upper limit value of the transmittance of light of wavelength 532 nm of the support sheet can be arbitrarily combined. For example, the transmittance of light of wavelength 532 nm of the support sheet is preferably 30% or more and 95% or less, more preferably 50% or more and 95% or less, and particularly preferably 70% or more and 95% or less preferable.
また、支持シートにおいて、波長1064nmの光の透過率は30%以上であることが好ましく、50%以上であることがより好ましく、70%以上であることが特に好ましい。前記光の透過率がこのような範囲であることで、支持シートを介して保護膜形成用フィルム又は保護膜にレーザー光を照射して、これらに印字したときに、より明瞭に印字できる。
一方、支持シートにおいて、波長1064nmの光の透過率の上限値は特に限定されない。例えば、前記光の透過率は95%以下であってもよい。
支持シートの波長1064nmの光の透過率の下限値及び上限値は、任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、支持シートの波長1064nmの光の透過率は、30%以上95%以下であることが好ましく、50%以上95%以下であることがより好ましく、70%以上95%以下であることが特に好ましい。 In the support sheet, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1064 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more. When the transmittance of light is in such a range, the protective film-forming film or the protective film is irradiated with a laser beam through the support sheet, and printing can be performed more clearly.
On the other hand, in the support sheet, the upper limit value of the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 1064 nm is not particularly limited. For example, the light transmittance may be 95% or less.
The lower limit value and the upper limit value of the light transmittance for the wavelength 1064 nm of the support sheet can be arbitrarily combined. For example, the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 1064 nm of the support sheet is preferably 30% or more and 95% or less, more preferably 50% or more and 95% or less, and particularly preferably 70% or more and 95% or less preferable.
一方、支持シートにおいて、波長1064nmの光の透過率の上限値は特に限定されない。例えば、前記光の透過率は95%以下であってもよい。
支持シートの波長1064nmの光の透過率の下限値及び上限値は、任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、支持シートの波長1064nmの光の透過率は、30%以上95%以下であることが好ましく、50%以上95%以下であることがより好ましく、70%以上95%以下であることが特に好ましい。 In the support sheet, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1064 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more. When the transmittance of light is in such a range, the protective film-forming film or the protective film is irradiated with a laser beam through the support sheet, and printing can be performed more clearly.
On the other hand, in the support sheet, the upper limit value of the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 1064 nm is not particularly limited. For example, the light transmittance may be 95% or less.
The lower limit value and the upper limit value of the light transmittance for the wavelength 1064 nm of the support sheet can be arbitrarily combined. For example, the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 1064 nm of the support sheet is preferably 30% or more and 95% or less, more preferably 50% or more and 95% or less, and particularly preferably 70% or more and 95% or less preferable.
また、支持シートにおいて、波長1342nmの光の透過率は30%以上であることが好ましく、50%以上であることがより好ましく、70%以上であることが特に好ましい。前記光の透過率がこのような範囲であることで、支持シートと、保護膜形成用フィルム又は保護膜とを介して、半導体ウエハにレーザー光を照射して、半導体ウエハに改質層をより容易に形成できる。
一方、支持シートにおいて、波長1342nmの光の透過率の上限値は特に限定されない。例えば、前記光の透過率は95%以下であってもよい。
支持シートの波長1342nmの光の透過率の下限値及び上限値は、任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、支持シートの波長1342nmの光の透過率は、30%以上95%以下であることが好ましく、50%以上95%以下であることがより好ましく、70%以上95%以下であることが特に好ましい。
次に、支持シートを構成する各層について、さらに詳細に説明する。 In the support sheet, the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 1342 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more. When the light transmittance is in such a range, the semiconductor wafer is irradiated with laser light through the support sheet and the protective film-forming film or protective film, and the modified layer is formed on the semiconductor wafer. It can be easily formed.
On the other hand, in the support sheet, the upper limit of the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 1342 nm is not particularly limited. For example, the light transmittance may be 95% or less.
The lower limit value and the upper limit value of the light transmittance of the wavelength 1342 nm of the support sheet can be arbitrarily combined. For example, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1342 nm of the support sheet is preferably 30% to 95%, more preferably 50% to 95%, and particularly preferably 70% to 95%. preferable.
Next, each layer constituting the support sheet will be described in more detail.
一方、支持シートにおいて、波長1342nmの光の透過率の上限値は特に限定されない。例えば、前記光の透過率は95%以下であってもよい。
支持シートの波長1342nmの光の透過率の下限値及び上限値は、任意に組み合わせることができる。例えば、支持シートの波長1342nmの光の透過率は、30%以上95%以下であることが好ましく、50%以上95%以下であることがより好ましく、70%以上95%以下であることが特に好ましい。
次に、支持シートを構成する各層について、さらに詳細に説明する。 In the support sheet, the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 1342 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more. When the light transmittance is in such a range, the semiconductor wafer is irradiated with laser light through the support sheet and the protective film-forming film or protective film, and the modified layer is formed on the semiconductor wafer. It can be easily formed.
On the other hand, in the support sheet, the upper limit of the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 1342 nm is not particularly limited. For example, the light transmittance may be 95% or less.
The lower limit value and the upper limit value of the light transmittance of the wavelength 1342 nm of the support sheet can be arbitrarily combined. For example, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1342 nm of the support sheet is preferably 30% to 95%, more preferably 50% to 95%, and particularly preferably 70% to 95%. preferable.
Next, each layer constituting the support sheet will be described in more detail.
○基材
前記基材は、シート状又はフィルム状であり、その構成材料としては、例えば、各種樹脂が挙げられる。
前記樹脂としては、例えば、低密度ポリエチレン(LDPE)、直鎖低密度ポリエチレン(LLDPE)、及び高密度ポリエチレン(HDPE)等のポリエチレン;ポリプロピレン、ポリブテン、ポリブタジエン、ポリメチルペンテン、及びノルボルネン樹脂等のポリエチレン以外のポリオレフィン;エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体、エチレン-(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、エチレン-(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体、及びエチレン-ノルボルネン共重合体等のエチレン系共重合体(モノマーとしてエチレンを用いて得られた共重合体);ポリ塩化ビニル、及び塩化ビニル共重合体等の塩化ビニル系樹脂(モノマーとして塩化ビニルを用いて得られた樹脂);ポリスチレン;ポリシクロオレフィン;ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンイソフタレート、ポリエチレン-2,6-ナフタレンジカルボキシレート、及びすべての構成単位が芳香族環式基を有する全芳香族ポリエステル等のポリエステル;2種以上の前記ポリエステルの共重合体;ポリ(メタ)アクリル酸エステル;ポリウレタン;ポリウレタンアクリレート;ポリイミド;ポリアミド;ポリカーボネート;フッ素樹脂;ポリアセタール;変性ポリフェニレンオキシド;ポリフェニレンスルフィド;ポリスルホン;及びポリエーテルケトン等が挙げられる。
また、前記樹脂としては、例えば、前記ポリエステルとそれ以外の樹脂との混合物等のポリマーアロイも挙げられる。前記ポリエステルとそれ以外の樹脂とのポリマーアロイは、ポリエステル以外の樹脂の量が比較的少量であるものが好ましい。
また、前記樹脂としては、例えば、ここまでに例示した前記樹脂の1種又は2種以上が架橋した架橋樹脂;ここまでに例示した前記樹脂の1種又は2種以上を用いたアイオノマー等の変性樹脂も挙げられる。 ○ Base Material The base material is in the form of a sheet or a film, and examples of the constituent material thereof include various resins.
Examples of the resin include polyethylenes such as low density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE), and high density polyethylene (HDPE); polyethylenes such as polypropylene, polybutene, polybutadiene, polymethylpentene, and norbornene resin Ethylene-vinyl copolymers such as ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ethylene- (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene- (meth) acrylic acid ester copolymer, and ethylene-norbornene copolymer Copolymers obtained using ethylene as a monomer); vinyl chloride resins such as polyvinyl chloride and vinyl chloride copolymers (resins obtained using vinyl chloride as a monomer); polystyrene; polycycloolefins; Polyethylene terephthalate, PO Polyesters such as ethylene naphthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene isophthalate, polyethylene-2,6-naphthalene dicarboxylate, and wholly aromatic polyesters in which all constituent units have an aromatic cyclic group; two or more of the above-mentioned polyesters Copolymers of: poly (meth) acrylic acid ester, polyurethane, polyurethane acrylate, polyimide, polyamide, polycarbonate, fluorocarbon resin, polyacetal, modified polyphenylene oxide, polyphenylene sulfide, polysulfone, and polyether ketone.
Moreover, as said resin, polymer alloys, such as a mixture of the said polyester and other resin, are also mentioned, for example. The polymer alloy of the polyester and the other resin is preferably one in which the amount of the resin other than the polyester is relatively small.
Further, as the resin, for example, a crosslinked resin obtained by crosslinking one or more of the above-described resins exemplified so far; modification of an ionomer using one or more of the above-described resins exemplified so far Resin is also mentioned.
前記基材は、シート状又はフィルム状であり、その構成材料としては、例えば、各種樹脂が挙げられる。
前記樹脂としては、例えば、低密度ポリエチレン(LDPE)、直鎖低密度ポリエチレン(LLDPE)、及び高密度ポリエチレン(HDPE)等のポリエチレン;ポリプロピレン、ポリブテン、ポリブタジエン、ポリメチルペンテン、及びノルボルネン樹脂等のポリエチレン以外のポリオレフィン;エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体、エチレン-(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、エチレン-(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体、及びエチレン-ノルボルネン共重合体等のエチレン系共重合体(モノマーとしてエチレンを用いて得られた共重合体);ポリ塩化ビニル、及び塩化ビニル共重合体等の塩化ビニル系樹脂(モノマーとして塩化ビニルを用いて得られた樹脂);ポリスチレン;ポリシクロオレフィン;ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンイソフタレート、ポリエチレン-2,6-ナフタレンジカルボキシレート、及びすべての構成単位が芳香族環式基を有する全芳香族ポリエステル等のポリエステル;2種以上の前記ポリエステルの共重合体;ポリ(メタ)アクリル酸エステル;ポリウレタン;ポリウレタンアクリレート;ポリイミド;ポリアミド;ポリカーボネート;フッ素樹脂;ポリアセタール;変性ポリフェニレンオキシド;ポリフェニレンスルフィド;ポリスルホン;及びポリエーテルケトン等が挙げられる。
また、前記樹脂としては、例えば、前記ポリエステルとそれ以外の樹脂との混合物等のポリマーアロイも挙げられる。前記ポリエステルとそれ以外の樹脂とのポリマーアロイは、ポリエステル以外の樹脂の量が比較的少量であるものが好ましい。
また、前記樹脂としては、例えば、ここまでに例示した前記樹脂の1種又は2種以上が架橋した架橋樹脂;ここまでに例示した前記樹脂の1種又は2種以上を用いたアイオノマー等の変性樹脂も挙げられる。 ○ Base Material The base material is in the form of a sheet or a film, and examples of the constituent material thereof include various resins.
Examples of the resin include polyethylenes such as low density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE), and high density polyethylene (HDPE); polyethylenes such as polypropylene, polybutene, polybutadiene, polymethylpentene, and norbornene resin Ethylene-vinyl copolymers such as ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ethylene- (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene- (meth) acrylic acid ester copolymer, and ethylene-norbornene copolymer Copolymers obtained using ethylene as a monomer); vinyl chloride resins such as polyvinyl chloride and vinyl chloride copolymers (resins obtained using vinyl chloride as a monomer); polystyrene; polycycloolefins; Polyethylene terephthalate, PO Polyesters such as ethylene naphthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene isophthalate, polyethylene-2,6-naphthalene dicarboxylate, and wholly aromatic polyesters in which all constituent units have an aromatic cyclic group; two or more of the above-mentioned polyesters Copolymers of: poly (meth) acrylic acid ester, polyurethane, polyurethane acrylate, polyimide, polyamide, polycarbonate, fluorocarbon resin, polyacetal, modified polyphenylene oxide, polyphenylene sulfide, polysulfone, and polyether ketone.
Moreover, as said resin, polymer alloys, such as a mixture of the said polyester and other resin, are also mentioned, for example. The polymer alloy of the polyester and the other resin is preferably one in which the amount of the resin other than the polyester is relatively small.
Further, as the resin, for example, a crosslinked resin obtained by crosslinking one or more of the above-described resins exemplified so far; modification of an ionomer using one or more of the above-described resins exemplified so far Resin is also mentioned.
基材を構成する樹脂は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
The resin constituting the substrate may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
基材は1層(単層)からなるものでもよいし、2層以上の複数層からなるものでもよく、複数層からなる場合、これら複数層は、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、これら複数層の組み合わせは特に限定されない。
The base material may consist of one layer (a single layer), or may consist of a plurality of layers of two or more layers, and in the case of a plurality of layers, these plural layers may be the same or different from each other, and these plural The combination of layers is not particularly limited.
基材の厚さは、50~300μmであることが好ましく、60~100μmであることがより好ましい。基材の厚さがこのような範囲であることで、前記保護膜形成用複合シートの可撓性と、半導体ウエハ又は半導体チップへの貼付性がより向上する。
ここで、「基材の厚さ」とは、基材全体の厚さを意味し、例えば、複数層からなる基材の厚さとは、基材を構成するすべての層の合計の厚さを意味する。 The thickness of the substrate is preferably 50 to 300 μm, and more preferably 60 to 100 μm. When the thickness of the substrate is in such a range, the flexibility of the composite sheet for protective film formation and the adhesion to a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip are further improved.
Here, "the thickness of the substrate" means the thickness of the entire substrate, for example, the thickness of the substrate comprising a plurality of layers means the total thickness of all the layers constituting the substrate means.
ここで、「基材の厚さ」とは、基材全体の厚さを意味し、例えば、複数層からなる基材の厚さとは、基材を構成するすべての層の合計の厚さを意味する。 The thickness of the substrate is preferably 50 to 300 μm, and more preferably 60 to 100 μm. When the thickness of the substrate is in such a range, the flexibility of the composite sheet for protective film formation and the adhesion to a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip are further improved.
Here, "the thickness of the substrate" means the thickness of the entire substrate, for example, the thickness of the substrate comprising a plurality of layers means the total thickness of all the layers constituting the substrate means.
基材は、厚さの精度が高いもの、すなわち、部位によらず厚さのばらつきが抑制されたものが好ましい。上述の構成材料のうち、このような厚さの精度が高い基材を構成するのに使用可能な材料としては、例えば、ポリエチレン、ポリエチレン以外のポリオレフィン、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体等が挙げられる。
The substrate is preferably a substrate having high thickness accuracy, that is, a substrate in which the thickness variation is suppressed regardless of the part. Among the above-mentioned constituent materials, as materials which can be used to construct a substrate having such a high thickness accuracy, for example, polyethylene, polyolefins other than polyethylene, polyethylene terephthalate, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, etc. Can be mentioned.
基材は、前記樹脂等の主たる構成材料以外に、充填材、着色剤、帯電防止剤、酸化防止剤、有機滑剤、触媒、軟化剤(可塑剤)等の公知の各種添加剤を含有していてもよい。
The base contains, in addition to the main constituent materials such as the resin, known additives such as a filler, a colorant, an antistatic agent, an antioxidant, an organic lubricant, a catalyst, and a softener (plasticizer). May be
基材の光学特性は、先に説明した支持シートの光学特性を満たすようになっていることが好ましい。例えば、基材は、透明であってもよいし、不透明であってもよく、目的に応じて着色されていてもよいし、他の層が蒸着されていてもよい。
そして、保護膜形成用フィルムが紫外線硬化性を有する本発明においては、基材は紫外線を透過させるものが好ましい。 The optical properties of the substrate are preferably such as to satisfy the optical properties of the support sheet described above. For example, the substrate may be transparent or opaque, or may be colored according to the purpose, or other layers may be deposited.
And in this invention which the film for protective film formation has ultraviolet curability, as a base material, what permeate | transmits an ultraviolet-ray is preferable.
そして、保護膜形成用フィルムが紫外線硬化性を有する本発明においては、基材は紫外線を透過させるものが好ましい。 The optical properties of the substrate are preferably such as to satisfy the optical properties of the support sheet described above. For example, the substrate may be transparent or opaque, or may be colored according to the purpose, or other layers may be deposited.
And in this invention which the film for protective film formation has ultraviolet curability, as a base material, what permeate | transmits an ultraviolet-ray is preferable.
基材は、その上に設けられる粘着剤層等の他の層との密着性を向上させるために、サンドブラスト処理、溶剤処理等による凹凸化処理や、コロナ放電処理、電子線照射処理、プラズマ処理、オゾン・紫外線照射処理、火炎処理、クロム酸処理、及び熱風処理等の酸化処理等が表面に施されたものであってもよい。
また、基材は、表面がプライマー処理を施されたものであってもよい。
また、基材は、帯電防止コート層;保護膜形成用複合シートを重ね合わせて保存する際に、基材が他のシートに接着することや、基材が吸着テーブルに接着することを防止する層等を有するものであってもよい。 The substrate is roughened by sand blasting, solvent treatment, etc., corona discharge treatment, electron beam irradiation treatment, plasma treatment, etc., in order to improve the adhesion to other layers such as the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer provided thereon. The surface may be subjected to oxidation treatment such as ozone and ultraviolet irradiation treatment, flame treatment, chromic acid treatment, and hot air treatment.
Moreover, the surface of the substrate may be subjected to primer treatment.
In addition, the base material prevents adhesion of the base material to another sheet and adhesion of the base material to the suction table when the antistatic coating layer and the composite sheet for protective film formation are stacked and stored. It may have a layer or the like.
また、基材は、表面がプライマー処理を施されたものであってもよい。
また、基材は、帯電防止コート層;保護膜形成用複合シートを重ね合わせて保存する際に、基材が他のシートに接着することや、基材が吸着テーブルに接着することを防止する層等を有するものであってもよい。 The substrate is roughened by sand blasting, solvent treatment, etc., corona discharge treatment, electron beam irradiation treatment, plasma treatment, etc., in order to improve the adhesion to other layers such as the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer provided thereon. The surface may be subjected to oxidation treatment such as ozone and ultraviolet irradiation treatment, flame treatment, chromic acid treatment, and hot air treatment.
Moreover, the surface of the substrate may be subjected to primer treatment.
In addition, the base material prevents adhesion of the base material to another sheet and adhesion of the base material to the suction table when the antistatic coating layer and the composite sheet for protective film formation are stacked and stored. It may have a layer or the like.
基材は、公知の方法で製造できる。例えば、樹脂を含有する基材は、前記樹脂を含有する樹脂組成物を成形することで製造できる。
The substrate can be produced by a known method. For example, the base material containing resin can be manufactured by shape | molding the resin composition containing the said resin.
○粘着剤層
前記粘着剤層は、シート状又はフィルム状であり、粘着剤を含有する。
前記粘着剤としては、例えば、アクリル系樹脂、ウレタン系樹脂、ゴム系樹脂、シリコーン系樹脂、エポキシ系樹脂、ポリビニルエーテル、及びポリカーボネート、エステル系樹脂等の粘着性樹脂が挙げられ、アクリル系樹脂が好ましい。 ○ Pressure-sensitive adhesive layer The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is in the form of a sheet or a film, and contains a pressure-sensitive adhesive.
Examples of the pressure-sensitive adhesive include acrylic resins, urethane resins, rubber resins, silicone resins, epoxy resins, epoxy resins, polyvinyl ethers, and adhesive resins such as polycarbonates and ester resins. Acrylic resins are exemplified. preferable.
前記粘着剤層は、シート状又はフィルム状であり、粘着剤を含有する。
前記粘着剤としては、例えば、アクリル系樹脂、ウレタン系樹脂、ゴム系樹脂、シリコーン系樹脂、エポキシ系樹脂、ポリビニルエーテル、及びポリカーボネート、エステル系樹脂等の粘着性樹脂が挙げられ、アクリル系樹脂が好ましい。 ○ Pressure-sensitive adhesive layer The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is in the form of a sheet or a film, and contains a pressure-sensitive adhesive.
Examples of the pressure-sensitive adhesive include acrylic resins, urethane resins, rubber resins, silicone resins, epoxy resins, epoxy resins, polyvinyl ethers, and adhesive resins such as polycarbonates and ester resins. Acrylic resins are exemplified. preferable.
なお、本発明において、「粘着性樹脂」とは、粘着性を有する樹脂と、接着性を有する樹脂と、の両方を含む概念であり、例えば、樹脂自体が粘着性を有するものだけでなく、添加剤等の他の成分との併用により粘着性を示す樹脂や、熱又は水等のトリガーの存在によって接着性を示す樹脂等も含む。
In the present invention, the term "adhesive resin" is a concept including both an adhesive resin and an adhesive resin, and for example, the resin itself is not limited to one having adhesiveness. It also includes a resin that exhibits tackiness when used in combination with other components such as additives, and a resin that exhibits adhesion due to the presence of a trigger such as heat or water.
粘着剤層は1層(単層)からなるものでもよいし、2層以上の複数層からなるものでもよく、複数層からなる場合、これら複数層は、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、これら複数層の組み合わせは特に限定されない。
The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be formed of one layer (single layer) or may be formed of two or more layers, and in the case of two or more layers, these layers may be the same or different from one another. The combination of multiple layers is not particularly limited.
粘着剤層の厚さは1~100μmであることが好ましく、1~60μmであることがより好ましく、1~30μmであることが特に好ましい。
ここで、「粘着剤層の厚さ」とは、粘着剤層全体の厚さを意味し、例えば、複数層からなる粘着剤層の厚さとは、粘着剤層を構成するすべての層の合計の厚さを意味する。 The thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably 1 to 100 μm, more preferably 1 to 60 μm, and particularly preferably 1 to 30 μm.
Here, "the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer" means the thickness of the entire pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and for example, the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer composed of a plurality of layers means the total of all layers constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Means the thickness of.
ここで、「粘着剤層の厚さ」とは、粘着剤層全体の厚さを意味し、例えば、複数層からなる粘着剤層の厚さとは、粘着剤層を構成するすべての層の合計の厚さを意味する。 The thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably 1 to 100 μm, more preferably 1 to 60 μm, and particularly preferably 1 to 30 μm.
Here, "the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer" means the thickness of the entire pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and for example, the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer composed of a plurality of layers means the total of all layers constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Means the thickness of.
粘着剤層の光学特性は、先に説明した支持シートの光学特性を満たすようになっていることが好ましい。例えば、粘着剤層は、透明であってもよいし、不透明であってもよく、目的に応じて着色されていてもよい。
そして、保護膜形成用フィルムが紫外線硬化性を有する本発明においては、粘着剤層は紫外線を透過させるものが好ましい。 The optical properties of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer preferably satisfy the optical properties of the support sheet described above. For example, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be transparent or opaque, or may be colored according to the purpose.
And in this invention which the film for protective film formation has ultraviolet curability, that to which an adhesive layer permeate | transmits an ultraviolet-ray is preferable.
そして、保護膜形成用フィルムが紫外線硬化性を有する本発明においては、粘着剤層は紫外線を透過させるものが好ましい。 The optical properties of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer preferably satisfy the optical properties of the support sheet described above. For example, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be transparent or opaque, or may be colored according to the purpose.
And in this invention which the film for protective film formation has ultraviolet curability, that to which an adhesive layer permeate | transmits an ultraviolet-ray is preferable.
粘着剤層は、紫外線以外のエネルギー線硬化性粘着剤を用いて形成されたものであってもよいし、非エネルギー線硬化性粘着剤を用いて形成されたものであってもよい。紫外線以外のエネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤を用いて形成された粘着剤層は、硬化前及び硬化後での物性を、容易に調節できる。ここで、「エネルギー線」とは、電磁波又は荷電粒子線の中でエネルギー量子を有するものを意味し、その例として、放射線、電子線等が挙げられる。「エネルギー線硬化性」とは、エネルギー線を照射することにより硬化する性質を意味し、「非エネルギー線硬化性」とは、エネルギー線を照射しても硬化しない性質を意味する。
The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be formed using an energy ray-curable adhesive other than ultraviolet light, or may be formed using a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed using an energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive other than ultraviolet light can easily adjust physical properties before and after curing. Here, the term "energy beam" means an electromagnetic wave or charged particle beam having energy quantum, and examples thereof include radiation and electron beam. "Energy ray curable" means a property of curing by irradiation with energy rays, and "non-energy ray curable" means a property of not curing even by irradiation of energy rays.
<<粘着剤組成物>>
粘着剤層は、粘着剤を含有する粘着剤組成物を用いて形成できる。例えば、粘着剤層の形成対象面に粘着剤組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、目的とする部位に粘着剤層を形成できる。粘着剤層のより具体的な形成方法は、他の層の形成方法とともに、後ほど詳細に説明する。粘着剤組成物中の、常温で気化しない成分同士の含有量の比率は、通常、粘着剤層の前記成分同士の含有量の比率と同じとなる。 << Adhesive composition >>
The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be formed using a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a pressure-sensitive adhesive. For example, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be formed on a target site by coating the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition on the surface to be formed of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and drying it as necessary. The more specific formation method of an adhesive layer is demonstrated in detail later with the formation method of another layer. The ratio of the contents of the components which do not vaporize at normal temperature in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is usually the same as the ratio of the contents of the components of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
粘着剤層は、粘着剤を含有する粘着剤組成物を用いて形成できる。例えば、粘着剤層の形成対象面に粘着剤組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、目的とする部位に粘着剤層を形成できる。粘着剤層のより具体的な形成方法は、他の層の形成方法とともに、後ほど詳細に説明する。粘着剤組成物中の、常温で気化しない成分同士の含有量の比率は、通常、粘着剤層の前記成分同士の含有量の比率と同じとなる。 << Adhesive composition >>
The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be formed using a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a pressure-sensitive adhesive. For example, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be formed on a target site by coating the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition on the surface to be formed of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and drying it as necessary. The more specific formation method of an adhesive layer is demonstrated in detail later with the formation method of another layer. The ratio of the contents of the components which do not vaporize at normal temperature in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is usually the same as the ratio of the contents of the components of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
粘着剤組成物の塗工は、公知の方法で行えばよく、例えば、エアーナイフコーター、ブレードコーター、バーコーター、グラビアコーター、ロールコーター、ロールナイフコーター、カーテンコーター、ダイコーター、ナイフコーター、スクリーンコーター、マイヤーバーコーター、及びキスコーター等の各種コーターを用いる方法が挙げられる。
The application of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be performed by a known method, for example, an air knife coater, a blade coater, a bar coater, a gravure coater, a roll coater, a roll knife coater, a curtain coater, a die coater, a knife coater, a screen coater And methods using various coaters such as Meyer bar coater and kiss coater.
粘着剤組成物の乾燥条件は、特に限定されないが、粘着剤組成物は、後述する溶媒を含有している場合、加熱乾燥させることが好ましい。溶媒を含有する粘着剤組成物は、例えば、70~130℃で10秒間~5分間の条件で乾燥させることが好ましい。
The drying conditions of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition are not particularly limited, but when the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition contains a solvent described later, it is preferable to heat and dry. The solvent-containing pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is preferably dried, for example, at 70 to 130 ° C. for 10 seconds to 5 minutes.
粘着剤層がエネルギー線硬化性である場合、エネルギー線硬化性粘着剤を含有する粘着剤組成物、すなわち、エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物としては、例えば、非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-1a)(以下、「粘着性樹脂(I-1a)」と略記することがある)と、エネルギー線硬化性化合物と、を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-1);非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の側鎖に不飽和基が導入されたエネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-2a)(以下、「粘着性樹脂(I-2a)」と略記することがある)を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-2);前記粘着性樹脂(I-2a)と、エネルギー線硬化性化合物と、を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-3)等が挙げられる。
When the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is energy ray-curable, a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing an energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive, that is, an energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, for example, non-energy ray-curable tackiness Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) containing resin (I-1a) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “adhesive resin (I-1a)”) and an energy ray-curable compound; non-energy Energy ray curable adhesive resin (I-2a) (hereinafter referred to as “adhesive resin (I-2a)”) wherein an unsaturated group is introduced into the side chain of the linear curable adhesive resin (I-1a) Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) containing the abbreviation); pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) containing the adhesive resin (I-2a) and an energy ray-curable compound, etc. Can be mentioned.
<粘着剤組成物(I-1)>
前記粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、上述の様に、非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-1a)と、エネルギー線硬化性化合物と、を含有する。 <Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1)>
As described above, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contains a non-energy ray-curable adhesive resin (I-1a) and an energy ray-curable compound.
前記粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、上述の様に、非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-1a)と、エネルギー線硬化性化合物と、を含有する。 <Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1)>
As described above, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contains a non-energy ray-curable adhesive resin (I-1a) and an energy ray-curable compound.
[粘着性樹脂(I-1a)]
前記粘着性樹脂(I-1a)は、アクリル系樹脂であることが好ましい。
前記アクリル系樹脂としては、例えば、少なくとも(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位を有するアクリル系重合体が挙げられる。
前記アクリル系樹脂が有する構成単位は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 [Adhesive resin (I-1a)]
The adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably an acrylic resin.
As said acrylic resin, the acrylic polymer which has a structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic-acid alkylester at least is mentioned, for example.
The structural unit which the said acrylic resin has may be only 1 type, may be 2 or more types, and when it is 2 or more types, those combination and ratio can be selected arbitrarily.
前記粘着性樹脂(I-1a)は、アクリル系樹脂であることが好ましい。
前記アクリル系樹脂としては、例えば、少なくとも(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位を有するアクリル系重合体が挙げられる。
前記アクリル系樹脂が有する構成単位は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 [Adhesive resin (I-1a)]
The adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably an acrylic resin.
As said acrylic resin, the acrylic polymer which has a structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic-acid alkylester at least is mentioned, for example.
The structural unit which the said acrylic resin has may be only 1 type, may be 2 or more types, and when it is 2 or more types, those combination and ratio can be selected arbitrarily.
前記(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルとしては、例えば、アルキルエステルを構成するアルキル基の炭素数が1~20であるのものが挙げられ、前記アルキル基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状であることが好ましい。
(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルとして、より具体的には、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸sec-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸tert-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸デシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ウンデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ドデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ラウリルともいう)、(メタ)アクリル酸トリデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ミリスチルともいう)、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキサデシル((メタ)アクリル酸パルミチルともいう)、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸オクタデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ステアリルともいう)、(メタ)アクリル酸ノナデシル、及び(メタ)アクリル酸イコシル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester include ones in which the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the alkyl group is linear or branched. Is preferred.
More specifically, as (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid n-Butyl, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, n-octyl (meth) acrylate, n-nonyl (meth) acrylate, isononyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylate ) Undecyl acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate (also lauryl (meth) acrylate) ), Tridecyl (meth) acrylate, tetradecyl (meth) acrylate (also referred to as myristyl (meth) acrylate), pentadecyl (meth) acrylate, hexadecyl (meth) acrylate (also referred to as palmityl (meth) acrylate), Examples include heptadecyl (meth) acrylate, octadecyl (meth) acrylate (also referred to as stearyl (meth) acrylate), nonadecyl (meth) acrylate, and icosyl (meth) acrylate.
(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルとして、より具体的には、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸sec-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸tert-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸デシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ウンデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ドデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ラウリルともいう)、(メタ)アクリル酸トリデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ミリスチルともいう)、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキサデシル((メタ)アクリル酸パルミチルともいう)、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸オクタデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ステアリルともいう)、(メタ)アクリル酸ノナデシル、及び(メタ)アクリル酸イコシル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester include ones in which the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the alkyl group is linear or branched. Is preferred.
More specifically, as (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid n-Butyl, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, n-octyl (meth) acrylate, n-nonyl (meth) acrylate, isononyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylate ) Undecyl acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate (also lauryl (meth) acrylate) ), Tridecyl (meth) acrylate, tetradecyl (meth) acrylate (also referred to as myristyl (meth) acrylate), pentadecyl (meth) acrylate, hexadecyl (meth) acrylate (also referred to as palmityl (meth) acrylate), Examples include heptadecyl (meth) acrylate, octadecyl (meth) acrylate (also referred to as stearyl (meth) acrylate), nonadecyl (meth) acrylate, and icosyl (meth) acrylate.
粘着剤層の粘着力が向上する点から、前記アクリル系重合体は、前記アルキル基の炭素数が4以上である(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位を有することが好ましい。そして、粘着剤層の粘着力がより向上する点から、前記アルキル基の炭素数は、4~12であることが好ましく、4~8であることがより好ましい。また、前記アルキル基の炭素数が4以上である(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルは、メタクリル酸アルキルエステルであることが好ましい。
It is preferable that the said acryl-type polymer has a structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic-acid alkylester whose carbon number of the said alkyl group is 4 or more from the point which the adhesive force of an adhesive layer improves. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 4 to 12, and more preferably 4 to 8, in order to further improve the adhesion of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Moreover, it is preferable that the (meth) acrylic-acid alkyl ester whose carbon number of the said alkyl group is 4 or more is methacrylic acid alkyl ester.
前記アクリル系重合体は、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位以外に、さらに、官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を有することが好ましい。
前記官能基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、前記官能基が後述する架橋剤と反応することで架橋の起点となったり、前記官能基が後述する不飽和基含有化合物中の不飽和基と反応したりすることで、アクリル系重合体の側鎖に不飽和基の導入を可能とするものが挙げられる。 The acrylic polymer preferably further has a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer, in addition to the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester.
As the functional group-containing monomer, for example, the functional group reacts with a crosslinking agent described later to be a crosslinking origin, or the functional group reacts with an unsaturated group in an unsaturated group-containing compound described later What makes it possible to introduce an unsaturated group into the side chain of an acrylic polymer by doing is mentioned.
前記官能基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、前記官能基が後述する架橋剤と反応することで架橋の起点となったり、前記官能基が後述する不飽和基含有化合物中の不飽和基と反応したりすることで、アクリル系重合体の側鎖に不飽和基の導入を可能とするものが挙げられる。 The acrylic polymer preferably further has a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer, in addition to the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester.
As the functional group-containing monomer, for example, the functional group reacts with a crosslinking agent described later to be a crosslinking origin, or the functional group reacts with an unsaturated group in an unsaturated group-containing compound described later What makes it possible to introduce an unsaturated group into the side chain of an acrylic polymer by doing is mentioned.
官能基含有モノマー中の前記官能基としては、例えば、水酸基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、及びエポキシ基等が挙げられる。
すなわち、官能基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、水酸基含有モノマー、カルボキシ基含有モノマー、アミノ基含有モノマー、及びエポキシ基含有モノマー等が挙げられる。 As said functional group in a functional group containing monomer, a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group, an epoxy group etc. are mentioned, for example.
That is, as a functional group containing monomer, a hydroxyl group containing monomer, a carboxy group containing monomer, an amino group containing monomer, an epoxy group containing monomer etc. are mentioned, for example.
すなわち、官能基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、水酸基含有モノマー、カルボキシ基含有モノマー、アミノ基含有モノマー、及びエポキシ基含有モノマー等が挙げられる。 As said functional group in a functional group containing monomer, a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group, an epoxy group etc. are mentioned, for example.
That is, as a functional group containing monomer, a hydroxyl group containing monomer, a carboxy group containing monomer, an amino group containing monomer, an epoxy group containing monomer etc. are mentioned, for example.
前記水酸基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシメチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシブチル、及び(メタ)アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチル等の(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシアルキル;ビニルアルコール、及びアリルアルコール等の非(メタ)アクリル系不飽和アルコール((メタ)アクリロイル骨格を有しない不飽和アルコール)等が挙げられる。
Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer include hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) Hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylates such as 2-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate; non (meth) acrylics such as vinyl alcohol and allyl alcohol And unsaturated alcohols (unsaturated alcohols having no (meth) acryloyl skeleton) and the like.
前記カルボキシ基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、及びクロトン酸等のエチレン性不飽和モノカルボン酸(エチレン性不飽和結合を有するモノカルボン酸);フマル酸、イタコン酸、マレイン酸、及びシトラコン酸等のエチレン性不飽和ジカルボン酸(エチレン性不飽和結合を有するジカルボン酸);前記エチレン性不飽和ジカルボン酸の無水物;2-カルボキシエチルメタクリレート等の(メタ)アクリル酸カルボキシアルキルエステル等が挙げられる。
As the carboxy group-containing monomer, for example, ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acids (monocarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond) such as (meth) acrylic acid and crotonic acid; fumaric acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, And ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as citraconic acid (dicarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond); anhydrides of the above ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids; (meth) acrylic acid carboxyalkyl esters such as 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate and the like Can be mentioned.
官能基含有モノマーは、水酸基含有モノマー、及びカルボキシ基含有モノマーが好ましく、水酸基含有モノマーがより好ましい。
The functional group-containing monomer is preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer and a carboxy group-containing monomer, and more preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer.
前記アクリル系重合体を構成する官能基含有モノマーは、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
The functional group-containing monomer constituting the acrylic polymer may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
前記アクリル系重合体において、官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位の含有量は、構成単位の全量に対して、1~35質量%であることが好ましく、2~32質量%であることがより好ましく、3~30質量%であることが特に好ましい。
In the acrylic polymer, the content of the structural unit derived from the functional group-containing monomer is preferably 1 to 35% by mass, and more preferably 2 to 32% by mass, with respect to the total amount of the structural units. And 3 to 30% by mass is particularly preferable.
前記アクリル系重合体は、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位、及び官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位以外に、さらに、他のモノマー由来の構成単位を有していてもよい。
前記他のモノマーは、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル等と共重合可能なものであれば特に限定されない。
前記他のモノマーとしては、例えば、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、ビニルトルエン、ギ酸ビニル、酢酸ビニル、アクリロニトリル、及びアクリルアミド等が挙げられる。 The acrylic polymer may further have a structural unit derived from another monomer in addition to the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester and the structural unit derived from the functional group-containing monomer.
The other monomer is not particularly limited as long as it is copolymerizable with (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester and the like.
Examples of the other monomers include styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyl toluene, vinyl formate, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, and acrylamide.
前記他のモノマーは、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル等と共重合可能なものであれば特に限定されない。
前記他のモノマーとしては、例えば、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、ビニルトルエン、ギ酸ビニル、酢酸ビニル、アクリロニトリル、及びアクリルアミド等が挙げられる。 The acrylic polymer may further have a structural unit derived from another monomer in addition to the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester and the structural unit derived from the functional group-containing monomer.
The other monomer is not particularly limited as long as it is copolymerizable with (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester and the like.
Examples of the other monomers include styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyl toluene, vinyl formate, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, and acrylamide.
前記アクリル系重合体を構成する前記他のモノマーは、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
The other monomer constituting the acrylic polymer may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
前記アクリル系重合体は、上述の非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-1a)として使用できる。
一方、前記アクリル系重合体中の官能基に、エネルギー線重合性不飽和基(紫外線重合性基)を有する不飽和基含有化合物を反応させたものは、上述のエネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-2a)として使用できる。 The acrylic polymer can be used as the above-mentioned non-energy ray curable tackifying resin (I-1a).
On the other hand, those obtained by reacting the unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group (ultraviolet polymerizable group) with the functional group in the acrylic polymer are the above-mentioned energy ray curable adhesive resin It can be used as (I-2a).
一方、前記アクリル系重合体中の官能基に、エネルギー線重合性不飽和基(紫外線重合性基)を有する不飽和基含有化合物を反応させたものは、上述のエネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-2a)として使用できる。 The acrylic polymer can be used as the above-mentioned non-energy ray curable tackifying resin (I-1a).
On the other hand, those obtained by reacting the unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group (ultraviolet polymerizable group) with the functional group in the acrylic polymer are the above-mentioned energy ray curable adhesive resin It can be used as (I-2a).
粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有する粘着性樹脂(I-1a)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
The adhesive resin (I-1a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are optionally It can be selected.
粘着剤組成物(I-1)において、溶媒以外の成分の総含有量に対する、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の含有量は、5~99質量%であることが好ましく、10~95質量%であることがより好ましく、15~90質量%であることが特に好ましい。
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the adhesive resin (I-1a) relative to the total content of the components other than the solvent is preferably 5 to 99% by mass, and 10 to 95% by mass Is more preferable, and 15 to 90% by mass is particularly preferable.
[エネルギー線硬化性化合物]
粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有する前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物としては、エネルギー線重合性不飽和基を有し、エネルギー線の照射により硬化可能なモノマー又はオリゴマーが挙げられる。
エネルギー線硬化性化合物のうち、モノマーとしては、例えば、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトール(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、1,4-ブチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、及び1,6-へキサンジオール(メタ)アクリレート等の多価(メタ)アクリレート;ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート;ポリエステル(メタ)アクリレート;ポリエーテル(メタ)アクリレート;及びエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。
エネルギー線硬化性化合物のうち、オリゴマーとしては、例えば、上記で例示したモノマーが重合してなるオリゴマー等が挙げられる。
エネルギー線硬化性化合物は、分子量が比較的大きく、粘着剤層の貯蔵弾性率を低下させにくいという点では、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート、及びウレタン(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマーが好ましい。 [Energy ray curable compound]
Examples of the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) include monomers or oligomers which have an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group and can be cured by irradiation of energy rays.
Among the energy ray-curable compounds, as a monomer, for example, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, 1,4 Polyvalent (meth) acrylates such as -butylene glycol di (meth) acrylate and 1,6-hexanediol (meth) acrylate; urethane (meth) acrylate; polyester (meth) acrylate; polyether (meth) acrylate; Epoxy (meth) acrylate and the like can be mentioned.
Among the energy ray-curable compounds, examples of the oligomers include oligomers formed by polymerization of the monomers exemplified above.
The energy ray-curable compound is preferably a urethane (meth) acrylate or a urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer in that the molecular weight is relatively large and the storage elastic modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is hardly reduced.
粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有する前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物としては、エネルギー線重合性不飽和基を有し、エネルギー線の照射により硬化可能なモノマー又はオリゴマーが挙げられる。
エネルギー線硬化性化合物のうち、モノマーとしては、例えば、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトール(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、1,4-ブチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、及び1,6-へキサンジオール(メタ)アクリレート等の多価(メタ)アクリレート;ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート;ポリエステル(メタ)アクリレート;ポリエーテル(メタ)アクリレート;及びエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。
エネルギー線硬化性化合物のうち、オリゴマーとしては、例えば、上記で例示したモノマーが重合してなるオリゴマー等が挙げられる。
エネルギー線硬化性化合物は、分子量が比較的大きく、粘着剤層の貯蔵弾性率を低下させにくいという点では、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート、及びウレタン(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマーが好ましい。 [Energy ray curable compound]
Examples of the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) include monomers or oligomers which have an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group and can be cured by irradiation of energy rays.
Among the energy ray-curable compounds, as a monomer, for example, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, 1,4 Polyvalent (meth) acrylates such as -butylene glycol di (meth) acrylate and 1,6-hexanediol (meth) acrylate; urethane (meth) acrylate; polyester (meth) acrylate; polyether (meth) acrylate; Epoxy (meth) acrylate and the like can be mentioned.
Among the energy ray-curable compounds, examples of the oligomers include oligomers formed by polymerization of the monomers exemplified above.
The energy ray-curable compound is preferably a urethane (meth) acrylate or a urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer in that the molecular weight is relatively large and the storage elastic modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is hardly reduced.
粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有する前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
The energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected. .
前記粘着剤組成物(I-1)において、前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物の含有量は、前記粘着剤組成物(I-1)の溶媒以外の成分の総含有量に対し、1~95質量%であることが好ましく、5~90質量%であることがより好ましく、10~85質量%であることが特に好ましい。
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the energy ray-curable compound is 1 to 95% by mass with respect to the total content of components other than the solvent of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1). Is preferable, 5 to 90% by mass is more preferable, and 10 to 85% by mass is particularly preferable.
[架橋剤]
粘着性樹脂(I-1a)として、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位以外に、さらに、官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を有する前記アクリル系重合体を用いる場合、粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、さらに架橋剤を含有することが好ましい。 [Crosslinking agent]
When the acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester is used as the adhesive resin (I-1a), a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition ( It is preferable that I-1) further contains a crosslinking agent.
粘着性樹脂(I-1a)として、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位以外に、さらに、官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を有する前記アクリル系重合体を用いる場合、粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、さらに架橋剤を含有することが好ましい。 [Crosslinking agent]
When the acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester is used as the adhesive resin (I-1a), a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition ( It is preferable that I-1) further contains a crosslinking agent.
前記架橋剤は、例えば、前記官能基と反応して、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)同士を架橋するものである。
架橋剤としては、例えば、トリレンジイソシアネート、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、キシリレンジイソシアネート、及びこれらジイソシアネートのアダクト体等のイソシアネート系架橋剤(イソシアネート基を有する架橋剤);エチレングリコールグリシジルエーテル等のエポキシ系架橋剤(グリシジル基を有する架橋剤);ヘキサ[1-(2-メチル)-アジリジニル]トリフオスファトリアジン等のアジリジン系架橋剤(アジリジニル基を有する架橋剤);アルミニウムキレート等の金属キレート系架橋剤(金属キレート構造を有する架橋剤);イソシアヌレート系架橋剤(イソシアヌル酸骨格を有する架橋剤)等が挙げられる。
粘着剤の凝集力を向上させて粘着剤層の粘着力を向上させる点、及び入手が容易である等の点から、架橋剤はイソシアネート系架橋剤であることが好ましい。 The crosslinking agent, for example, reacts with the functional group to crosslink the adhesive resin (I-1a).
Crosslinking agents include, for example, tolylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, and isocyanate-based crosslinking agents such as adducts of these diisocyanates (crosslinking agents having an isocyanate group); epoxy-based crosslinking agents such as ethylene glycol glycidyl ether (Cross-linking agent having glycidyl group); Aziridine-based cross-linking agent such as hexa [1- (2-methyl) -aziridinyl] trifosphatriazine (cross-linking agent having aziridinyl group); Metal chelate-based cross-linking agent such as aluminum chelate ( Crosslinkers having a metal chelate structure); isocyanurate crosslinkers (crosslinkers having an isocyanuric acid skeleton) and the like.
The cross-linking agent is preferably an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent from the viewpoint of improving the cohesion of the pressure-sensitive adhesive to improve the adhesion of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and being easy to obtain.
架橋剤としては、例えば、トリレンジイソシアネート、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、キシリレンジイソシアネート、及びこれらジイソシアネートのアダクト体等のイソシアネート系架橋剤(イソシアネート基を有する架橋剤);エチレングリコールグリシジルエーテル等のエポキシ系架橋剤(グリシジル基を有する架橋剤);ヘキサ[1-(2-メチル)-アジリジニル]トリフオスファトリアジン等のアジリジン系架橋剤(アジリジニル基を有する架橋剤);アルミニウムキレート等の金属キレート系架橋剤(金属キレート構造を有する架橋剤);イソシアヌレート系架橋剤(イソシアヌル酸骨格を有する架橋剤)等が挙げられる。
粘着剤の凝集力を向上させて粘着剤層の粘着力を向上させる点、及び入手が容易である等の点から、架橋剤はイソシアネート系架橋剤であることが好ましい。 The crosslinking agent, for example, reacts with the functional group to crosslink the adhesive resin (I-1a).
Crosslinking agents include, for example, tolylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, and isocyanate-based crosslinking agents such as adducts of these diisocyanates (crosslinking agents having an isocyanate group); epoxy-based crosslinking agents such as ethylene glycol glycidyl ether (Cross-linking agent having glycidyl group); Aziridine-based cross-linking agent such as hexa [1- (2-methyl) -aziridinyl] trifosphatriazine (cross-linking agent having aziridinyl group); Metal chelate-based cross-linking agent such as aluminum chelate ( Crosslinkers having a metal chelate structure); isocyanurate crosslinkers (crosslinkers having an isocyanuric acid skeleton) and the like.
The cross-linking agent is preferably an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent from the viewpoint of improving the cohesion of the pressure-sensitive adhesive to improve the adhesion of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and being easy to obtain.
粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有する架橋剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
The crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be optionally selected.
前記粘着剤組成物(I-1)において、架橋剤の含有量は、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~50質量部であることが好ましく、0.1~20質量部であることがより好ましく、0.3~15質量部であることが特に好ましい。
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the content of the adhesive resin (I-1a), The amount is more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by mass.
[光重合開始剤]
粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、さらに光重合開始剤を含有していてもよい。光重合開始剤を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、紫外線等の比較的低エネルギーのエネルギー線を照射しても、十分に硬化反応が進行する。 [Photoinitiator]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently proceeds curing reaction even when irradiated with energy rays of relatively low energy such as ultraviolet rays.
粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、さらに光重合開始剤を含有していてもよい。光重合開始剤を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、紫外線等の比較的低エネルギーのエネルギー線を照射しても、十分に硬化反応が進行する。 [Photoinitiator]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently proceeds curing reaction even when irradiated with energy rays of relatively low energy such as ultraviolet rays.
前記光重合開始剤としては、例えば、ベンゾイン、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインエチルエーテル、ベンゾインイソプロピルエーテル、ベンゾインイソブチルエーテル、ベンゾイン安息香酸、ベンゾイン安息香酸メチル、及びベンゾインジメチルケタール等のベンゾイン化合物;アセトフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニル-プロパン-1-オン、及び2,2-ジメトキシ-1,2-ジフェニルエタン-1-オン等のアセトフェノン化合物;ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)フェニルフォスフィンオキサイド、及び2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイルジフェニルフォスフィンオキサイド等のアシルフォスフィンオキサイド化合物;ベンジルフェニルスルフィド、及びテトラメチルチウラムモノスルフィド等のスルフィド化合物;1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン等のα-ケトール化合物;アゾビスイソブチロニトリル等のアゾ化合物;チタノセン等のチタノセン化合物;チオキサントン等のチオキサントン化合物;パーオキサイド化合物;ジアセチル等のジケトン化合物;ベンジル;ジベンジル;ベンゾフェノン;2,4-ジエチルチオキサントン;1,2-ジフェニルメタン;2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-[4-(1-メチルビニル)フェニル]プロパノン;及び2-クロロアントラキノン等が挙げられる。
また、前記光重合開始剤としては、例えば、1-クロロアントラキノン等のキノン化合物;アミン等の光増感剤等を用いることもできる。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, methyl benzoin benzoate, and benzoin dimethyl ketal; acetophenone, 2- Acetophenone compounds such as hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one and 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethan-1-one; bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) phenyl Acyl phosphine oxide compounds such as phosphine oxide and 2,4,6-trimethyl benzoyl diphenyl phosphine oxide; benzyl phenyl sulfide and tetramethyl thiuram monosulfide Sulfide compounds; α-ketol compounds such as 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone; azo compounds such as azobisisobutyronitrile; titanocene compounds such as titanocene; thioxanthone compounds such as thioxanthone; peroxide compounds; diketone compounds such as diacetyl; Dibenzyl; benzophenone; 2,4-diethylthioxanthone; 1,2-diphenylmethane; 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1- [4- (1-methylvinyl) phenyl] propanone; and 2-chloroanthraquinone etc. Be
Further, as the photopolymerization initiator, for example, quinone compounds such as 1-chloroanthraquinone and the like; photosensitizers such as amine and the like can also be used.
また、前記光重合開始剤としては、例えば、1-クロロアントラキノン等のキノン化合物;アミン等の光増感剤等を用いることもできる。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, methyl benzoin benzoate, and benzoin dimethyl ketal; acetophenone, 2- Acetophenone compounds such as hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one and 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethan-1-one; bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) phenyl Acyl phosphine oxide compounds such as phosphine oxide and 2,4,6-trimethyl benzoyl diphenyl phosphine oxide; benzyl phenyl sulfide and tetramethyl thiuram monosulfide Sulfide compounds; α-ketol compounds such as 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone; azo compounds such as azobisisobutyronitrile; titanocene compounds such as titanocene; thioxanthone compounds such as thioxanthone; peroxide compounds; diketone compounds such as diacetyl; Dibenzyl; benzophenone; 2,4-diethylthioxanthone; 1,2-diphenylmethane; 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1- [4- (1-methylvinyl) phenyl] propanone; and 2-chloroanthraquinone etc. Be
Further, as the photopolymerization initiator, for example, quinone compounds such as 1-chloroanthraquinone and the like; photosensitizers such as amine and the like can also be used.
粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有する光重合開始剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
The photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
粘着剤組成物(I-1)において、光重合開始剤の含有量は、前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~20質量部であることが好ましく、0.03~10質量部であることがより好ましく、0.05~5質量部であることが特に好ましい。
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the content of the energy ray-curable compound, and 0 The content is more preferably in the range of 03 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass.
[その他の添加剤]
粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、上述のいずれの成分にも該当しない、その他の添加剤を含有していてもよい。
前記その他の添加剤としては、例えば、帯電防止剤、酸化防止剤、軟化剤(可塑剤)、充填材(フィラー)、防錆剤、着色剤(顔料、染料)、増感剤、粘着付与剤、反応遅延剤、及び架橋促進剤(触媒)等の公知の添加剤が挙げられる。
なお、反応遅延剤とは、例えば、粘着剤組成物(I-1)中に混入している触媒の作用によって、保存中の粘着剤組成物(I-1)において、目的としない架橋反応が進行するのを抑制するものである。反応遅延剤としては、例えば、触媒に対するキレートによってキレート錯体を形成するものが挙げられ、より具体的には、1分子中にカルボニル基(-C(=O)-)を2個以上有するものが挙げられる。 [Other additives]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may contain other additives which do not correspond to any of the components described above, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
Examples of the other additives include antistatic agent, antioxidant, softener (plasticizer), filler (filler), rust inhibitor, coloring agent (pigment, dye), sensitizer, tackifier And known additives such as reaction retarders and crosslinking promoters (catalysts).
The reaction retarder means, for example, an unintended cross-linking reaction in the adhesive composition (I-1) during storage by the action of a catalyst mixed in the adhesive composition (I-1). It is to control progress. The reaction retarder includes, for example, those which form a chelate complex by chelating to a catalyst, and more specifically, those having two or more carbonyl groups (-C (= O)-) in one molecule It can be mentioned.
粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、上述のいずれの成分にも該当しない、その他の添加剤を含有していてもよい。
前記その他の添加剤としては、例えば、帯電防止剤、酸化防止剤、軟化剤(可塑剤)、充填材(フィラー)、防錆剤、着色剤(顔料、染料)、増感剤、粘着付与剤、反応遅延剤、及び架橋促進剤(触媒)等の公知の添加剤が挙げられる。
なお、反応遅延剤とは、例えば、粘着剤組成物(I-1)中に混入している触媒の作用によって、保存中の粘着剤組成物(I-1)において、目的としない架橋反応が進行するのを抑制するものである。反応遅延剤としては、例えば、触媒に対するキレートによってキレート錯体を形成するものが挙げられ、より具体的には、1分子中にカルボニル基(-C(=O)-)を2個以上有するものが挙げられる。 [Other additives]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may contain other additives which do not correspond to any of the components described above, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
Examples of the other additives include antistatic agent, antioxidant, softener (plasticizer), filler (filler), rust inhibitor, coloring agent (pigment, dye), sensitizer, tackifier And known additives such as reaction retarders and crosslinking promoters (catalysts).
The reaction retarder means, for example, an unintended cross-linking reaction in the adhesive composition (I-1) during storage by the action of a catalyst mixed in the adhesive composition (I-1). It is to control progress. The reaction retarder includes, for example, those which form a chelate complex by chelating to a catalyst, and more specifically, those having two or more carbonyl groups (-C (= O)-) in one molecule It can be mentioned.
粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有するその他の添加剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
The other additives contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
粘着剤組成物(I-1)において、その他の添加剤の含有量は特に限定されず、その種類に応じて適宜選択すればよい。
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the other additive is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected depending on the type.
[溶媒]
粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、溶媒を含有していてもよい。粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、溶媒を含有していることで、塗工対象面への塗工適性が向上する。 [solvent]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may contain a solvent. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contains a solvent, whereby the coating suitability to the surface to be coated is improved.
粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、溶媒を含有していてもよい。粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、溶媒を含有していることで、塗工対象面への塗工適性が向上する。 [solvent]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may contain a solvent. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contains a solvent, whereby the coating suitability to the surface to be coated is improved.
前記溶媒は有機溶媒であることが好ましく、前記有機溶媒としては、例えば、メチルエチルケトン、及びアセトン等のケトン;酢酸エチル等のエステル(カルボン酸エステル);テトラヒドロフラン、及びジオキサン等のエーテル;シクロヘキサン、及びn-ヘキサン等の脂肪族炭化水素;トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素;1-プロパノール、及び2-プロパノール等のアルコール等が挙げられる。
The solvent is preferably an organic solvent, and examples of the organic solvent include ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and acetone; esters such as ethyl acetate (carboxylic acid esters); ethers such as tetrahydrofuran and dioxane; Aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; alcohols such as 1-propanol and 2-propanol.
前記溶媒としては、例えば、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の製造時に用いたものを粘着性樹脂(I-1a)から取り除かずに、そのまま粘着剤組成物(I-1)において用いてもよいし、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の製造時に用いたものと同一又は異なる種類の溶媒を、粘着剤組成物(I-1)の製造時に別途添加してもよい。
As the solvent, for example, one used in the production of the adhesive resin (I-1a) may be used as it is in the adhesive composition (I-1) without removing it from the adhesive resin (I-1a) Alternatively, the same or a different type of solvent as that used in the production of the adhesive resin (I-1a) may be separately added in the production of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有する溶媒は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
The solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
粘着剤組成物(I-1)において、溶媒の含有量は特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよい。
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately adjusted.
<粘着剤組成物(I-2)>
前記粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、上述の様に、非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の側鎖に不飽和基が導入されたエネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-2a)を含有する。 <Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2)>
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) is, as described above, an energy ray-curable adhesive resin in which an unsaturated group is introduced into the side chain of the non-energy ray-curable adhesive resin (I-1a). (I-2a) is contained.
前記粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、上述の様に、非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の側鎖に不飽和基が導入されたエネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-2a)を含有する。 <Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2)>
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) is, as described above, an energy ray-curable adhesive resin in which an unsaturated group is introduced into the side chain of the non-energy ray-curable adhesive resin (I-1a). (I-2a) is contained.
[粘着性樹脂(I-2a)]
前記粘着性樹脂(I-2a)は、例えば、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)中の官能基に、エネルギー線重合性不飽和基を有する不飽和基含有化合物を反応させることで得られる。 [Adhesive resin (I-2a)]
The adhesive resin (I-2a) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) with an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy beam polymerizable unsaturated group.
前記粘着性樹脂(I-2a)は、例えば、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)中の官能基に、エネルギー線重合性不飽和基を有する不飽和基含有化合物を反応させることで得られる。 [Adhesive resin (I-2a)]
The adhesive resin (I-2a) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) with an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy beam polymerizable unsaturated group.
前記不飽和基含有化合物は、前記エネルギー線重合性不飽和基以外に、さらに粘着性樹脂(I-1a)中の官能基と反応することで、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)と結合可能な基を有する化合物である。
前記エネルギー線重合性不飽和基としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリロイル基、ビニル基(エテニル基ともいう)、及びアリル基(2-プロペニル基ともいう)等が挙げられ、(メタ)アクリロイル基が好ましい。
粘着性樹脂(I-1a)中の官能基と結合可能な基としては、例えば、水酸基又はアミノ基と結合可能なイソシアネート基及びグリシジル基、並びにカルボキシ基又はエポキシ基と結合可能な水酸基及びアミノ基等が挙げられる。 The unsaturated group-containing compound can be bonded to the adhesive resin (I-1a) by further reacting with the functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) in addition to the energy beam polymerizable unsaturated group It is a compound having a group.
Examples of the energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group include (meth) acryloyl group, vinyl group (also referred to as ethenyl group), allyl group (also referred to as 2-propenyl group), etc., and (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
Examples of the group capable of binding to a functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) include, for example, an isocyanate group and a glycidyl group capable of binding to a hydroxyl group or an amino group, and a hydroxy group and amino group capable of binding to a carboxy group or an epoxy group. Etc.
前記エネルギー線重合性不飽和基としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリロイル基、ビニル基(エテニル基ともいう)、及びアリル基(2-プロペニル基ともいう)等が挙げられ、(メタ)アクリロイル基が好ましい。
粘着性樹脂(I-1a)中の官能基と結合可能な基としては、例えば、水酸基又はアミノ基と結合可能なイソシアネート基及びグリシジル基、並びにカルボキシ基又はエポキシ基と結合可能な水酸基及びアミノ基等が挙げられる。 The unsaturated group-containing compound can be bonded to the adhesive resin (I-1a) by further reacting with the functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) in addition to the energy beam polymerizable unsaturated group It is a compound having a group.
Examples of the energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group include (meth) acryloyl group, vinyl group (also referred to as ethenyl group), allyl group (also referred to as 2-propenyl group), etc., and (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
Examples of the group capable of binding to a functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) include, for example, an isocyanate group and a glycidyl group capable of binding to a hydroxyl group or an amino group, and a hydroxy group and amino group capable of binding to a carboxy group or an epoxy group. Etc.
前記不飽和基含有化合物としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアネート、(メタ)アクリロイルイソシアネート、及びグリシジル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。
Examples of the unsaturated group-containing compound include (meth) acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate, (meth) acryloyl isocyanate, and glycidyl (meth) acrylate.
粘着剤組成物(I-2)が含有する粘着性樹脂(I-2a)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
The adhesive resin (I-2a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are optionally It can be selected.
粘着剤組成物(I-2)において、溶媒以外の成分の総質量に対する、粘着性樹脂(I-2a)の含有量は、5~99質量%であることが好ましく、10~95質量%であることがより好ましく、10~90質量%であることが特に好ましい。
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass, and preferably 10 to 95% by mass, based on the total mass of components other than the solvent. And more preferably 10 to 90% by mass.
[架橋剤]
粘着性樹脂(I-2a)として、例えば、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)におけるものと同様の、官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を有する前記アクリル系重合体を用いる場合、粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、さらに架橋剤を含有していてもよい。 [Crosslinking agent]
When the above-mentioned acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer similar to that in the adhesive resin (I-1a) is used as the adhesive resin (I-2a), for example, I-2) may further contain a crosslinking agent.
粘着性樹脂(I-2a)として、例えば、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)におけるものと同様の、官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を有する前記アクリル系重合体を用いる場合、粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、さらに架橋剤を含有していてもよい。 [Crosslinking agent]
When the above-mentioned acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer similar to that in the adhesive resin (I-1a) is used as the adhesive resin (I-2a), for example, I-2) may further contain a crosslinking agent.
粘着剤組成物(I-2)における前記架橋剤としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における架橋剤と同じものが挙げられる。
粘着剤組成物(I-2)が含有する架橋剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 Examples of the crosslinking agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same as the crosslinking agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be optionally selected.
粘着剤組成物(I-2)が含有する架橋剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 Examples of the crosslinking agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same as the crosslinking agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be optionally selected.
前記粘着剤組成物(I-2)において、架橋剤の含有量は、粘着性樹脂(I-2a)の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~50質量部であることが好ましく、0.1~20質量部であることがより好ましく、0.3~15質量部であることが特に好ましい。
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a), The amount is more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by mass.
[光重合開始剤]
粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、さらに光重合開始剤を含有していてもよい。光重合開始剤を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、紫外線等の比較的低エネルギーのエネルギー線を照射しても、十分に硬化反応が進行する。 [Photoinitiator]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently proceeds a curing reaction even when irradiated with energy rays of relatively low energy such as ultraviolet rays.
粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、さらに光重合開始剤を含有していてもよい。光重合開始剤を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、紫外線等の比較的低エネルギーのエネルギー線を照射しても、十分に硬化反応が進行する。 [Photoinitiator]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently proceeds a curing reaction even when irradiated with energy rays of relatively low energy such as ultraviolet rays.
粘着剤組成物(I-2)における前記光重合開始剤としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における光重合開始剤と同じものが挙げられる。
粘着剤組成物(I-2)が含有する光重合開始剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The photopolymerization initiator in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be the same as the photopolymerization initiator in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
粘着剤組成物(I-2)が含有する光重合開始剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The photopolymerization initiator in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be the same as the photopolymerization initiator in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
粘着剤組成物(I-2)において、光重合開始剤の含有量は、粘着性樹脂(I-2a)の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~20質量部であることが好ましく、0.03~10質量部であることがより好ましく、0.05~5質量部であることが特に好ましい。
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a) The amount is more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass.
[その他の添加剤]
粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、上述のいずれの成分にも該当しない、その他の添加剤を含有していてもよい。
粘着剤組成物(I-2)における前記その他の添加剤としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)におけるその他の添加剤と同じものが挙げられる。
粘着剤組成物(I-2)が含有するその他の添加剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 [Other additives]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may contain other additives which do not correspond to any of the components described above, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
Examples of the other additives in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same as the other additives in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The other additives contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be optionally selected.
粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、上述のいずれの成分にも該当しない、その他の添加剤を含有していてもよい。
粘着剤組成物(I-2)における前記その他の添加剤としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)におけるその他の添加剤と同じものが挙げられる。
粘着剤組成物(I-2)が含有するその他の添加剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 [Other additives]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may contain other additives which do not correspond to any of the components described above, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
Examples of the other additives in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same as the other additives in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The other additives contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be optionally selected.
粘着剤組成物(I-2)において、その他の添加剤の含有量は特に限定されず、その種類に応じて適宜選択すればよい。
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
[溶媒]
粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、粘着剤組成物(I-1)の場合と同様の目的で、溶媒を含有していてもよい。
粘着剤組成物(I-2)における前記溶媒としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における溶媒と同じものが挙げられる。
粘着剤組成物(I-2)が含有する溶媒は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
粘着剤組成物(I-2)において、溶媒の含有量は特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよい。 [solvent]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be the same as the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately adjusted.
粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、粘着剤組成物(I-1)の場合と同様の目的で、溶媒を含有していてもよい。
粘着剤組成物(I-2)における前記溶媒としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における溶媒と同じものが挙げられる。
粘着剤組成物(I-2)が含有する溶媒は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
粘着剤組成物(I-2)において、溶媒の含有量は特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよい。 [solvent]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be the same as the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately adjusted.
<粘着剤組成物(I-3)>
前記粘着剤組成物(I-3)は、上述の様に、前記粘着性樹脂(I-2a)と、エネルギー線硬化性化合物と、を含有する。 <Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3)>
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) contains, as described above, the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) and an energy ray-curable compound.
前記粘着剤組成物(I-3)は、上述の様に、前記粘着性樹脂(I-2a)と、エネルギー線硬化性化合物と、を含有する。 <Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3)>
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) contains, as described above, the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) and an energy ray-curable compound.
粘着剤組成物(I-3)において、溶媒以外の成分の総質量に対する、粘着性樹脂(I-2a)の含有量は、5~99質量%であることが好ましく、10~95質量%であることがより好ましく、15~90質量%であることが特に好ましい。
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass, and preferably 10 to 95% by mass, based on the total mass of the components other than the solvent. And more preferably 15 to 90% by mass.
[エネルギー線硬化性化合物]
粘着剤組成物(I-3)が含有する前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物としては、エネルギー線重合性不飽和基を有し、エネルギー線の照射により硬化可能なモノマー及びオリゴマーが挙げられ、粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有するエネルギー線硬化性化合物と同じものが挙げられる。
粘着剤組成物(I-3)が含有する前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 [Energy ray curable compound]
Examples of the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include monomers and oligomers which have an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group and can be cured by irradiation of energy rays, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition The same as the energy ray-curable compound contained in the compound (I-1) can be mentioned.
The energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected. .
粘着剤組成物(I-3)が含有する前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物としては、エネルギー線重合性不飽和基を有し、エネルギー線の照射により硬化可能なモノマー及びオリゴマーが挙げられ、粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有するエネルギー線硬化性化合物と同じものが挙げられる。
粘着剤組成物(I-3)が含有する前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 [Energy ray curable compound]
Examples of the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include monomers and oligomers which have an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group and can be cured by irradiation of energy rays, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition The same as the energy ray-curable compound contained in the compound (I-1) can be mentioned.
The energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected. .
前記粘着剤組成物(I-3)において、前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物の含有量は、粘着性樹脂(I-2a)の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~300質量部であることが好ましく、0.03~200質量部であることがより好ましく、0.05~100質量部であることが特に好ましい。
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the energy ray-curable compound is 0.01 to 300 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a) Is more preferably 0.03 to 200 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 100 parts by mass.
[光重合開始剤]
粘着剤組成物(I-3)は、さらに光重合開始剤を含有していてもよい。光重合開始剤を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-3)は、紫外線等の比較的低エネルギーのエネルギー線を照射しても、十分に硬化反応が進行する。 [Photoinitiator]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently proceeds curing reaction even when irradiated with energy rays of relatively low energy such as ultraviolet rays.
粘着剤組成物(I-3)は、さらに光重合開始剤を含有していてもよい。光重合開始剤を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-3)は、紫外線等の比較的低エネルギーのエネルギー線を照射しても、十分に硬化反応が進行する。 [Photoinitiator]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently proceeds curing reaction even when irradiated with energy rays of relatively low energy such as ultraviolet rays.
粘着剤組成物(I-3)における前記光重合開始剤としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における光重合開始剤と同じものが挙げられる。
粘着剤組成物(I-3)が含有する光重合開始剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The photopolymerization initiator in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be the same as the photopolymerization initiator in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
粘着剤組成物(I-3)が含有する光重合開始剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The photopolymerization initiator in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be the same as the photopolymerization initiator in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
粘着剤組成物(I-3)において、光重合開始剤の含有量は、粘着性樹脂(I-2a)及び前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物の総含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~20質量部であることが好ましく、0.03~10質量部であることがより好ましく、0.05~5質量部であることが特に好ましい。
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is 0.01 to 100 parts by mass relative to the total content of the adhesive resin (I-2a) and the energy ray-curable compound. The amount is preferably 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass.
[その他の添加剤]
粘着剤組成物(I-3)は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、上述のいずれの成分にも該当しない、その他の添加剤を含有していてもよい。
前記その他の添加剤としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)におけるその他の添加剤と同じものが挙げられる。
粘着剤組成物(I-3)が含有するその他の添加剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 [Other additives]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may contain other additives which do not correspond to any of the components described above, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
Examples of the other additives include the same as the other additives in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The other additives contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be optionally selected.
粘着剤組成物(I-3)は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、上述のいずれの成分にも該当しない、その他の添加剤を含有していてもよい。
前記その他の添加剤としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)におけるその他の添加剤と同じものが挙げられる。
粘着剤組成物(I-3)が含有するその他の添加剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 [Other additives]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may contain other additives which do not correspond to any of the components described above, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
Examples of the other additives include the same as the other additives in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The other additives contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be optionally selected.
粘着剤組成物(I-3)において、その他の添加剤の含有量は特に限定されず、その種類に応じて適宜選択すればよい。
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected depending on the type.
[溶媒]
粘着剤組成物(I-3)は、粘着剤組成物(I-1)の場合と同様の目的で、溶媒を含有していてもよい。
粘着剤組成物(I-3)における前記溶媒としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における溶媒と同じものが挙げられる。
粘着剤組成物(I-3)が含有する溶媒は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
粘着剤組成物(I-3)において、溶媒の含有量は特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよい。 [solvent]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be the same as the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately adjusted.
粘着剤組成物(I-3)は、粘着剤組成物(I-1)の場合と同様の目的で、溶媒を含有していてもよい。
粘着剤組成物(I-3)における前記溶媒としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における溶媒と同じものが挙げられる。
粘着剤組成物(I-3)が含有する溶媒は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
粘着剤組成物(I-3)において、溶媒の含有量は特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよい。 [solvent]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be the same as the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately adjusted.
<粘着剤組成物(I-1)~(I-3)以外の粘着剤組成物>
ここまでは、粘着剤組成物(I-1)、粘着剤組成物(I-2)及び粘着剤組成物(I-3)について主に説明したが、これらの含有成分として説明したものは、これら3種の粘着剤組成物以外の全般的な粘着剤組成物(本明細書においては、「粘着剤組成物(I-1)~(I-3)以外の粘着剤組成物」と称する)でも、同様に用いることができる。 <Adhesive Composition Other than Adhesive Composition (I-1) to (I-3)>
Up to this point, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) have been mainly described, but those described as the components thereof are General pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions other than these three pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (herein referred to as "pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions other than pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3)") But it can be used as well.
ここまでは、粘着剤組成物(I-1)、粘着剤組成物(I-2)及び粘着剤組成物(I-3)について主に説明したが、これらの含有成分として説明したものは、これら3種の粘着剤組成物以外の全般的な粘着剤組成物(本明細書においては、「粘着剤組成物(I-1)~(I-3)以外の粘着剤組成物」と称する)でも、同様に用いることができる。 <Adhesive Composition Other than Adhesive Composition (I-1) to (I-3)>
Up to this point, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) have been mainly described, but those described as the components thereof are General pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions other than these three pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (herein referred to as "pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions other than pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3)") But it can be used as well.
粘着剤組成物(I-1)~(I-3)以外の粘着剤組成物としては、エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物以外に、非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物も挙げられる。
非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物としては、例えば、アクリル系樹脂、ウレタン系樹脂、ゴム系樹脂、シリコーン系樹脂、エポキシ系樹脂、ポリビニルエーテル、ポリカーボネート、及びエステル系樹脂等の、非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-1a)を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-4)が挙げられ、アクリル系樹脂を含有するものが好ましい。 As the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3), in addition to the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions can also be mentioned.
As a non-energy ray curable adhesive composition, for example, non-energy rays such as acrylic resin, urethane resin, rubber resin, silicone resin, epoxy resin, polyvinyl ether, polycarbonate, and ester resin The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) containing a curable adhesive resin (I-1a) is mentioned, and one containing an acrylic resin is preferable.
非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物としては、例えば、アクリル系樹脂、ウレタン系樹脂、ゴム系樹脂、シリコーン系樹脂、エポキシ系樹脂、ポリビニルエーテル、ポリカーボネート、及びエステル系樹脂等の、非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-1a)を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-4)が挙げられ、アクリル系樹脂を含有するものが好ましい。 As the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3), in addition to the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions can also be mentioned.
As a non-energy ray curable adhesive composition, for example, non-energy rays such as acrylic resin, urethane resin, rubber resin, silicone resin, epoxy resin, polyvinyl ether, polycarbonate, and ester resin The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) containing a curable adhesive resin (I-1a) is mentioned, and one containing an acrylic resin is preferable.
粘着剤組成物(I-1)~(I-3)以外の粘着剤組成物は、1種又は2種以上の架橋剤を含有することが好ましく、その含有量は、上述の粘着剤組成物(I-1)等の場合と同様とすることができる。
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) preferably contains one or more crosslinking agents, and the content thereof is the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition described above The same can be applied to the case of (I-1) and the like.
<粘着剤組成物(I-4)>
粘着剤組成物(I-4)で好ましいものとしては、例えば、前記粘着性樹脂(I-1a)と、架橋剤と、を含有するものが挙げられる。 <Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4)>
Preferred examples of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include those containing the above-mentioned adhesive resin (I-1a) and a crosslinking agent.
粘着剤組成物(I-4)で好ましいものとしては、例えば、前記粘着性樹脂(I-1a)と、架橋剤と、を含有するものが挙げられる。 <Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4)>
Preferred examples of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include those containing the above-mentioned adhesive resin (I-1a) and a crosslinking agent.
[粘着性樹脂(I-1a)]
粘着剤組成物(I-4)における粘着性樹脂(I-1a)としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における粘着性樹脂(I-1a)と同じものが挙げられる。
粘着剤組成物(I-4)が含有する粘着性樹脂(I-1a)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 [Adhesive resin (I-1a)]
Examples of the adhesive resin (I-1a) in the adhesive composition (I-4) include the same ones as the adhesive resin (I-1a) in the adhesive composition (I-1).
The adhesive resin (I-1a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are optionally It can be selected.
粘着剤組成物(I-4)における粘着性樹脂(I-1a)としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における粘着性樹脂(I-1a)と同じものが挙げられる。
粘着剤組成物(I-4)が含有する粘着性樹脂(I-1a)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 [Adhesive resin (I-1a)]
Examples of the adhesive resin (I-1a) in the adhesive composition (I-4) include the same ones as the adhesive resin (I-1a) in the adhesive composition (I-1).
The adhesive resin (I-1a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are optionally It can be selected.
粘着剤組成物(I-4)において、溶媒以外の成分の総質量に対する、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の含有量は、5~99質量%であることが好ましく、10~95質量%であることがより好ましく、15~90質量%であることが特に好ましい。
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass, and preferably 10 to 95% by mass, based on the total mass of the components other than the solvent. And more preferably 15 to 90% by mass.
[架橋剤]
粘着性樹脂(I-1a)として、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位以外に、さらに、官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を有する前記アクリル系重合体を用いる場合、粘着剤組成物(I-4)は、さらに架橋剤を含有することが好ましい。 [Crosslinking agent]
When the acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester is used as the adhesive resin (I-1a), a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition ( It is preferable that I-4) further contains a crosslinking agent.
粘着性樹脂(I-1a)として、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位以外に、さらに、官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を有する前記アクリル系重合体を用いる場合、粘着剤組成物(I-4)は、さらに架橋剤を含有することが好ましい。 [Crosslinking agent]
When the acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester is used as the adhesive resin (I-1a), a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition ( It is preferable that I-4) further contains a crosslinking agent.
粘着剤組成物(I-4)における架橋剤としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における架橋剤と同じものが挙げられる。
粘着剤組成物(I-4)が含有する架橋剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 Examples of the crosslinking agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include the same as the crosslinking agents in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be optionally selected.
粘着剤組成物(I-4)が含有する架橋剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 Examples of the crosslinking agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include the same as the crosslinking agents in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be optionally selected.
前記粘着剤組成物(I-4)において、架橋剤の含有量は、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~50質量部であることが好ましく、0.1~20質量部であることがより好ましく、0.3~15質量部であることが特に好ましい。
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the content of the adhesive resin (I-1a), The amount is more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by mass.
[その他の添加剤]
粘着剤組成物(I-4)は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、上述のいずれの成分にも該当しない、その他の添加剤を含有していてもよい。
前記その他の添加剤としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)におけるその他の添加剤と同じものが挙げられる。
粘着剤組成物(I-4)が含有するその他の添加剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 [Other additives]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may contain other additives which do not correspond to any of the components described above, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
Examples of the other additives include the same as the other additives in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The other additives contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be optionally selected.
粘着剤組成物(I-4)は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、上述のいずれの成分にも該当しない、その他の添加剤を含有していてもよい。
前記その他の添加剤としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)におけるその他の添加剤と同じものが挙げられる。
粘着剤組成物(I-4)が含有するその他の添加剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 [Other additives]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may contain other additives which do not correspond to any of the components described above, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
Examples of the other additives include the same as the other additives in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The other additives contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be optionally selected.
粘着剤組成物(I-4)において、その他の添加剤の含有量は特に限定されず、その種類に応じて適宜選択すればよい。
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected depending on the type.
[溶媒]
粘着剤組成物(I-4)は、粘着剤組成物(I-1)の場合と同様の目的で、溶媒を含有していてもよい。
粘着剤組成物(I-4)における前記溶媒としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における溶媒と同じものが挙げられる。
粘着剤組成物(I-4)が含有する溶媒は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
粘着剤組成物(I-4)において、溶媒の含有量は特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよい。 [solvent]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be the same as the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately adjusted.
粘着剤組成物(I-4)は、粘着剤組成物(I-1)の場合と同様の目的で、溶媒を含有していてもよい。
粘着剤組成物(I-4)における前記溶媒としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における溶媒と同じものが挙げられる。
粘着剤組成物(I-4)が含有する溶媒は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
粘着剤組成物(I-4)において、溶媒の含有量は特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよい。 [solvent]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be the same as the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately adjusted.
前記保護膜形成用複合シートにおいて、粘着剤層は非紫外線硬化性であることが好ましい。これは、粘着剤層が紫外線硬化性であると、紫外線の照射によって保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化させるときに、粘着剤層も同時に硬化するのを抑制できないことがあるためである。粘着剤層が保護膜形成用フィルムと同時に硬化してしまうと、硬化後の保護膜形成用フィルム及び粘着剤層がこれらの界面において剥離不能な程度に貼り付いてしまうことがある。その場合、硬化後の保護膜形成用フィルム、すなわち保護膜を裏面に備えた半導体チップ(保護膜付き半導体チップ)を、硬化後の粘着剤層を備えた支持シートから剥離させることが困難となり、保護膜付き半導体チップを正常にピックアップできなくなってしまう。前記支持シートにおいて、粘着剤層を非紫外線硬化性のものとすることで、このような不具合を確実に回避でき、保護膜付き半導体チップをより容易にピックアップできる。
In the composite sheet for protective film formation, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably non-UV curable. This is because when the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is ultraviolet-curable, it may not be possible to simultaneously cure the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer when the film for protective film formation is cured by irradiation of ultraviolet light. When the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is cured simultaneously with the protective film-forming film, the cured protective film-forming film and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may stick to such an extent that they can not be peeled off at these interfaces. In that case, it becomes difficult to peel off the cured protective film-forming film, that is, the semiconductor chip (semiconductor chip with protective film) having the protective film on the back surface, from the supporting sheet provided with the adhesive layer after curing. It will become impossible to pick up the semiconductor chip with a protective film normally. By making the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer non-ultraviolet curable in the support sheet, such a defect can be reliably avoided, and the semiconductor chip with a protective film can be picked up more easily.
ここでは、粘着剤層が非紫外線硬化性である場合の効果について説明したが、支持シートの保護膜形成用フィルムと直接接触している層が粘着剤層以外の層であっても、この層が非紫外線硬化性であれば、同様の効果を奏する。
Although the effect when the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is non-UV-curable is described here, even if the layer in direct contact with the protective film-forming film of the support sheet is a layer other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, this layer If it is non-ultraviolet curable, the same effect is exhibited.
<<粘着剤組成物の製造方法>>
粘着剤組成物(I-1)~(I-3)や、粘着剤組成物(I-4)等の粘着剤組成物(I-1)~(I-3)以外の粘着剤組成物は、前記粘着剤と、必要に応じて前記粘着剤以外の成分等の、粘着剤組成物を構成するための各成分を配合することで得られる。
各成分の配合時における添加順序は特に限定されず、2種以上の成分を同時に添加してもよい。
溶媒を用いる場合には、溶媒を溶媒以外のいずれかの配合成分と混合してこの配合成分を予め希釈しておくことで用いてもよいし、溶媒以外のいずれかの配合成分を予め希釈しておくことなく、溶媒をこれら配合成分と混合することで用いてもよい。
配合時に各成分を混合する方法は特に限定されず、撹拌子又は撹拌翼等を回転させて混合する方法;ミキサーを用いて混合する方法;及び超音波を加えて混合する方法等、公知の方法から適宜選択すればよい。
各成分の添加及び混合時の温度並びに時間は、各配合成分が劣化しない限り特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよいが、温度は15~30℃であることが好ましい。 << Method of producing pressure-sensitive adhesive composition >>
Pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions other than pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) and pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) such as pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) It is obtained by blending the pressure-sensitive adhesive and, if necessary, each component for constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, such as components other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive.
There is no particular limitation on the order of addition of each component at the time of blending, and two or more components may be added simultaneously.
When a solvent is used, it may be used by mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting this compounding component in advance, or by previously diluting any compounding component other than the solvent A solvent may be used by mixing with these compounding ingredients without storage.
The method of mixing each component at the time of compounding is not particularly limited, and a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade, etc .; a method of mixing using a mixer; and a method of adding and mixing ultrasonic waves, etc. It should just select from.
The temperature and time of addition and mixing of the respective components are not particularly limited as long as the respective blended components do not deteriorate, and may be appropriately adjusted, but the temperature is preferably 15 to 30 ° C.
粘着剤組成物(I-1)~(I-3)や、粘着剤組成物(I-4)等の粘着剤組成物(I-1)~(I-3)以外の粘着剤組成物は、前記粘着剤と、必要に応じて前記粘着剤以外の成分等の、粘着剤組成物を構成するための各成分を配合することで得られる。
各成分の配合時における添加順序は特に限定されず、2種以上の成分を同時に添加してもよい。
溶媒を用いる場合には、溶媒を溶媒以外のいずれかの配合成分と混合してこの配合成分を予め希釈しておくことで用いてもよいし、溶媒以外のいずれかの配合成分を予め希釈しておくことなく、溶媒をこれら配合成分と混合することで用いてもよい。
配合時に各成分を混合する方法は特に限定されず、撹拌子又は撹拌翼等を回転させて混合する方法;ミキサーを用いて混合する方法;及び超音波を加えて混合する方法等、公知の方法から適宜選択すればよい。
各成分の添加及び混合時の温度並びに時間は、各配合成分が劣化しない限り特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよいが、温度は15~30℃であることが好ましい。 << Method of producing pressure-sensitive adhesive composition >>
Pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions other than pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) and pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) such as pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) It is obtained by blending the pressure-sensitive adhesive and, if necessary, each component for constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, such as components other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive.
There is no particular limitation on the order of addition of each component at the time of blending, and two or more components may be added simultaneously.
When a solvent is used, it may be used by mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting this compounding component in advance, or by previously diluting any compounding component other than the solvent A solvent may be used by mixing with these compounding ingredients without storage.
The method of mixing each component at the time of compounding is not particularly limited, and a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade, etc .; a method of mixing using a mixer; and a method of adding and mixing ultrasonic waves, etc. It should just select from.
The temperature and time of addition and mixing of the respective components are not particularly limited as long as the respective blended components do not deteriorate, and may be appropriately adjusted, but the temperature is preferably 15 to 30 ° C.
◇保護膜形成用複合シートの製造方法
前記保護膜形成用複合シートは、上述の各層を対応する位置関係となるように積層することで製造できる。各層の形成方法は、先に説明したとおりである。
例えば、支持シートを製造するときに、基材上に粘着剤層を積層する場合には、基材上に上述の粘着剤組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させればよい。 製造 Method of Producing Protective Film-Forming Composite Sheet The protective film-forming composite sheet can be produced by laminating the above-described respective layers so as to have a corresponding positional relationship. The method of forming each layer is as described above.
For example, in the case of laminating a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on a substrate when manufacturing a support sheet, the above-mentioned pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be coated on the substrate and dried as necessary.
前記保護膜形成用複合シートは、上述の各層を対応する位置関係となるように積層することで製造できる。各層の形成方法は、先に説明したとおりである。
例えば、支持シートを製造するときに、基材上に粘着剤層を積層する場合には、基材上に上述の粘着剤組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させればよい。 製造 Method of Producing Protective Film-Forming Composite Sheet The protective film-forming composite sheet can be produced by laminating the above-described respective layers so as to have a corresponding positional relationship. The method of forming each layer is as described above.
For example, in the case of laminating a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on a substrate when manufacturing a support sheet, the above-mentioned pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be coated on the substrate and dried as necessary.
一方、例えば、基材上に積層済みの粘着剤層の上に、さらに保護膜形成用フィルムを積層する場合には、粘着剤層上に保護膜形成用組成物を塗工して、保護膜形成用フィルムを直接形成することが可能である。保護膜形成用フィルム以外の層も、この層を形成するための組成物を用いて、同様の方法で、粘着剤層の上にこの層を積層できる。このように、いずれかの組成物を用いて、連続する2層の積層構造を形成する場合には、前記組成物から形成された層の上に、さらに組成物を塗工して新たに層を形成することが可能である。
ただし、これら2層のうちの後から積層する層は、別の剥離フィルム上に前記組成物を用いてあらかじめ形成しておき、この形成済みの層の前記剥離フィルムと接触している側とは反対側の露出面を、既に形成済みの残りの層の露出面と貼り合わせることで、連続する2層の積層構造を形成することが好ましい。このとき、前記組成物は、剥離フィルムの剥離処理面に塗工することが好ましい。剥離フィルムは、積層構造の形成後、必要に応じて取り除けばよい。 On the other hand, for example, when a film for protective film formation is further laminated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer laminated on the substrate, the composition for protective film formation is coated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to form a protective film. It is possible to form the forming film directly. Layers other than the protective film-forming film can be laminated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the same manner using the composition for forming this layer. As described above, in the case of forming a continuous two-layer laminated structure using any of the compositions, the composition is further coated on the layer formed of the composition to form a new layer. It is possible to form
However, of these two layers, the layer to be laminated later is formed in advance using the composition on another release film, and the side of the formed layer in contact with the release film is It is preferable to form a continuous two-layered laminated structure by bonding the opposite exposed surface to the exposed surface of the remaining layer that has already been formed. At this time, the composition is preferably applied to the release-treated surface of the release film. The release film may be removed as necessary after the formation of the laminated structure.
ただし、これら2層のうちの後から積層する層は、別の剥離フィルム上に前記組成物を用いてあらかじめ形成しておき、この形成済みの層の前記剥離フィルムと接触している側とは反対側の露出面を、既に形成済みの残りの層の露出面と貼り合わせることで、連続する2層の積層構造を形成することが好ましい。このとき、前記組成物は、剥離フィルムの剥離処理面に塗工することが好ましい。剥離フィルムは、積層構造の形成後、必要に応じて取り除けばよい。 On the other hand, for example, when a film for protective film formation is further laminated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer laminated on the substrate, the composition for protective film formation is coated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to form a protective film. It is possible to form the forming film directly. Layers other than the protective film-forming film can be laminated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the same manner using the composition for forming this layer. As described above, in the case of forming a continuous two-layer laminated structure using any of the compositions, the composition is further coated on the layer formed of the composition to form a new layer. It is possible to form
However, of these two layers, the layer to be laminated later is formed in advance using the composition on another release film, and the side of the formed layer in contact with the release film is It is preferable to form a continuous two-layered laminated structure by bonding the opposite exposed surface to the exposed surface of the remaining layer that has already been formed. At this time, the composition is preferably applied to the release-treated surface of the release film. The release film may be removed as necessary after the formation of the laminated structure.
例えば、基材上に粘着剤層が積層され、前記粘着剤層上に保護膜形成用フィルムが積層されてなる保護膜形成用複合シート(支持シートが基材及び粘着剤層の積層物である保護膜形成用複合シート)を製造する場合には、基材上に粘着剤組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、基材上に粘着剤層を積層しておき、別途、剥離フィルム上に保護膜形成用組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、剥離フィルム上に保護膜形成用フィルムを形成しておく。そして、この保護膜形成用フィルムの露出面を、基材上に積層済みの粘着剤層の露出面と貼り合わせて、保護膜形成用フィルムを粘着剤層上に積層することで、保護膜形成用複合シートが得られる。
For example, a composite sheet for protective film formation in which a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is laminated on a substrate and a protective film-forming film is laminated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (the support sheet is a laminate of the substrate and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) In the case of producing a protective film-forming composite sheet), the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is coated on a base material, and dried as needed to laminate the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on the base material separately. The protective film-forming film is formed on the release film by applying the composition for forming a protective film on the release film and drying it as necessary. Then, the exposed surface of the protective film-forming film is attached to the exposed surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer laminated on the substrate, and the protective film-forming film is laminated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to form a protective film. Composite sheet is obtained.
なお、基材上に粘着剤層を積層する場合には、上述の様に、基材上に粘着剤組成物を塗工する方法に代えて、剥離フィルム上に粘着剤組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、剥離フィルム上に粘着剤層を形成しておき、この層の露出面を、基材の一方の表面と貼り合わせることで、粘着剤層を基材上に積層してもよい。
いずれの方法においても、剥離フィルムは目的とする積層構造を形成後の任意のタイミングで取り除けばよい。 In addition, when laminating an adhesive layer on a base material, it replaces with the method of coating an adhesive composition on a base material as mentioned above, and applies an adhesive composition on a peeling film. If necessary, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is formed on the release film, and the exposed surface of this layer is bonded to one surface of the substrate to form the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on the substrate. It may be stacked.
In any of the methods, the release film may be removed at any timing after formation of the intended laminated structure.
いずれの方法においても、剥離フィルムは目的とする積層構造を形成後の任意のタイミングで取り除けばよい。 In addition, when laminating an adhesive layer on a base material, it replaces with the method of coating an adhesive composition on a base material as mentioned above, and applies an adhesive composition on a peeling film. If necessary, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is formed on the release film, and the exposed surface of this layer is bonded to one surface of the substrate to form the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on the substrate. It may be stacked.
In any of the methods, the release film may be removed at any timing after formation of the intended laminated structure.
このように、保護膜形成用複合シートを構成する基材以外の層はいずれも、剥離フィルム上にあらかじめ形成しておき、目的とする層の表面に貼り合わせる方法で積層できるため、必要に応じてこのような工程を採用する層を適宜選択して、保護膜形成用複合シートを製造すればよい。
As described above, any layers other than the base material constituting the composite sheet for forming a protective film can be formed in advance on the peelable film and laminated on the surface of the intended layer, as required. A layer adopting such a process may be appropriately selected to manufacture a composite sheet for forming a protective film.
なお、保護膜形成用複合シートは、通常、その支持シートとは反対側の最表層(例えば、保護膜形成用フィルム)の表面に剥離フィルムが貼り合わされた状態で保管される。したがって、この剥離フィルム(好ましくはその剥離処理面)上に、保護膜形成用組成物等の、最表層を構成する層を形成するための組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、剥離フィルム上に最表層を構成する層を形成しておき、この層の剥離フィルムと接触している側とは反対側の露出面上に残りの各層を上述のいずれかの方法で積層し、剥離フィルムを取り除かずに貼り合わせた状態のままとすることでも、保護膜形成用複合シートが得られる。
In addition, the composite sheet for protective film formation is normally stored in the state in which the peeling film was bonded together on the surface of the outermost layer (for example, film for protective film formation) on the opposite side to the support sheet. Therefore, a composition for forming a layer constituting the outermost layer, such as a composition for forming a protective film, is coated on the release film (preferably, the release-treated surface thereof), and dried as necessary. Then, the layer constituting the outermost layer is formed on the release film, and the remaining layers are laminated by any of the methods described above on the exposed surface of the layer opposite to the side in contact with the release film. The composite film for forming a protective film can also be obtained by leaving the release film in place without removing it.
◇半導体チップの製造方法
前記保護膜形成用フィルム及び保護膜形成用複合シートは、半導体チップの製造に用いることができる。
このときの半導体チップの製造方法としては、例えば、前記保護膜形成用複合シートを構成していない保護膜形成用フィルム、又は前記保護膜形成用複合シート中の保護膜形成用フィルムを、半導体ウエハに貼付する工程(以下、「貼付工程」と略記することがある)と、前記半導体ウエハに貼付した後の前記保護膜形成用フィルムに紫外線を照射して、保護膜を形成する工程(以下、「保護膜形成工程」と略記することがある)と、前記半導体ウエハを、前記保護膜又は保護膜形成用フィルムとともに切断することにより分割し、複数個の半導体チップを得る工程(以下、「分割工程」と略記することがある)と、を有するものが挙げられる。 Method of Manufacturing Semiconductor Chip The film for forming a protective film and the composite sheet for forming a protective film can be used for manufacturing a semiconductor chip.
As a method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip at this time, for example, a film for forming a protective film which does not constitute the composite sheet for forming a protective film, or a film for forming a protective film in the composite sheet for forming a protective film is used as a semiconductor wafer. And a step of forming a protective film by irradiating the film for forming a protective film after being attached to the semiconductor wafer with ultraviolet rays (hereinafter, referred to as a step of forming a protective film). A process for forming a plurality of semiconductor chips (hereinafter referred to as “division,” abbreviated as “protective film forming process”), and dividing the semiconductor wafer together with the protective film or a film for protective film formation And the like, which may be abbreviated as “process”.
前記保護膜形成用フィルム及び保護膜形成用複合シートは、半導体チップの製造に用いることができる。
このときの半導体チップの製造方法としては、例えば、前記保護膜形成用複合シートを構成していない保護膜形成用フィルム、又は前記保護膜形成用複合シート中の保護膜形成用フィルムを、半導体ウエハに貼付する工程(以下、「貼付工程」と略記することがある)と、前記半導体ウエハに貼付した後の前記保護膜形成用フィルムに紫外線を照射して、保護膜を形成する工程(以下、「保護膜形成工程」と略記することがある)と、前記半導体ウエハを、前記保護膜又は保護膜形成用フィルムとともに切断することにより分割し、複数個の半導体チップを得る工程(以下、「分割工程」と略記することがある)と、を有するものが挙げられる。 Method of Manufacturing Semiconductor Chip The film for forming a protective film and the composite sheet for forming a protective film can be used for manufacturing a semiconductor chip.
As a method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip at this time, for example, a film for forming a protective film which does not constitute the composite sheet for forming a protective film, or a film for forming a protective film in the composite sheet for forming a protective film is used as a semiconductor wafer. And a step of forming a protective film by irradiating the film for forming a protective film after being attached to the semiconductor wafer with ultraviolet rays (hereinafter, referred to as a step of forming a protective film). A process for forming a plurality of semiconductor chips (hereinafter referred to as “division,” abbreviated as “protective film forming process”), and dividing the semiconductor wafer together with the protective film or a film for protective film formation And the like, which may be abbreviated as “process”.
以下、図面を参照しながら、上述の製造方法について説明する。図7は、保護膜形成用複合シートを構成していない保護膜形成用フィルムを用いる場合の、半導体チップの製造方法の一実施形態を模式的に説明するための断面図である。また、図8は、保護膜形成用フィルムを予め支持シートと一体化させた保護膜形成用複合シートを用いる場合の、半導体チップの製造方法の一実施形態を模式的に説明するための断面図である。
Hereinafter, the above-mentioned manufacturing method will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view for schematically describing one embodiment of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor chip in the case of using a protective film-forming film which does not constitute a protective film-forming composite sheet. FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view for schematically describing one embodiment of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor chip in the case of using a composite sheet for protective film formation in which a protective film-forming film is integrated with a support sheet in advance. It is.
<<保護膜形成用複合シートを構成していない保護膜形成用フィルムを用いる場合の半導体チップの製造方法>>
まず、保護膜形成用複合シートを構成していない保護膜形成用フィルムを用いる場合の製造方法の一実施形態について、保護膜形成用フィルムが図1に示すものである場合を例に挙げて、説明する(本実施形態を「製造方法(1)」と称することがある)。 << Method of manufacturing semiconductor chip when using a film for forming a protective film which does not constitute a composite sheet for forming a protective film >>
First, with respect to an embodiment of a manufacturing method in the case of using a film for forming a protective film which does not constitute a composite sheet for forming a protective film, the case where the film for forming a protective film is as shown in FIG. It will be described (this embodiment may be referred to as “manufacturing method (1)”).
まず、保護膜形成用複合シートを構成していない保護膜形成用フィルムを用いる場合の製造方法の一実施形態について、保護膜形成用フィルムが図1に示すものである場合を例に挙げて、説明する(本実施形態を「製造方法(1)」と称することがある)。 << Method of manufacturing semiconductor chip when using a film for forming a protective film which does not constitute a composite sheet for forming a protective film >>
First, with respect to an embodiment of a manufacturing method in the case of using a film for forming a protective film which does not constitute a composite sheet for forming a protective film, the case where the film for forming a protective film is as shown in FIG. It will be described (this embodiment may be referred to as “manufacturing method (1)”).
製造方法(1)の前記貼付工程においては、図7の(a)に示すように、半導体ウエハ9の裏面(電極形成面とは反対側の面)9bに保護膜形成用フィルム13を貼付する。ここでは、保護膜形成用フィルム13から第1剥離フィルム151を取り除き、保護膜形成用フィルム13の第1面13aを半導体ウエハ9の裏面9bに貼り合わせた場合を示している。また、ここでは、半導体ウエハ9において、回路面上のバンプ等の図示を省略している。
In the attaching step of the manufacturing method (1), as shown in FIG. 7A, the protective film-forming film 13 is attached to the back surface (surface opposite to the electrode forming surface) 9b of the semiconductor wafer 9. . Here, the case where the first release film 151 is removed from the protective film formation film 13 and the first surface 13a of the protective film formation film 13 is bonded to the back surface 9b of the semiconductor wafer 9 is shown. Further, in the semiconductor wafer 9, illustration of bumps and the like on the circuit surface is omitted here.
製造方法(1)の貼付工程後は、前記保護膜形成工程において、半導体ウエハ9に貼付した後の保護膜形成用フィルム13に紫外線を照射して、図7の(b)に示すように、半導体ウエハ9に保護膜13’を形成する。紫外線の照射は、保護膜形成用フィルム13から第2剥離フィルム152を取り除いてから行ってもよい。
After the sticking step of the manufacturing method (1), in the protective film forming step, the protective film-forming film 13 after being stuck to the semiconductor wafer 9 is irradiated with ultraviolet light, as shown in (b) of FIG. A protective film 13 ′ is formed on the semiconductor wafer 9. The irradiation of the ultraviolet light may be performed after removing the second release film 152 from the film 13 for forming a protective film.
製造方法(1)の保護膜形成工程後は、前記分割工程に先立って、図7の(c)に示すように、保護膜13’の半導体ウエハ9が貼付されている側の表面(本明細書においては、「第1面」と称することがある)13a’とは反対側の表面(本明細書においては、「第2面」と称することがある)13b’に、支持シート10を貼付する。支持シート10は、図2等で示したものであり、その粘着剤層12によって、保護膜13’に貼付される。
After the protective film forming step of the manufacturing method (1), prior to the dividing step, as shown in (c) of FIG. , The support sheet 10 is attached to the surface (which may be referred to herein as the “second surface”) 13b ′ opposite to the “first surface” 13a ′. Do. The support sheet 10 is shown in FIG. 2 and the like, and is attached to the protective film 13 ′ by the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12.
次いで、製造方法(1)の前記分割工程において、ダイシング等により半導体ウエハ9を、保護膜13’とともに切断することにより半導体ウエハ9を分割し、図7の(d)に示すように、複数個の半導体チップ9’を得る。このとき、保護膜13’は半導体チップ9’の周縁部に沿った位置で切断(分割)される。この切断後の保護膜13’を符号130’で示している。
Next, in the dividing step of the manufacturing method (1), the semiconductor wafer 9 is divided by dicing or the like together with the protective film 13 ′ to divide the semiconductor wafer 9, and as shown in (d) of FIG. The semiconductor chip 9 'is obtained. At this time, the protective film 13 'is cut (divided) at a position along the periphery of the semiconductor chip 9'. The protective film 13 'after this cutting is indicated by reference numeral 130'.
なお、図7では、保護膜形成工程を行ってから、保護膜13’へ支持シート10を貼付する場合について示している。ただし、製造方法(1)においては、保護膜形成用フィルム13へ支持シート10を貼付してから、保護膜形成工程を行ってもよい。
In addition, in FIG. 7, after performing a protective film formation process, it shows about the case where the support sheet 10 is stuck on protective film 13 '. However, in the production method (1), the protective film forming step may be performed after the support sheet 10 is attached to the protective film forming film 13.
製造方法(1)においては、保護膜形成用フィルム13を用いていることにより、前記分割工程において、半導体ウエハ9を分割して半導体チップ9’としたときに、保護膜13’又は切断後の保護膜130’からの、半導体チップ9’の浮きを抑制できる。
In the manufacturing method (1), when the semiconductor wafer 9 is divided into semiconductor chips 9 ′ in the dividing step by using the film 13 for forming a protective film, the protective film 13 ′ or the film after being cut is used. The floating of the semiconductor chip 9 'from the protective film 130' can be suppressed.
製造方法(1)においては、保護膜形成工程後に分割工程を行うが、本実施形態に係る半導体チップの製造方法においては、保護膜形成工程を行わずに分割工程を行い、分割工程後に保護膜形成工程を行ってもよい。
In the manufacturing method (1), the dividing step is performed after the protective film forming step. However, in the manufacturing method of the semiconductor chip according to the present embodiment, the dividing step is performed without the protective film forming step, and the protective film is performed after the dividing step. You may perform a formation process.
<<保護膜形成用フィルムを予め支持シートと一体化させた保護膜形成用複合シートを用いる場合の半導体チップの製造方法>>
次に、保護膜形成用フィルムを予め支持シートと一体化させた保護膜形成用複合シートを用いる場合の製造方法の一実施形態について、保護膜形成用複合シートが図2に示すものである場合を例に挙げて、説明する(本実施形態を「製造方法(2)」と称することがある)。 << Method of manufacturing semiconductor chip in the case of using a composite sheet for protective film formation in which a film for protective film formation is previously integrated with a support sheet >>
Next, a composite sheet for protective film formation is shown in Drawing 2 about one embodiment of a manufacturing method in the case of using a composite sheet for protective film formation which made a film for protective film formation unite with a support sheet beforehand. These will be described by way of example (this embodiment may be referred to as “manufacturing method (2)”).
次に、保護膜形成用フィルムを予め支持シートと一体化させた保護膜形成用複合シートを用いる場合の製造方法の一実施形態について、保護膜形成用複合シートが図2に示すものである場合を例に挙げて、説明する(本実施形態を「製造方法(2)」と称することがある)。 << Method of manufacturing semiconductor chip in the case of using a composite sheet for protective film formation in which a film for protective film formation is previously integrated with a support sheet >>
Next, a composite sheet for protective film formation is shown in Drawing 2 about one embodiment of a manufacturing method in the case of using a composite sheet for protective film formation which made a film for protective film formation unite with a support sheet beforehand. These will be described by way of example (this embodiment may be referred to as “manufacturing method (2)”).
製造方法(2)の前記貼付工程においては、図8の(a)に示すように、半導体ウエハ9の裏面9bに、保護膜形成用複合シート1A中の保護膜形成用フィルム13を貼付する。
保護膜形成用複合シート1Aは、剥離フィルム15を取り除いて用いる。 In the attaching step of the manufacturing method (2), as shown in FIG. 8A, thefilm 13 for forming a protective film in the composite sheet 1A for forming a protective film is attached to the back surface 9b of the semiconductor wafer 9.
The protective film-formingcomposite sheet 1A is used after removing the release film 15.
保護膜形成用複合シート1Aは、剥離フィルム15を取り除いて用いる。 In the attaching step of the manufacturing method (2), as shown in FIG. 8A, the
The protective film-forming
製造方法(2)の貼付工程後は、前記保護膜形成工程において、半導体ウエハ9に貼付した後の保護膜形成用フィルム13に紫外線を照射して、図8の(b)に示すように、半導体ウエハ9に保護膜13’を形成する。このとき、紫外線は、支持シート10を介して保護膜形成用フィルム13に照射する。
なお、ここでは、保護膜形成用フィルム13が保護膜13’となった後の保護膜形成用複合シートを、符号1A’で示している。これは、以降の図においても同様である。 After the sticking step of the manufacturing method (2), in the protective film forming step, the protective film-formingfilm 13 after being stuck to the semiconductor wafer 9 is irradiated with ultraviolet light, as shown in FIG. A protective film 13 ′ is formed on the semiconductor wafer 9. At this time, ultraviolet rays are applied to the protective film-forming film 13 through the support sheet 10.
In addition, the composite sheet for protective film formation after thefilm 13 for protective film formation becomes protective film 13 'is shown with code | symbol 1 A' here. This is the same in the following figures.
なお、ここでは、保護膜形成用フィルム13が保護膜13’となった後の保護膜形成用複合シートを、符号1A’で示している。これは、以降の図においても同様である。 After the sticking step of the manufacturing method (2), in the protective film forming step, the protective film-forming
In addition, the composite sheet for protective film formation after the
また、製造方法(2)の貼付工程後は製造方法(2)の前記分割工程において、半導体ウエハ9を、ダイシング等により保護膜13’とともに切断することにより半導体ウエハ9を分割し、図8(c)に示すように、複数個の半導体チップ9’を得る。このとき、保護膜13’は半導体チップ9’の周縁部に沿った位置で切断(分割)され、保護膜130’となる。
以上により、目的とする半導体チップ9’が、保護膜付き半導体チップとして得られる。 Further, after the attaching process of the manufacturing method (2), thesemiconductor wafer 9 is divided together with the protective film 13 ′ by dicing or the like in the dividing step of the manufacturing method (2), thereby dividing the semiconductor wafer 9 As shown in c), a plurality of semiconductor chips 9 'are obtained. At this time, the protective film 13 'is cut (divided) at a position along the peripheral portion of the semiconductor chip 9' to form a protective film 130 '.
Thus, the target semiconductor chip 9 'is obtained as a semiconductor chip with a protective film.
以上により、目的とする半導体チップ9’が、保護膜付き半導体チップとして得られる。 Further, after the attaching process of the manufacturing method (2), the
Thus, the target semiconductor chip 9 'is obtained as a semiconductor chip with a protective film.
製造方法(2)においては、保護膜形成用フィルム13を用いていることにより、前記分割工程において、半導体ウエハ9を分割して半導体チップ9’としたときに、保護膜13’又は切断後の保護膜130’からの半導体チップ9’の浮きを抑制できる。
In the manufacturing method (2), when the semiconductor wafer 9 is divided into semiconductor chips 9 ′ in the dividing step by using the film 13 for forming a protective film, the protective film 13 ′ or the film after being cut is used. The floating of the semiconductor chip 9 'from the protective film 130' can be suppressed.
製造方法(2)においては、保護膜形成工程後に分割工程を行うが、本実施形態に係る半導体チップの製造方法においては、保護膜形成工程を行わずに分割工程を行い、分割工程後に保護膜形成工程を行ってもよい。
In the manufacturing method (2), the dividing step is performed after the protective film forming step, but in the manufacturing method of the semiconductor chip according to the present embodiment, the dividing step is performed without the protective film forming step, and the protective film is performed after the dividing step. You may perform a formation process.
ここまでは、図1に示す保護膜形成用フィルム13、図2に示す支持シート10、及び図2に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Aを用いた場合の、半導体チップの製造方法について説明したが、本発明の半導体チップの製造方法は、これらに限定されない。
例えば、保護膜形成用複合シートを用いる場合には、図3~図6に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1B~1Eや、さらに前記中間層を備えた保護膜形成用複合シート等、図2に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1A以外のものを用いても、同様に半導体チップを製造できる。
また、支持シートは、先に説明したような、基材のみからなるものや、中間層が積層されてなるもの等、図2に示す支持シート10以外のものを用いても、同様に半導体チップを製造できる。
このように、他の実施形態の保護膜形成用複合シートや支持シートを用いる場合には、これらシートの構造の相違に基づいて、上述の製造方法において、適宜、工程の追加、変更、削除等を行って、半導体チップを製造すればよい。 So far, the method of manufacturing a semiconductor chip has been described using thefilm 13 for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 1, the support sheet 10 shown in FIG. 2, and the composite sheet 1A for forming a protective film shown in FIG. The manufacturing method of the semiconductor chip of the present invention is not limited to these.
For example, in the case of using a composite sheet for protective film formation,composite sheets 1B to 1E for protective film formation shown in FIGS. 3 to 6, a composite sheet for protective film formation further including the intermediate layer, etc. A semiconductor chip can be manufactured similarly even if it uses things other than composite sheet 1A for protective film formation shown.
In addition, as the support sheet, as described above, the semiconductor chip can be used similarly even when using a support sheet other than thesupport sheet 10 shown in FIG. Can be manufactured.
Thus, when using the composite sheet for protective film formation of other embodiment and support sheet of other embodiments, based on the difference in the structure of these sheets, in the above-mentioned manufacturing method, addition, change, deletion of a process, etc. are carried out suitably. To manufacture a semiconductor chip.
例えば、保護膜形成用複合シートを用いる場合には、図3~図6に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1B~1Eや、さらに前記中間層を備えた保護膜形成用複合シート等、図2に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1A以外のものを用いても、同様に半導体チップを製造できる。
また、支持シートは、先に説明したような、基材のみからなるものや、中間層が積層されてなるもの等、図2に示す支持シート10以外のものを用いても、同様に半導体チップを製造できる。
このように、他の実施形態の保護膜形成用複合シートや支持シートを用いる場合には、これらシートの構造の相違に基づいて、上述の製造方法において、適宜、工程の追加、変更、削除等を行って、半導体チップを製造すればよい。 So far, the method of manufacturing a semiconductor chip has been described using the
For example, in the case of using a composite sheet for protective film formation,
In addition, as the support sheet, as described above, the semiconductor chip can be used similarly even when using a support sheet other than the
Thus, when using the composite sheet for protective film formation of other embodiment and support sheet of other embodiments, based on the difference in the structure of these sheets, in the above-mentioned manufacturing method, addition, change, deletion of a process, etc. are carried out suitably. To manufacture a semiconductor chip.
◇半導体装置の製造方法
上述の製造方法により、半導体チップを得た後は、この半導体チップを、分割後の保護膜が貼付された状態のまま(すなわち、保護膜付き半導体チップとして)、支持シートから引き離してピックアップする(図示略)。
以降は従来法と同様の方法で、得られた保護膜付き半導体チップの半導体チップを、基板の回路面にフリップチップ接続した後、半導体パッケージとする。そして、この半導体パッケージを用いて、目的とする半導体装置を作製すればよい(図示略)。 Method of Manufacturing Semiconductor Device After a semiconductor chip is obtained by the above-described manufacturing method, the semiconductor chip is supported as it is with the protective film after division (ie, as a semiconductor chip with a protective film). Pull away from and pick up (not shown).
Thereafter, the obtained semiconductor chip of the semiconductor chip with a protective film is flip-chip connected to the circuit surface of the substrate by a method similar to that of the conventional method to form a semiconductor package. Then, the target semiconductor device may be manufactured using this semiconductor package (not shown).
上述の製造方法により、半導体チップを得た後は、この半導体チップを、分割後の保護膜が貼付された状態のまま(すなわち、保護膜付き半導体チップとして)、支持シートから引き離してピックアップする(図示略)。
以降は従来法と同様の方法で、得られた保護膜付き半導体チップの半導体チップを、基板の回路面にフリップチップ接続した後、半導体パッケージとする。そして、この半導体パッケージを用いて、目的とする半導体装置を作製すればよい(図示略)。 Method of Manufacturing Semiconductor Device After a semiconductor chip is obtained by the above-described manufacturing method, the semiconductor chip is supported as it is with the protective film after division (ie, as a semiconductor chip with a protective film). Pull away from and pick up (not shown).
Thereafter, the obtained semiconductor chip of the semiconductor chip with a protective film is flip-chip connected to the circuit surface of the substrate by a method similar to that of the conventional method to form a semiconductor package. Then, the target semiconductor device may be manufactured using this semiconductor package (not shown).
本発明の1つの側面として、保護膜形成用フィルムは、紫外線硬化性成分を含有し、波長350nmの光線透過率が0%以上15%以下であり、波長550nmの光線透過率が0%以上20%以下であり、波長1600nmの光線透過率が50%以上90%以下である。
前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、さらに青色系色素、黄色系色素及び赤色系色素を含む着色剤を含んでいてもよい。前記青色系色素は、フタロシアニン系色素であり、前記黄色系色素は、イソインドリノン系色素であり、前記赤色系色素は、アントラキノン系色素であってもよい。
前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、保護膜形成用フィルムの総質量に対する前記着色剤の含有量は、0.4~7.5質量%であってもよい。
前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、さらに平均粒子径が3~10μmである無機充填剤を含んでいてもよい。
前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、さらにエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体を含んでいてもよい。
前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、前記保護膜形成用フィルムの総質量に対する前記紫外線硬化性成分及び前記エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体の合計が25~50質量%であってもよい。
前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、前記紫外線硬化性成分の含有量100質量部に対して、前記エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体の含有量が150~300質量部であってもよい。 As one aspect of the present invention, the protective film-forming film contains an ultraviolet ray curable component, and the light transmittance at a wavelength of 350 nm is 0% or more and 15% or less, and the light transmittance at a wavelength of 550 nm is 0% or more and 20 %, And the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm is 50% or more and 90% or less.
The protective film-forming film may further contain a colorant containing a blue-based pigment, a yellow-based pigment and a red-based pigment. The blue dye may be a phthalocyanine dye, the yellow dye may be an isoindolinone dye, and the red dye may be an anthraquinone dye.
In the protective film-forming film, the content of the colorant relative to the total mass of the protective film-forming film may be 0.4 to 7.5% by mass.
The protective film-forming film may further contain an inorganic filler having an average particle size of 3 to 10 μm.
The film for forming a protective film may further contain a polymer having no energy ray curable group.
In the protective film-forming film, the total of the ultraviolet ray curable component and the polymer having no energy ray curable group may be 25 to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the protective film forming film.
In the protective film-forming film, the content of the polymer having no energy ray curable group may be 150 to 300 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the content of the ultraviolet ray curable component.
前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、さらに青色系色素、黄色系色素及び赤色系色素を含む着色剤を含んでいてもよい。前記青色系色素は、フタロシアニン系色素であり、前記黄色系色素は、イソインドリノン系色素であり、前記赤色系色素は、アントラキノン系色素であってもよい。
前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、保護膜形成用フィルムの総質量に対する前記着色剤の含有量は、0.4~7.5質量%であってもよい。
前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、さらに平均粒子径が3~10μmである無機充填剤を含んでいてもよい。
前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、さらにエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体を含んでいてもよい。
前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、前記保護膜形成用フィルムの総質量に対する前記紫外線硬化性成分及び前記エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体の合計が25~50質量%であってもよい。
前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、前記紫外線硬化性成分の含有量100質量部に対して、前記エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体の含有量が150~300質量部であってもよい。 As one aspect of the present invention, the protective film-forming film contains an ultraviolet ray curable component, and the light transmittance at a wavelength of 350 nm is 0% or more and 15% or less, and the light transmittance at a wavelength of 550 nm is 0% or more and 20 %, And the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm is 50% or more and 90% or less.
The protective film-forming film may further contain a colorant containing a blue-based pigment, a yellow-based pigment and a red-based pigment. The blue dye may be a phthalocyanine dye, the yellow dye may be an isoindolinone dye, and the red dye may be an anthraquinone dye.
In the protective film-forming film, the content of the colorant relative to the total mass of the protective film-forming film may be 0.4 to 7.5% by mass.
The protective film-forming film may further contain an inorganic filler having an average particle size of 3 to 10 μm.
The film for forming a protective film may further contain a polymer having no energy ray curable group.
In the protective film-forming film, the total of the ultraviolet ray curable component and the polymer having no energy ray curable group may be 25 to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the protective film forming film.
In the protective film-forming film, the content of the polymer having no energy ray curable group may be 150 to 300 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the content of the ultraviolet ray curable component.
本発明の1つの側面として、保護膜形成用フィルムは、紫外線硬化性成分を含有し、波長350nmの光線透過率が0%以上5%以下であり、波長550nmの光線透過率が0%以上5%以下であり、波長1600nmの光線透過率が50%以上90%以下である。
前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、さらに青色系色素、黄色系色素及び赤色系色素を含む着色剤を含んでいてもよい。前記青色系色素は、フタロシアニン系色素であり、前記黄色系色素は、イソインドリノン系色素であり、前記赤色系色素は、アントラキノン系色素であってもよい。
前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、保護膜形成用フィルムの総質量に対する前記着色剤の含有量は、0.4~7.5質量%であってもよい。
前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、さらに平均粒子径が3~10μmである無機充填剤を含んでいてもよい。
前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、さらにエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体を含んでいてもよい。
前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、前記保護膜形成用フィルムの総質量に対する前記紫外線硬化性成分及び前記エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体の合計が25~50質量%であってもよい。
前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、前記紫外線硬化性成分の含有量100質量部に対して、前記エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体の含有量が150~300質量部であってもよい。 As one aspect of the present invention, the protective film-forming film contains an ultraviolet-curable component, and the light transmittance at a wavelength of 350 nm is 0% to 5%, and the light transmittance at a wavelength of 550 nm is 0% to 5 %, And the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm is 50% or more and 90% or less.
The protective film-forming film may further contain a colorant containing a blue-based pigment, a yellow-based pigment and a red-based pigment. The blue dye may be a phthalocyanine dye, the yellow dye may be an isoindolinone dye, and the red dye may be an anthraquinone dye.
In the protective film-forming film, the content of the colorant relative to the total mass of the protective film-forming film may be 0.4 to 7.5% by mass.
The protective film-forming film may further contain an inorganic filler having an average particle size of 3 to 10 μm.
The film for forming a protective film may further contain a polymer having no energy ray curable group.
In the protective film-forming film, the total of the ultraviolet ray curable component and the polymer having no energy ray curable group may be 25 to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the protective film forming film.
In the protective film-forming film, the content of the polymer having no energy ray curable group may be 150 to 300 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the content of the ultraviolet ray curable component.
前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、さらに青色系色素、黄色系色素及び赤色系色素を含む着色剤を含んでいてもよい。前記青色系色素は、フタロシアニン系色素であり、前記黄色系色素は、イソインドリノン系色素であり、前記赤色系色素は、アントラキノン系色素であってもよい。
前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、保護膜形成用フィルムの総質量に対する前記着色剤の含有量は、0.4~7.5質量%であってもよい。
前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、さらに平均粒子径が3~10μmである無機充填剤を含んでいてもよい。
前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、さらにエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体を含んでいてもよい。
前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、前記保護膜形成用フィルムの総質量に対する前記紫外線硬化性成分及び前記エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体の合計が25~50質量%であってもよい。
前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、前記紫外線硬化性成分の含有量100質量部に対して、前記エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体の含有量が150~300質量部であってもよい。 As one aspect of the present invention, the protective film-forming film contains an ultraviolet-curable component, and the light transmittance at a wavelength of 350 nm is 0% to 5%, and the light transmittance at a wavelength of 550 nm is 0% to 5 %, And the light transmittance at a wavelength of 1600 nm is 50% or more and 90% or less.
The protective film-forming film may further contain a colorant containing a blue-based pigment, a yellow-based pigment and a red-based pigment. The blue dye may be a phthalocyanine dye, the yellow dye may be an isoindolinone dye, and the red dye may be an anthraquinone dye.
In the protective film-forming film, the content of the colorant relative to the total mass of the protective film-forming film may be 0.4 to 7.5% by mass.
The protective film-forming film may further contain an inorganic filler having an average particle size of 3 to 10 μm.
The film for forming a protective film may further contain a polymer having no energy ray curable group.
In the protective film-forming film, the total of the ultraviolet ray curable component and the polymer having no energy ray curable group may be 25 to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the protective film forming film.
In the protective film-forming film, the content of the polymer having no energy ray curable group may be 150 to 300 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the content of the ultraviolet ray curable component.
以下、具体的実施例により、本発明についてより詳細に説明する。ただし、本発明は、以下に示す実施例に、何ら限定されるものではない。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail by way of specific examples. However, the present invention is not limited at all to the examples shown below.
<保護膜形成用組成物の製造原料>
保護膜形成用組成物の製造に用いた原料を以下に示す。
[紫外線硬化性成分(a2)]
(a2)-1:ε-カプロラクトン変性トリス-(2-アクリロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート(新中村化学工業社製「A-9300-1CL」、3官能紫外線硬化性化合物)[紫外線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)]。
(b)-1:アクリル酸メチル(85質量部)及びアクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル(以下、「HEA」と略記する)(15質量部)を共重合してなるアクリル系重合体(重量平均分子量300000、ガラス転移温度6℃)。
[光重合開始剤(c)]
(c)-1:2-(ジメチルアミノ)-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)-2-ベンジル-1-ブタノン(BASF社製「Irgacure(登録商標)369」)。
[充填材(d)]
(d)-1:シリカフィラー(溶融石英フィラー、平均粒子径8μm)。
[カップリング剤]
(e)-1:3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製「KBM-503」、シランカップリング剤)。
[着色剤(g)]
(g)-1:フタロシアニン系青色色素(Pigment Blue 15:3)32質量部と、イソインドリノン系黄色色素(Pigment Yellow 139)18質量部と、アントラキノン系赤色色素(Pigment Red 177)50質量部とを混合し、前記3種の色素の合計量/スチレンアクリル樹脂量=1/3(質量比)となるように顔料化して得られた顔料。 <Manufacturing raw material of composition for protective film formation>
The raw materials used for the production of the composition for forming a protective film are shown below.
[UV-curable component (a2)]
(A2) -1: ε-caprolactone modified tris- (2-acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate (“A-93001CL” manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., trifunctional UV curable compound) [having UV curable group Not polymer (b)].
(B) -1: an acrylic polymer (weight average molecular weight copolymerized with methyl acrylate (85 parts by mass) and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as “HEA”) (15 parts by mass) 300000, glass transition temperature 6 ° C.).
[Photoinitiator (c)]
(C) -1: 2- (dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -2-benzyl-1-butanone ("Irgacure (registered trademark) 369" manufactured by BASF Corporation).
[Filler (d)]
(D) -1: silica filler (fused silica filler, average particle diameter 8 μm).
[Coupling agent]
(E) -1: 3-methacryloxypropyl trimethoxysilane ("KBM-503" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., a silane coupling agent).
[Colorant (g)]
(G) -1: 32 parts by mass of phthalocyanine-based blue pigment (Pigment Blue 15: 3), 18 parts by mass of isoindolinone-based yellow pigment (Pigment Yellow 139), and 50 parts by mass of anthraquinone-based red pigment (Pigment Red 177) And the pigment obtained by pigmenting so that the total amount of the three dyes / the styrene acrylic resin amount = 1/3 (mass ratio).
保護膜形成用組成物の製造に用いた原料を以下に示す。
[紫外線硬化性成分(a2)]
(a2)-1:ε-カプロラクトン変性トリス-(2-アクリロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート(新中村化学工業社製「A-9300-1CL」、3官能紫外線硬化性化合物)[紫外線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)]。
(b)-1:アクリル酸メチル(85質量部)及びアクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル(以下、「HEA」と略記する)(15質量部)を共重合してなるアクリル系重合体(重量平均分子量300000、ガラス転移温度6℃)。
[光重合開始剤(c)]
(c)-1:2-(ジメチルアミノ)-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)-2-ベンジル-1-ブタノン(BASF社製「Irgacure(登録商標)369」)。
[充填材(d)]
(d)-1:シリカフィラー(溶融石英フィラー、平均粒子径8μm)。
[カップリング剤]
(e)-1:3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製「KBM-503」、シランカップリング剤)。
[着色剤(g)]
(g)-1:フタロシアニン系青色色素(Pigment Blue 15:3)32質量部と、イソインドリノン系黄色色素(Pigment Yellow 139)18質量部と、アントラキノン系赤色色素(Pigment Red 177)50質量部とを混合し、前記3種の色素の合計量/スチレンアクリル樹脂量=1/3(質量比)となるように顔料化して得られた顔料。 <Manufacturing raw material of composition for protective film formation>
The raw materials used for the production of the composition for forming a protective film are shown below.
[UV-curable component (a2)]
(A2) -1: ε-caprolactone modified tris- (2-acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate (“A-93001CL” manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., trifunctional UV curable compound) [having UV curable group Not polymer (b)].
(B) -1: an acrylic polymer (weight average molecular weight copolymerized with methyl acrylate (85 parts by mass) and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as “HEA”) (15 parts by mass) 300000, glass transition temperature 6 ° C.).
[Photoinitiator (c)]
(C) -1: 2- (dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -2-benzyl-1-butanone ("Irgacure (registered trademark) 369" manufactured by BASF Corporation).
[Filler (d)]
(D) -1: silica filler (fused silica filler, average particle diameter 8 μm).
[Coupling agent]
(E) -1: 3-methacryloxypropyl trimethoxysilane ("KBM-503" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., a silane coupling agent).
[Colorant (g)]
(G) -1: 32 parts by mass of phthalocyanine-based blue pigment (Pigment Blue 15: 3), 18 parts by mass of isoindolinone-based yellow pigment (Pigment Yellow 139), and 50 parts by mass of anthraquinone-based red pigment (Pigment Red 177) And the pigment obtained by pigmenting so that the total amount of the three dyes / the styrene acrylic resin amount = 1/3 (mass ratio).
[実施例1]
<保護膜形成用フィルムの製造>
(保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)の製造)
紫外線硬化性成分(a2)-1、重合体(b)-1、光重合開始剤(c)-1、充填材(d)-1、カップリング剤(e)-1、及び着色剤(g)-1及びを、これらの含有量(固形分量、質量部)が表1に示す値となるようにメチルエチルケトンに溶解又は分散させて、23℃で撹拌することで、固形分濃度が50質量%である保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)を調製した。 Example 1
<Manufacture of film for protective film formation>
(Production of composition for forming a protective film (IV-1))
UV curable component (a2) -1, polymer (b) -1, photopolymerization initiator (c) -1, filler (d) -1, coupling agent (e) -1, and colorant (g) The solid content concentration is 50 mass% by dissolving or dispersing it in methyl ethyl ketone so that the content (solid content, mass part) thereof becomes the value shown in Table 1 and stirring at 23.degree. The composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) was prepared.
<保護膜形成用フィルムの製造>
(保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)の製造)
紫外線硬化性成分(a2)-1、重合体(b)-1、光重合開始剤(c)-1、充填材(d)-1、カップリング剤(e)-1、及び着色剤(g)-1及びを、これらの含有量(固形分量、質量部)が表1に示す値となるようにメチルエチルケトンに溶解又は分散させて、23℃で撹拌することで、固形分濃度が50質量%である保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)を調製した。 Example 1
<Manufacture of film for protective film formation>
(Production of composition for forming a protective film (IV-1))
UV curable component (a2) -1, polymer (b) -1, photopolymerization initiator (c) -1, filler (d) -1, coupling agent (e) -1, and colorant (g) The solid content concentration is 50 mass% by dissolving or dispersing it in methyl ethyl ketone so that the content (solid content, mass part) thereof becomes the value shown in Table 1 and stirring at 23.degree. The composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) was prepared.
ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)フィルムの片面にシリコーン系の剥離剤層が形成されてなる第1の剥離シート(リンテック社製:SP-PET381130,厚さ38μm)と、PETフィルムの片面にシリコーン系の剥離剤層が形成されてなる第2の剥離シート(リンテック社製:SP-PET381031,厚さ38μm)とを用意した。
A first release sheet (made by Lintec: SP-PET 381130, thickness 38 μm) having a silicone release agent layer formed on one side of a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film, and a silicone release agent on one side of a PET film A second release sheet (manufactured by Lintec Corporation: SP-PET 381031, thickness 38 μm) having a layer formed was prepared.
第1の剥離シートの剥離面上に、前述の保護膜形成組成物(IV-1)を、ナイフコーターにて塗布した後、オーブンにて120℃で2分間乾燥させて、保護膜形成用フィルムを形成した。得られた保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さは25μmであった。次いで、保護膜形成用フィルムに第2の剥離シートの剥離面を重ねて両者を貼り合わせ、第1の剥離シート(図1における剥離シート151)と、保護膜形成用フィルム(図1における保護膜形成用フィルム13)(厚さ:25μm)と、第2の剥離シート(図1における剥離シート152)とからなる保護膜形成用フィルムを得た。
The protective film-forming composition (IV-1) described above is applied on the release surface of the first release sheet with a knife coater and then dried in an oven at 120 ° C. for 2 minutes to form a protective film-forming film Formed. The thickness of the obtained film for protective film formation was 25 micrometers. Next, the release surface of the second release sheet is superimposed on the protective film-forming film, and both are attached to each other, and the first release sheet (release sheet 151 in FIG. 1) and the protective film-forming film (protective film in FIG. 1) The film for protective film formation which consists of the film 13 for formation (thickness: 25 micrometers) and the 2nd peeling sheet (peeling sheet 152 in FIG. 1) was obtained.
<保護膜形成用複合シートの製造>
(粘着剤組成物(I-4)の製造)
アクリル系重合体(100質量部、固形分)、及びイソシアネート系架橋剤(日本ポリウレタン社製「コロネートL」、トリメチロールプロパンのトリレンジイソシアネート三量体付加物)(5質量部、固形分)を含有し、さらに溶媒としてメチルエチルケトンを含有する、固形分濃度が30質量%の非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物(I-4)を調製した。前記アクリル系重合体は、メタクリル酸-2-エチルヘキシル(80質量部)、及びHEA(20質量部)を共重合してなる、重量平均分子量が600000のものである。 <Manufacture of composite sheet for protective film formation>
(Production of Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive Composition (I-4))
Acrylic polymer (100 parts by mass, solid content) and isocyanate crosslinking agent ("Coronato L" manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd., tolylene diisocyanate trimer adduct of trimethylolpropane) (5 parts by mass, solid content) A non-energy ray curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) having a solid content concentration of 30% by mass was prepared, which further contains methyl ethyl ketone as a solvent. The acrylic polymer is a copolymer having a weight average molecular weight of 600,000, which is obtained by copolymerizing 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate (80 parts by mass) and HEA (20 parts by mass).
(粘着剤組成物(I-4)の製造)
アクリル系重合体(100質量部、固形分)、及びイソシアネート系架橋剤(日本ポリウレタン社製「コロネートL」、トリメチロールプロパンのトリレンジイソシアネート三量体付加物)(5質量部、固形分)を含有し、さらに溶媒としてメチルエチルケトンを含有する、固形分濃度が30質量%の非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物(I-4)を調製した。前記アクリル系重合体は、メタクリル酸-2-エチルヘキシル(80質量部)、及びHEA(20質量部)を共重合してなる、重量平均分子量が600000のものである。 <Manufacture of composite sheet for protective film formation>
(Production of Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive Composition (I-4))
Acrylic polymer (100 parts by mass, solid content) and isocyanate crosslinking agent ("Coronato L" manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd., tolylene diisocyanate trimer adduct of trimethylolpropane) (5 parts by mass, solid content) A non-energy ray curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) having a solid content concentration of 30% by mass was prepared, which further contains methyl ethyl ketone as a solvent. The acrylic polymer is a copolymer having a weight average molecular weight of 600,000, which is obtained by copolymerizing 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate (80 parts by mass) and HEA (20 parts by mass).
(支持シートの製造)
ポリエチレンテレフタレート製フィルムの片面がシリコーン処理により剥離処理された剥離フィルム(リンテック社製「SP-PET381031」、厚さ38μm)の前記剥離処理面に、上記で得られた粘着剤組成物(I-4)を塗工し、120℃で2分加熱乾燥させることにより、厚さ10μmの非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤層を形成した。
次いで、この粘着剤層の露出面に、基材としてポリプロピレン系フィルム(厚さ80μm)を貼り合せることにより、基材、粘着剤層及び剥離フィルムがこの順に、これらの厚さ方向において積層されてなる支持シートを得た。 (Manufacture of support sheet)
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) obtained above was applied to the release-treated surface of a release film ("SP-PET 381031" manufactured by Lintec Corporation, 38 μm thick) whose release treatment was performed on one side of a polyethylene terephthalate film by silicone treatment. C.) and heat-dried at 120.degree. C. for 2 minutes to form a 10 .mu.m-thick non-energy ray curable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
Then, a base material, an adhesive layer and a release film are laminated in this order in the thickness direction by laminating a polypropylene film (80 μm in thickness) as a substrate on the exposed surface of the adhesive layer. Support sheet was obtained.
ポリエチレンテレフタレート製フィルムの片面がシリコーン処理により剥離処理された剥離フィルム(リンテック社製「SP-PET381031」、厚さ38μm)の前記剥離処理面に、上記で得られた粘着剤組成物(I-4)を塗工し、120℃で2分加熱乾燥させることにより、厚さ10μmの非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤層を形成した。
次いで、この粘着剤層の露出面に、基材としてポリプロピレン系フィルム(厚さ80μm)を貼り合せることにより、基材、粘着剤層及び剥離フィルムがこの順に、これらの厚さ方向において積層されてなる支持シートを得た。 (Manufacture of support sheet)
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) obtained above was applied to the release-treated surface of a release film ("SP-PET 381031" manufactured by Lintec Corporation, 38 μm thick) whose release treatment was performed on one side of a polyethylene terephthalate film by silicone treatment. C.) and heat-dried at 120.degree. C. for 2 minutes to form a 10 .mu.m-thick non-energy ray curable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
Then, a base material, an adhesive layer and a release film are laminated in this order in the thickness direction by laminating a polypropylene film (80 μm in thickness) as a substrate on the exposed surface of the adhesive layer. Support sheet was obtained.
(保護膜形成用複合シートの製造)
ポリエチレンテレフタレート製フィルムの片面がシリコーン処理により剥離処理された剥離フィルム(第2剥離フィルム、リンテック社製「SP-PET382150」、厚さ38μm)の前記剥離処理面に、上記で得られた保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)を塗工し、100℃で2分乾燥させることにより、厚さ25μmのエネルギー線硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルムを製造した。
さらに、得られた保護膜形成用フィルムの、第2剥離フィルムを備えていない側の露出面に、剥離フィルム(第1剥離フィルム、リンテック社製「SP-PET381031」、厚さ38μm)の剥離処理面を貼り合わせることにより、保護膜形成用フィルムの一方の表面に第1剥離フィルムを備え、他方の表面に第2剥離フィルムを備えた積層フィルムを得た。 (Manufacture of composite sheet for protective film formation)
The protective film obtained above is formed on the release-treated surface of a release film (second release film, "SP-PET 382150" manufactured by Lintec Corporation, thickness 38 μm) in which one surface of a polyethylene terephthalate film is release-treated by silicone treatment. The composition for preparation (IV-1) was applied and dried at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes to produce a 25 μm-thick energy ray-curable protective film-forming film.
Furthermore, the exfoliation process of the exfoliation film (the 1st exfoliation film, the lintec "SP-PET 38 1031", 38 micrometers in thickness) is carried out to the exposure side of the side which does not equip the 2nd exfoliation film of the film for protective film formation obtained By laminating the surfaces, a laminated film provided with a first peelable film on one surface of the protective film-forming film and a second peelable film on the other surface was obtained.
ポリエチレンテレフタレート製フィルムの片面がシリコーン処理により剥離処理された剥離フィルム(第2剥離フィルム、リンテック社製「SP-PET382150」、厚さ38μm)の前記剥離処理面に、上記で得られた保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)を塗工し、100℃で2分乾燥させることにより、厚さ25μmのエネルギー線硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルムを製造した。
さらに、得られた保護膜形成用フィルムの、第2剥離フィルムを備えていない側の露出面に、剥離フィルム(第1剥離フィルム、リンテック社製「SP-PET381031」、厚さ38μm)の剥離処理面を貼り合わせることにより、保護膜形成用フィルムの一方の表面に第1剥離フィルムを備え、他方の表面に第2剥離フィルムを備えた積層フィルムを得た。 (Manufacture of composite sheet for protective film formation)
The protective film obtained above is formed on the release-treated surface of a release film (second release film, "SP-PET 382150" manufactured by Lintec Corporation, thickness 38 μm) in which one surface of a polyethylene terephthalate film is release-treated by silicone treatment. The composition for preparation (IV-1) was applied and dried at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes to produce a 25 μm-thick energy ray-curable protective film-forming film.
Furthermore, the exfoliation process of the exfoliation film (the 1st exfoliation film, the lintec "SP-PET 38 1031", 38 micrometers in thickness) is carried out to the exposure side of the side which does not equip the 2nd exfoliation film of the film for protective film formation obtained By laminating the surfaces, a laminated film provided with a first peelable film on one surface of the protective film-forming film and a second peelable film on the other surface was obtained.
次いで、上記で得られた支持シートの粘着剤層から剥離フィルムを取り除いた。また、上記で得られた積層フィルムから第1剥離フィルムを取り除いた。そして、上記の剥離フィルムを取り除いて生じた粘着剤層の露出面と、上記の第1剥離フィルムを取り除いて生じた保護膜形成用フィルムの露出面と、を貼り合わせることにより、基材、粘着剤層、保護膜形成用フィルム及び第2剥離フィルムがこの順に、これらの厚さ方向において積層されてなる保護膜形成用複合シートを作製した。
Next, the release film was removed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the support sheet obtained above. Moreover, the 1st peeling film was removed from the laminated film obtained above. And a base material and adhesion are obtained by sticking together the exposed surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer produced by removing the above-mentioned release film and the exposed surface of the film for protective film formation produced by removing the above-mentioned first release film. The composite sheet for protective film formation in which an agent layer, the film for protective film formation, and the 2nd exfoliation film are laminated in this thickness direction in this order was produced.
<保護膜の評価>
(光線透過率の測定)
実施例及び比較例で得られた保護膜形成用フィルムから第1の剥離シート及び第2の剥離シートを剥離し、これを測定用サンプルとした。 <Evaluation of protective film>
(Measurement of light transmittance)
The first release sheet and the second release sheet were released from the protective film-forming films obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples, and used as a measurement sample.
(光線透過率の測定)
実施例及び比較例で得られた保護膜形成用フィルムから第1の剥離シート及び第2の剥離シートを剥離し、これを測定用サンプルとした。 <Evaluation of protective film>
(Measurement of light transmittance)
The first release sheet and the second release sheet were released from the protective film-forming films obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples, and used as a measurement sample.
分光光度計(SHIMADZU社製,UV-VIS-NIR SPECTROPHOTOMETER UV-3600)を用いて、上記測定用サンプルの光線透過率を測定し、波長350nm(紫外光)、550nm(可視光)及び1600nm(赤外光)の光線透過率(%)を抽出した。測定には、内蔵の積分球を使用した。結果を表1に示す。
The light transmittance of the above sample for measurement is measured using a spectrophotometer (manufactured by SHIMADZU, UV-VIS-NIR SPECTROPHOTOMETER UV-3600), and the wavelength 350 nm (ultraviolet light), 550 nm (visible light) and 1600 nm (red) The light transmittance (%) of the ambient light) was extracted. A built-in integrating sphere was used for the measurement. The results are shown in Table 1.
(せん断強度低下率の測定)
上記で得られた保護膜形成用複合シートを30日間27ワットの蛍光灯(1本)の30cm下に置いて保管した。この保護膜形成用複合シートの第1剥離フィルムを取り除き、これにより生じた保護膜形成用フィルムの露出面を、6インチシリコンウエハ(厚さ300μm)の#2000研磨面に貼付した。
次いで、この保護膜形成用フィルムから第2剥離フィルムを取り除き、保護膜形成用フィルムを露出させた。また、上記で得られた支持シートの粘着剤層から剥離フィルムを取り除き、粘着剤層を露出させた。そして、粘着剤層の露出面を、保護膜形成用フィルムの露出面と貼り合わせるとともに、リングフレームに貼付することにより、基材、粘着剤層、保護膜形成用フィルム及びシリコンウエハがこの順に、これらの厚さ方向において積層されてなる積層体を、リングフレームに固定して、30分静置した。 (Measurement of shear strength reduction rate)
The composite sheet for protective film formation obtained above was placed under 30 cm of a 27 watt fluorescent lamp (one) for 30 days and stored. The first release film of the composite sheet for protective film formation was removed, and the exposed surface of the film for protective film formation thus produced was attached to the # 2000 polished surface of a 6-inch silicon wafer (thickness 300 μm).
Then, the second release film was removed from the protective film-forming film to expose the protective film-forming film. Moreover, the peeling film was removed from the adhesive layer of the support sheet obtained above, and the adhesive layer was exposed. Then, the exposed surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is attached to the exposed surface of the protective film-forming film and attached to the ring frame, whereby the substrate, the adhesive layer, the protective film-forming film, and the silicon wafer are in this order. The laminated body laminated | stacked in these thickness direction was fixed to the ring frame, and was left still for 30 minutes.
上記で得られた保護膜形成用複合シートを30日間27ワットの蛍光灯(1本)の30cm下に置いて保管した。この保護膜形成用複合シートの第1剥離フィルムを取り除き、これにより生じた保護膜形成用フィルムの露出面を、6インチシリコンウエハ(厚さ300μm)の#2000研磨面に貼付した。
次いで、この保護膜形成用フィルムから第2剥離フィルムを取り除き、保護膜形成用フィルムを露出させた。また、上記で得られた支持シートの粘着剤層から剥離フィルムを取り除き、粘着剤層を露出させた。そして、粘着剤層の露出面を、保護膜形成用フィルムの露出面と貼り合わせるとともに、リングフレームに貼付することにより、基材、粘着剤層、保護膜形成用フィルム及びシリコンウエハがこの順に、これらの厚さ方向において積層されてなる積層体を、リングフレームに固定して、30分静置した。 (Measurement of shear strength reduction rate)
The composite sheet for protective film formation obtained above was placed under 30 cm of a 27 watt fluorescent lamp (one) for 30 days and stored. The first release film of the composite sheet for protective film formation was removed, and the exposed surface of the film for protective film formation thus produced was attached to the # 2000 polished surface of a 6-inch silicon wafer (thickness 300 μm).
Then, the second release film was removed from the protective film-forming film to expose the protective film-forming film. Moreover, the peeling film was removed from the adhesive layer of the support sheet obtained above, and the adhesive layer was exposed. Then, the exposed surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is attached to the exposed surface of the protective film-forming film and attached to the ring frame, whereby the substrate, the adhesive layer, the protective film-forming film, and the silicon wafer are in this order. The laminated body laminated | stacked in these thickness direction was fixed to the ring frame, and was left still for 30 minutes.
次いで、紫外線照射装置(リンテック社製「RAD2000m/8」)を用いて、照度195mW/cm2、光量170mJ/cm2の条件で、前記基材及び粘着剤層を介して保護膜形成用フィルムに紫外線を照射することで、保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化させ、保護膜とし、保護膜付きシリコンウエハを得た。
次いで、ダイシングブレードを用いて、シリコンウエハを保護膜ごとダイシング(保護膜付きシリコンウエハをダイシング)して個片化し、大きさが3mm×3mmの、保護膜を備えたシリコンチップ(保護膜付きシリコンチップ)を複数個得た。 Then, using a UV irradiation apparatus ("RAD 2000 m / 8" manufactured by LINTEC Corporation), under the conditions of an illuminance of 195 mW / cm 2 and a light quantity of 170 mJ / cm 2, a film for protective film formation is provided via the substrate and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. The film for protective film formation was hardened by irradiating an ultraviolet ray, it was made into a protective film, and the silicon wafer with a protective film was obtained.
Next, using a dicing blade, the silicon wafer is diced together with the protective film (dicing of the silicon wafer with protective film) into pieces, and a silicon chip with a protective film having a size of 3 mm × 3 mm (silicon with protective film) Several chips were obtained.
次いで、ダイシングブレードを用いて、シリコンウエハを保護膜ごとダイシング(保護膜付きシリコンウエハをダイシング)して個片化し、大きさが3mm×3mmの、保護膜を備えたシリコンチップ(保護膜付きシリコンチップ)を複数個得た。 Then, using a UV irradiation apparatus ("RAD 2000 m / 8" manufactured by LINTEC Corporation), under the conditions of an illuminance of 195 mW / cm 2 and a light quantity of 170 mJ / cm 2, a film for protective film formation is provided via the substrate and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. The film for protective film formation was hardened by irradiating an ultraviolet ray, it was made into a protective film, and the silicon wafer with a protective film was obtained.
Next, using a dicing blade, the silicon wafer is diced together with the protective film (dicing of the silicon wafer with protective film) into pieces, and a silicon chip with a protective film having a size of 3 mm × 3 mm (silicon with protective film) Several chips were obtained.
次いで、万能型ボンドテスター(ノードソン・アドバンスト・テクノロジー社製「DAGE4000」)を用い、23℃の条件下で、シェアツールによって、200μm/sの速度で、保護膜付きシリコンチップのうちの保護膜のみに、保護膜の表面方向に力を加えた。そして、保護膜が破壊されるまでに加えられていた力の最大値を確認し、これをせん断強度(N/3mm□)とした。
Next, using a universal bond tester ("DAGE 4000" manufactured by Nordson Advanced Technology), only the protective film of the protected silicon chip at a speed of 200 μm / s with a shear tool under conditions of 23 ° C. Force was applied to the surface of the protective film. Then, the maximum value of the force applied until the protective film was broken was confirmed, and this was taken as the shear strength (N / 3 mm □).
暗室に保管された保護膜形成用複合シートにより形成された保護膜についても同様にせん断強度を測定した。暗室に保管された保護膜形成用複合シートにより形成された保護膜のせん断強度に対し、蛍光灯下に30日間保管された保護膜形成用複合シートにより形成された保護膜のせん断強度の低下率が20%未満であった場合に、剪断強度の低下率が低いと判断した。結果を表1に示す。
The shear strength was similarly measured for the protective film formed by the composite sheet for protective film formation stored in a dark room. Relative to the shear strength of the protective film formed by the composite sheet for protective film formation stored in a dark room, the reduction rate of the shear strength of the protective film formed by the composite sheet for protective film formation stored for 30 days under fluorescent light When it was less than 20%, it was judged that the reduction rate of shear strength was low. The results are shown in Table 1.
<保護膜形成用複合シートの製造、並びに保護膜の評価>
[実施例2、比較例1及び2]
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)の製造時における配合成分の量を表1に示すとおりとした点以外は、実施例1と同じ方法で、保護膜形成用フィルム及び保護膜形成用複合シートを製造し、保護膜を評価した。結果を表1に示す。 <Production of composite sheet for forming protective film, and evaluation of protective film>
[Example 2, Comparative Examples 1 and 2]
A protective film-forming film and a protective film-forming composite were prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the amounts of the compounding components at the time of production of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) were as shown in Table 1. Sheets were produced and the protective films evaluated. The results are shown in Table 1.
[実施例2、比較例1及び2]
保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)の製造時における配合成分の量を表1に示すとおりとした点以外は、実施例1と同じ方法で、保護膜形成用フィルム及び保護膜形成用複合シートを製造し、保護膜を評価した。結果を表1に示す。 <Production of composite sheet for forming protective film, and evaluation of protective film>
[Example 2, Comparative Examples 1 and 2]
A protective film-forming film and a protective film-forming composite were prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the amounts of the compounding components at the time of production of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) were as shown in Table 1. Sheets were produced and the protective films evaluated. The results are shown in Table 1.
上記結果から明らかなように、実施例1~2では、350nmにおける光線透過率が20%以下であるため、蛍光灯下において保護膜形成用複合シートを保管した場合においても、せん断強度低下率が11%以下と低かった。一方で比較例1~2では、蛍光灯下において保護膜形成用複合シートを保管した場合におけるせん断強度低下率が24%以上と高く、保護膜形成用複合シートの貯蔵安定性が低かった。
As is clear from the above results, in Examples 1 and 2, since the light transmittance at 350 nm is 20% or less, even when the composite sheet for forming a protective film is stored under a fluorescent lamp, the shear strength reduction rate is It was as low as 11% or less. On the other hand, in Comparative Examples 1 and 2, when the composite sheet for protective film formation was stored under a fluorescent lamp, the shear strength reduction rate was as high as 24% or more, and the storage stability of the composite sheet for protective film formation was low.
本発明は、半導体装置の製造に利用可能である。
The present invention is applicable to the manufacture of semiconductor devices.
1A,1A’,1B,1C,1D,1E・・・保護膜形成用複合シート、10・・・支持シート、10a・・・支持シートの表面(第1面)、11・・・基材、11a・・・基材の表面(第1面)、12・・・粘着剤層、12a・・・粘着剤層の表面(第1面)、13,23・・・保護膜形成用フィルム、130・・・切断後の保護膜形成用フィルム、13a,23a・・・保護膜形成用フィルムの表面(第1面)、13b・・・保護膜形成用フィルムの表面(第2面)、13’・・・保護膜、130’・・・切断後の保護膜、15・・・剥離フィルム、151・・・第1剥離フィルム、152・・・第2剥離フィルム、16・・・治具用接着剤層、16a・・・治具用接着剤層の表面、9・・・半導体ウエハ、9b・・・半導体ウエハの裏面、9’・・・半導体チップ
1A, 1A ', 1B, 1C, 1D, 1E ... composite sheet for protective film formation, 10 ... support sheet, 10a ... surface of support sheet (first surface), 11 ... base material, 11a: surface of substrate (first surface) 12: adhesive layer 12a: surface of adhesive layer (first surface) 13, 23: protective film-forming film 130 ... Film for protective film formation after cutting, 13a, 23a ... surface (first surface) of film for protective film formation, 13b ... surface (second surface) for film for protective film formation, 13 ′ ... Protective film, 130 '... Protective film after cutting, 15 ... Peeling film, 151 ... First peeling film, 152 ... Second peeling film, 16 ... Bonding for jig Agent layer, 16a: surface of adhesive layer for jig, 9: semiconductor wafer, 9b: semiconductor wafer Surface, 9 '... semiconductor chip
Claims (3)
- 紫外線硬化性成分を含有し、
波長350nmの光線透過率が20%以下であり、
波長550nmの光線透過率が25%以下であり、
波長1600nmの光線透過率が25%以上である保護膜形成用フィルム。 Contains UV curable components,
The light transmittance at a wavelength of 350 nm is 20% or less,
The light transmittance at a wavelength of 550 nm is 25% or less,
The film for protective film formation whose light transmittance of wavelength 1600nm is 25% or more. - 支持シートを備え、前記支持シート上に、請求項1に記載の保護膜形成用フィルムを備えた、保護膜形成用複合シート。 A composite sheet for forming a protective film, comprising a support sheet, and the film for forming a protective film according to claim 1 on the support sheet.
- 請求項1に記載の保護膜形成用フィルム、又は請求項2に記載の保護膜形成用複合シート中の保護膜形成用フィルムを、半導体ウエハに貼付する工程と、前記半導体ウエハに貼付した後の前記保護膜形成用フィルムに紫外線を照射して、保護膜を形成する工程と、前記半導体ウエハを、前記保護膜又は保護膜形成用フィルムとともに切断することにより前記半導体ウエハを分割し、複数個の半導体チップを得る工程と、を有する、半導体チップの製造方法。 A process for attaching the film for protective film formation according to claim 1 or the film for protective film formation in the composite sheet for protective film formation according to claim 2 to a semiconductor wafer, and after being attached to the semiconductor wafer A step of irradiating the film for protective film formation with ultraviolet light to form a protective film, and cutting the semiconductor wafer together with the protective film or the film for protective film formation divides the semiconductor wafer into a plurality of pieces. And d) obtaining a semiconductor chip.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2019550282A JP6979081B2 (en) | 2017-10-27 | 2018-10-25 | A method for manufacturing a protective film forming film, a protective film forming composite sheet, and a semiconductor chip. |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2017-208438 | 2017-10-27 | ||
JP2017208438 | 2017-10-27 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2019082974A1 true WO2019082974A1 (en) | 2019-05-02 |
Family
ID=66246938
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2018/039694 WO2019082974A1 (en) | 2017-10-27 | 2018-10-25 | Film for forming protective coating, composite sheet for forming protective coating, and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip |
Country Status (3)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP6979081B2 (en) |
TW (1) | TWI847963B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2019082974A1 (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2021040099A (en) * | 2019-09-05 | 2021-03-11 | リンテック株式会社 | Film for protection film formation, composite sheet for protection film formation, and method for manufacturing protection film-attached work product |
WO2022260128A1 (en) * | 2021-06-09 | 2022-12-15 | 株式会社荏原製作所 | Substrate processing system, and substrate processing method |
Families Citing this family (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN114093257A (en) * | 2021-11-12 | 2022-02-25 | 信利光电股份有限公司 | Manufacturing method of vehicle-mounted cover plate |
Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2000104026A (en) * | 1998-07-27 | 2000-04-11 | Nitto Denko Corp | Ultraviolet curable adhesive sheet |
WO2016068042A1 (en) * | 2014-10-29 | 2016-05-06 | リンテック株式会社 | Film for forming protective coat and composite sheet for forming protective coat |
Family Cites Families (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP6405556B2 (en) * | 2013-07-31 | 2018-10-17 | リンテック株式会社 | Protective film forming film, protective film forming sheet and inspection method |
-
2018
- 2018-10-25 TW TW107137712A patent/TWI847963B/en active
- 2018-10-25 JP JP2019550282A patent/JP6979081B2/en active Active
- 2018-10-25 WO PCT/JP2018/039694 patent/WO2019082974A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2000104026A (en) * | 1998-07-27 | 2000-04-11 | Nitto Denko Corp | Ultraviolet curable adhesive sheet |
WO2016068042A1 (en) * | 2014-10-29 | 2016-05-06 | リンテック株式会社 | Film for forming protective coat and composite sheet for forming protective coat |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2021040099A (en) * | 2019-09-05 | 2021-03-11 | リンテック株式会社 | Film for protection film formation, composite sheet for protection film formation, and method for manufacturing protection film-attached work product |
WO2022260128A1 (en) * | 2021-06-09 | 2022-12-15 | 株式会社荏原製作所 | Substrate processing system, and substrate processing method |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
TW201936824A (en) | 2019-09-16 |
JP6979081B2 (en) | 2021-12-08 |
TWI847963B (en) | 2024-07-11 |
JPWO2019082974A1 (en) | 2020-10-01 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP6854811B2 (en) | Method for manufacturing protective film forming film, protective film forming composite sheet, and semiconductor chip | |
JP6963024B2 (en) | Method for manufacturing protective film forming film, protective film forming composite sheet, and semiconductor chip | |
JP7071916B2 (en) | Manufacturing method of semiconductor chip with protective film and manufacturing method of semiconductor device | |
JP6956074B2 (en) | Protective film forming film and protective film forming composite sheet | |
JP6979081B2 (en) | A method for manufacturing a protective film forming film, a protective film forming composite sheet, and a semiconductor chip. | |
JP6971977B2 (en) | A film for forming a protective film, a composite sheet for forming a protective film, a method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip with a protective film, and a method for packing the semiconductor chip with a protective film. | |
JP7086986B2 (en) | A method for manufacturing a protective film forming film, a protective film forming composite sheet, and a semiconductor chip. | |
JP7159186B2 (en) | COMPOSITE SHEET FOR PROTECTIVE FILM FORMATION AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING SEMICONDUCTOR CHIP | |
JP6837057B2 (en) | Manufacturing method of semiconductor chip with protective film and manufacturing method of semiconductor device | |
WO2019082968A1 (en) | Composite sheet for forming protective film and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip | |
JP7039460B2 (en) | Composite sheet for forming a protective film | |
JP6929835B2 (en) | Composite sheet for forming a protective film | |
WO2019082961A1 (en) | Composite sheet for forming protective film and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip | |
TWI851545B (en) | Film for protective film formation, composite sheet for protective film formation, and method for forming semiconductor chip | |
JP6938477B2 (en) | Composite sheet for forming a protective film | |
JP2024008899A (en) | Protective film-forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, kit, and use of protective film-forming film | |
JP2024008898A (en) | Protective film-forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, kit, and use of protective film-forming film | |
JP2024008460A (en) | Protective film-forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, first kit, second kit, use of protective film-forming film, and use of second kit | |
CN115124743A (en) | Protective film forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, and method for producing chip with protective film |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 18869960 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2019550282 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 18869960 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |